UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-Q
 
x   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1934
 
For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2014
 
Commission file number 1-10093
 
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
MARYLAND
 
13-6908486
(State of other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S Employer Identification Numbers)
 
 
 
31500 Northwestern Highway
Farmington Hills, Michigan
 
48334
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
 
 
248-350-9900
 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports).  And (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
Yes   x                        No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
 
Yes   x                        No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer  x
Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
Smaller reporting company  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 
Yes   o                        No  x
 
Number of common shares of beneficial interest ($0.01 par value) of the registrant outstanding as of July 23, 2014 : 70,662,513



 



INDEX
Page No.
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets – June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity - Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited)
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Page 2 of 39



PART 1 – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1.  Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
 
 
 
June 30,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
(unaudited)
 
 
ASSETS
 
 
 
Income producing properties, at cost:
 
 
 
Land
$
285,072

 
$
284,686

Buildings and improvements
1,337,422

 
1,340,531

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
(269,575
)
 
(253,292
)
Income producing properties, net
1,352,919

 
1,371,925

Construction in progress and land available for development or sale
115,462

 
101,974

Net real estate
1,468,381

 
1,473,899

Equity investments in unconsolidated joint ventures
28,663

 
30,931

Cash and cash equivalents
33,085

 
5,795

Restricted cash
14,915

 
3,454

Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,217 and $2,351 as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)
10,716

 
9,648

Other assets, net
118,139

 
128,521

TOTAL ASSETS
$
1,673,899

 
$
1,652,248

 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 

 
 

Notes payable:
 

 
 

Senior unsecured notes payable
$
420,000

 
$
365,000

Mortgages payable
301,029

 
333,049

Unsecured revolving credit facility

 
27,000

Junior subordinated notes
28,125

 
28,125

Total notes payable
749,154

 
753,174

Capital lease obligation
5,510

 
5,686

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
38,104

 
32,026

Other liabilities
46,631

 
48,593

Distributions payable
15,406

 
14,809

TOTAL LIABILITIES
854,805

 
854,288

 
 
 
 
Commitments and Contingencies


 


 
 
 
 
Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust ("RPT") Shareholders' Equity:
 
 

Preferred shares, $0.01 par, 2,000 shares authorized: 7.25% Series D Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares, (stated at liquidation preference $50 per share), 2,000 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013
$
100,000

 
$
100,000

Common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par, 120,000 shares authorized, 69,937 and 66,669 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively
699

 
667

Additional paid-in capital
1,008,913

 
959,183

Accumulated distributions in excess of net income
(315,668
)
 
(289,837
)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(1,925
)
 
84

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO RPT
792,019

 
770,097

Noncontrolling interest
27,075

 
27,863

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
819,094

 
797,960

 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
$
1,673,899

 
$
1,652,248

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
Page 3 of 39



RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
REVENUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Minimum rent
$
37,054

 
$
31,946

 
$
73,321

 
$
56,234

Percentage rent
5

 
20

 
153

 
115

Recovery income from tenants
11,857

 
9,772

 
24,104

 
18,000

Other property income
578

 
491

 
1,539

 
1,014

Management and other fee income
436

 
473

 
946

 
1,277

TOTAL REVENUE
49,930

 
42,702

 
100,063

 
76,640

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXPENSES
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Real estate taxes
7,347

 
5,769

 
14,714

 
10,334

Recoverable operating expense
5,739

 
4,709

 
11,898

 
8,838

Other non-recoverable operating expense
835

 
730

 
1,684

 
1,467

Depreciation and amortization
23,658

 
14,551

 
41,399

 
25,328

General and administrative expense
5,619

 
5,634

 
11,233

 
11,134

TOTAL EXPENSES
43,198

 
31,393

 
80,928

 
57,101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATING INCOME
6,732

 
11,309

 
19,135

 
19,539

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Other expense, net
(239
)
 
(180
)
 
(372
)
 
(316
)
Gain on sale of real estate
2,672

 
332

 
2,672

 
3,914

Earnings (loss) from unconsolidated joint ventures
816

 
260

 
(791
)
 
(5,414
)
Interest expense
(7,632
)
 
(7,296
)
 
(15,231
)
 
(13,369
)
Amortization of deferred financing fees
(370
)
 
(346
)
 
(773
)
 
(687
)
Deferred gain recognized on real estate

 

 
117

 
5,282

Loss on extinguishment of debt
(860
)
 

 
(860
)
 

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE TAX
1,119

 
4,079

 
3,897

 
8,949

Income tax benefit (provision)
1

 
13

 
(16
)
 
(30
)
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
1,120

 
4,092

 
3,881

 
8,919

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Gain on sale of real estate

 
1,537

 

 
1,537

Income from discontinued operations

 
153

 

 
600

INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 
1,690

 

 
2,137

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET INCOME
1,120

 
5,782

 
3,881

 
11,056

Net income attributable to noncontrolling partner interest
(34
)
 
(208
)
 
(123
)
 
(433
)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO RPT
1,086

 
5,574

 
3,758

 
10,623

Preferred share dividends
(1,813
)
 
(1,813
)
 
(3,625
)
 
(3,625
)
NET (LOSS) INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
$
(727
)
 
$
3,761

 
$
133

 
$
6,998

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(LOSS) EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE, BASIC
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
(0.01
)
 
$
0.03

 
$

 
$
0.08

Discontinued operations

 
0.03

 

 
0.04

 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
0.06

 
$

 
$
0.12

(LOSS) EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE, DILUTED
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
(0.01
)
 
$
0.03

 
$

 
$
0.08

Discontinued operations

 
0.03

 

 
0.04

 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
0.06

 
$

 
$
0.12

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Basic
68,853

 
59,911

 
67,966

 
55,867

Diluted
69,097


60,319


68,209


56,277

 
 

 
.

 
 
 
 
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Net income
$
1,120

 
$
5,782

 
$
3,881

 
$
11,056

Other comprehensive (loss) income:
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
(Loss) gain on interest rate swaps
(1,377
)
 
4,118

 
(2,076
)
 
4,676

Comprehensive (loss) income
(257
)
 
9,900

 
1,805

 
15,732

Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest
44

 
(147
)
 
67

 
(171
)
COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO RPT
$
(213
)
 
$
9,753

 
$
1,872

 
$
15,561

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
Page 4 of 39



RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
For the six months ended June 30, 2014
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders' Equity of Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred
Shares
 
Common
Shares
 
Additional
Paid-in Capital
 
Accumulated Distributions in Excess of Net Income
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
Noncontrolling Interest
 
Total Shareholders’ Equity
Balance,
December 31, 2013
$
100,000

 
$
667

 
$
959,183

 
$
(289,837
)
 
$
84

 
$
27,863

 
$
797,960

Issuance of common shares

 
30

 
49,860

 

 

 

 
49,890

Share-based compensation and other expense, net of shares withheld for employee taxes

 
2

 
(130
)
 

 

 

 
(128
)
Dividends declared to common shareholders

 

 

 
(25,791
)
 

 

 
(25,791
)
Dividends declared to preferred shareholders

 

 

 
(3,625
)
 

 

 
(3,625
)
Distributions declared to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 
(844
)
 
(844
)
Dividends declared to deferred shares

 

 

 
(173
)
 

 

 
(173
)
Other comprehensive income adjustment

 

 

 

 
(2,009
)
 
(67
)
 
(2,076
)
Net income

 

 

 
3,758

 

 
123

 
3,881

Balance,
June 30, 2014
$
100,000

 
$
699

 
$
1,008,913

 
$
(315,668
)
 
$
(1,925
)
 
$
27,075

 
$
819,094

 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
Page 5 of 39



RAMCO GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2014
 
2013
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
Net income
$
3,881

 
$
11,056

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 

 
 

Depreciation and amortization, including discontinued operations
41,398

 
25,684

Amortization of deferred financing fees, including discontinued operations
773

 
687

Income tax provision
16

 
30

Loss from unconsolidated joint ventures
791

 
5,414

Distributions received from operations of unconsolidated joint ventures
1,353

 
1,798

Loss on extinguishment of debt, including discontinued operations
860

 

Deferred gain recognized on real estate
(117
)
 
(5,282
)
Gain on sale of real estate, including discontinued operations
(2,672
)
 
(5,451
)
Amortization of premium on mortgages, net
(347
)
 
(186
)
Share-based compensation expense
1,060

 
1,076

Long-term incentive cash compensation expense
1,071

 
700

Changes in assets and liabilities:
 

 
 

Accounts receivable, net
(1,068
)
 
660

Other assets, net
675

 
202

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
526

 
7,151

Net cash provided by operating activities
48,200

 
43,539

 
 
 
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 

 
 

Acquisition of real estate, net of assumed debt
$

 
$
(202,096
)
Development and capital improvements
(34,776
)
 
(18,196
)
Net proceeds from sales of real estate
9,883

 
18,960

Distributions from sale of joint venture property

 
1,687

Increase in restricted cash
(11,461
)
 
(940
)
Investment in unconsolidated joint ventures

 
(4,979
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(36,354
)
 
(205,564
)
 
 
 
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 

 
 

Proceeds on mortgages and notes payable
$
175,000

 
$
160,000

Repayment of mortgages and notes payable
(151,672
)
 
(116,064
)
Net repayments on revolving credit facility
(27,000
)
 
(37,000
)
Payment of deferred financing costs
(762
)
 
(1,319
)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
49,890

 
178,295

Repayment of capitalized lease obligation
(176
)
 
(166
)
Conversion of operating partnership units for cash

 
(1,207
)
Dividends paid to preferred shareholders
(3,625
)
 
(3,625
)
Dividends paid to common shareholders
(25,367
)
 
(18,302
)
Distributions paid to operating partnership unit holders
(844
)
 
(778
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
15,444

 
159,834

 
 
 
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
27,290

 
(2,191
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
5,795

 
4,233

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
33,085

 
$
2,042

 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH ACTIVITY
 

 
 

Assumption of debt related to acquisitions
$

 
$
158,767

 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 

 
 

Cash paid for interest (net of capitalized interest of $884 and $457 in 2014 and 2013, respectively)
$
16,284

 
$
13,811

Cash paid for federal income taxes
$

 
$


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
Page 6 of 39



RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

1.  Organization and Basis of Presentations

Organization

Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust, together with its subsidiaries (the “Company” or "RPT"), is a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) engaged in the business of owning, developing, redeveloping, acquiring, managing and leasing community shopping centers in strategic metropolitan markets throughout the Eastern, Midwestern and Central United States.  As of June 30, 2014 , our property portfolio consists of 65 wholly owned shopping centers and one office building comprising approximately 13.0 million square feet.  In addition, we are co-investor in and manager of two institutional joint ventures that own portfolios of shopping centers.  We own 20% of Ramco 450 Venture LLC, an entity that owns eight shopping centers comprising approximately 1.6 million square feet.  We own 30% of Ramco/Lion Venture L.P., an entity that owns three shopping centers comprising approximately 0.8 million square feet. We also have ownership interests in two smaller joint ventures that each own a shopping center.  In addition, we own interests in three parcels of land available for development or sale and five parcels of land adjacent to certain of our existing developed properties located in Florida, Georgia, Michigan, Tennessee, and Virginia.  Most of our properties are anchored by supermarkets and/or national chain stores.  The Company’s credit risk, therefore, is concentrated in the retail industry.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and our majority owned subsidiary, the Operating Partnership, Ramco-Gershenson Properties, L.P. ( 96.9% and 96.8% owned by the Company at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively), and all wholly-owned subsidiaries, including entities in which we have a controlling financial interest.  We have elected to be a REIT for federal income tax purposes.  All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  The information furnished is unaudited and reflects all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to reflect a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented, and all such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.  These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

The preparation of our unaudited financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the unaudited financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and reported amounts that are not readily apparent from other sources.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications of prior period amounts, primarily related to discontinued operations, have been made in the condensed consolidated financial statements in order to conform to the current presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12, “Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period” (“ASU 2014-12”). The amendments in ASU 2014-12 require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply existing guidance in Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 718, “Compensation — Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), as it relates to awards with performance conditions that affect vesting to account for such awards. The amendments in ASU 2014-12 are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. Entities may apply the amendments in ASU 2014-12 either: (a) prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date; or (b) retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter. We believe the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.



Page 7 of 39




In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU 2014-09 "Revenue from Contract with Customers" as a new Topic, Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 606. The objective of ASU 2014-09 is to establish a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and will supersede most of the existing revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In applying the new standard, companies will perform a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. ASU 2014-09 applies to all contracts with customers except those that are within the scope of other topics is the FASB ASC. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2016 and shall be applied using either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the guidance and have not determined the impact this standard may have on the consolidated financial statements nor decided upon the method of adoption.

In April 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-08 "Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360), Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity" which amends the requirements for reporting discontinued operations. Under ASU 2014-08, a disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity is required to be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. For public entities, ASU 2014-08 is effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014; however, early adoption is permitted, but only for disposals or classifications as held for sale that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued or available for issuance. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2014-08 beginning with the period ended March 31, 2014, and have applied the provisions prospectively.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2014-08, the results of operations for operating properties sold or held for sale during the reported periods were shown under Discontinued Operations on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Beginning with the period ended March 31, 2014, in general, our activity related to individual sales of properties wholly-owned or co-owned with joint ventures will no longer be classified as Discontinued Operations.

In July 2013, the FASB updated ASC 740 "Income Taxes" with ASU 2013-11 "Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carry forward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carry forward Exists." The objective of this update is to reduce the diversity in practice related to the presentation of certain unrecognized tax benefits. The amendments in this update require an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for those instances described above, except in certain situations described in the update. For public entities, ASU 2013-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013 and interim periods within those years. The guidance should be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. Early adoption and retrospective application are permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB updated ASC 815 "Derivatives and Hedging" with ASU 2013-10 "Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (of Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes." ASU 2013-10 permits the Overnight Index Swap ("OIS") Rate, also referred to as the Fed Funds effective Swap Rate, to be used as a U.S. benchmark for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") and the interest rate on direct U.S. Treasury obligations. The guidance also removes the restriction on using different benchmarks for similar hedges. ASU 2013-10 is effective prospectively for qualifying new or re-designated hedges entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Page 8 of 39






2.  Real Estate

Included in our net real estate assets are income producing shopping center properties that are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

We review our investment in real estate, including any related intangible assets, for impairment on a property-by-property basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the property may not be recoverable.  These changes in circumstances include, but are not limited to, changes in occupancy, rental rates, tenant sales, net operating income, geographic location, real estate values and expected holding period.

Land available for development or sale includes real estate projects where vertical construction has yet to commence, but which have been identified by us and are available for future development when market conditions dictate the demand for a new shopping center. The viability of all projects under construction or development, including those owned by unconsolidated joint ventures, is regularly evaluated under applicable accounting requirements, including requirements relating to abandonment of assets or changes in use.  Land available for development or sale was $70.4 million and $68.5 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively.

Construction in progress represents existing development, redevelopment and tenant build-out projects.  When projects are substantially complete and ready for their intended use, balances are transferred to land or building and improvements as appropriate.  Construction in progress was $45.1 million and $33.5 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively.

The increase in construction in progress from December 31, 2013 to June 30, 2014 was due primarily to tenant build-outs at various projects as well as ongoing development of Phase I of Lakeland Park Center, located adjacent to our existing Shoppes of Lakeland shopping center in Lakeland, Florida.

Page 9 of 39




3.  Property Acquisitions and Dispositions

Acquisitions

There were no acquisitions during the six months ended June 30, 2014 . See Note 15 Subsequent Events for additional information regarding acquisitions.

Dispositions

The following table provides a summary of our disposition activity for the six months ended June 30, 2014 :

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
Property Name
 
Location
 
GLA
 
Acreage

 
Date
Sold
 
Sales
Price
 
Debt
Repaid
 
Gain (loss)
on Sale
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Town Center at Aquia - El Gran Charro Outparcel
 
Stafford, VA
 
6

 
N/A

 
05/28/14
 
$
1,730

 
$

 
$
123

Naples Towne Centre
 
Naples, FL
 
135

 
N/A

 
04/17/14
 
7,150

 

 
2,343

   Total consolidated income producing dispositions
 
141

 
 
 
 
 
$
8,880

 
$

 
$
2,466

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parkway Phase I - Express Oil Change Outparcel
 
Jacksonville, FL
 
N/A

 
0.7

 
06/13/14
 
$
680

 
$

 
$
215

Hartland - Taco Bell Outparcel
 
Hartland, MI
 
N/A

 
0.8

 
05/01/14
 
650

 
$

 
$
(9
)
  Total consolidated land / outparcel dispositions
 
 
 
1.5

 
 
 
$
1,330

 
$

 
$
206

   Total consolidated dispositions
 
141

 
1.5

 
 
 
$
10,210

 
$

 
$
2,672

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the criteria established under ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment, we will classify properties as held for sale when executed purchase and sales agreement contingencies have been satisfied thereby signifying that the sale is legally binding and we are able to conclude that the sale of the property within one year is probable. Pursuant to our adoption of ASU 2014-08 the results of operations of properties classified as held for sale will not be classified as Discontinued Operations in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of June 30, 2014 and 2013 , we did not have any properties held for sale.

4.  Discontinued Operations

We have adopted the provisions of ASU 2014-08 beginning with the period ended March 31, 2014, and have applied the provisions prospectively. The following table provides a summary of selected operating results during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 for those properties classified as Discontinued Operations prior to our adoption of ASU 2014-08:
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2013
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
 
 
(in thousands)
Total revenue
 
 
$
578

 
 
$
1,461

Expenses:
 
 
 

 
 
 
Recoverable operating expenses
 
 
165

 
 
394

Other non-recoverable property operating expenses
 
 
57

 
 
61

Depreciation and amortization
 
 
153

 
 
357

Operating income from discontinued operations
 
 
203

 
 
649

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other expense
 
 
(50
)
 
 
(49
)
Gain on sale of properties
 
 
1,537

 
 
1,537

Income from discontinued operations
 
 
$
1,690

 
 
$
2,137

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Page 10 of 39




 
5.  Equity Investments in Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

We have four joint venture agreements whereby we own between 7% and 30% of the equity in the joint venture. We and the joint venture partners have joint approval rights for major decisions, including those regarding property operations.  We cannot make significant decisions without our partner’s approval.  Accordingly, we account for our interest in the joint ventures using the equity method of accounting.

The combined condensed financial information for our unconsolidated joint ventures is summarized as follows:
Balance Sheets
 
June 30,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Income producing properties, net
 
$
391,660

 
$
410,218

Cash, accounts receivable and other assets
 
24,195

 
27,462

Total Assets
 
$
415,855

 
$
437,680

LIABILITIES AND OWNERS' EQUITY
 
 

 
 

Mortgage notes payable
 
$
170,692

 
$
178,708

Other liabilities
 
6,359

 
7,885

Owners' equity
 
238,804

 
251,087

Total Liabilities and Owners' Equity
 
$
415,855

 
$
437,680

 
 
 
 
 
RPT's equity investments in unconsolidated joint ventures
 
$
28,663

 
$
30,931

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
Statements of Operations
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Total revenue
 
$
10,578

 
$
10,736

 
$
21,502

 
$
21,729

Total expenses  (1)
 
7,035

 
7,251

 
24,961

 
14,872

Income (loss) before other income, expense, and discontinued operations
 
3,543

 
3,485

 
(3,459
)
 
6,857

Gain on sale of land (2)
 
740

 

 
740

 

Interest expense
 
(1,816
)
 
(2,302
)
 
(3,691
)
 
(4,967
)
Gain on extinguishment of debt (3)
 

 

 
529

 

Amortization of deferred financing fees
 
(77
)
 
(66
)
 
(152
)
 
(129
)
Income (loss) from continuing operations
 
2,390

 
1,117

 
(6,033
)
 
1,761

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discontinued operations (4)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Loss on sale of real estate (5)
 

 
(295
)
 

 
(21,512
)
Income from discontinued operations
 

 
(8
)
 

 
1,146

Loss from discontinued operations
 

 
(303
)
 

 
(20,366
)
Net income (loss)
 
$
2,390

 
$
814

 
$
(6,033
)
 
$
(18,605
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RPT's share of gain (loss) from unconsolidated joint ventures (6)
 
$
816

 
$
260

 
$
(719
)
 
$
(5,414
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
The increase for the six months ended June 30, 2014 is due to depreciation expense related to a redevelopment project.
(2)  
The gain on sale relates to a joint venture property that was sold in 2011 and additional proceeds received in June 2014. Our share of the gain was approximately $0.4 million .
(3)  
As a result of a property conveyance, a joint venture recognized a gain on extinguishment of debt of which our share was approximately $0.1 million .
(4)  
Beginning in the first quarter of 2014 discontinued operations reflects results of operations for those properties classified as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2013 .
(5)  
In March 2013, Ramco/Lion Venture LP sold 12 shopping centers to us resulting in a loss on the sale of $21.5 million to the joint venture.  
(6)  
For the six months ended June 30, 2014 , we recognized additional loss of $72 thousand to write-off costs related to our Ramco 191 LLC joint venture increasing our total loss from unconsolidated joint ventures.

Page 11 of 39




As of June 30, 2014 , we had investments in the following unconsolidated joint ventures:
 
 
Ownership as of
 
Total Assets as of
 
Total Assets as of
 
 
June 30,
 
June 30,
 
December 31,
Unconsolidated Entities
 
2014
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Ramco/Lion Venture LP
 
30%
 
$
89,204

 
$
91,053

Ramco 450 Venture LLC
 
20%
 
280,755

 
293,410

Other Joint Ventures
 
7%
 
45,896

 
53,217

 
 
 
 
$
415,855

 
$
437,680

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There was no acquisition activity in the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 by any of our unconsolidated joint ventures.

Debt

Our unconsolidated joint ventures had the following debt outstanding at June 30, 2014 :
 
Balance
Entity Name
Outstanding
 
(In thousands)
Ramco 450 Venture LLC   (1)
$
140,597

Ramco/Lion Venture LP (2)
30,245

 
$
170,842

Unamortized premium
(150
)
Total mortgage debt
$
170,692

 
 

 
(1)  
Maturities range from October 2015 to September 2023 with interest rates ranging from 1.9% to 5.8% .
(2)  
Balance relates to Millennium Park’s mortgage loan which has a maturity date of October 2015 with a 5.0% interest rate.

On March 31, 2014, Ramco 191 LLC, in which our ownership interest was 20% , completed the conveyance of its ownership interest in its sole remaining shopping center to the noteholder in lieu of repayment of a non-recourse loan in the amount of $7.5 million of which our share was $1.5 million .
 
Joint Venture Management and Other Fee Income

We are engaged by certain of our joint ventures to provide asset management, property management, leasing and investing services for such venture’s respective properties.  We receive fees for our services, including a property management fee calculated as a percentage of gross revenues received, and recognize these fees as the services are rendered.  

The following table provides information for our fees earned which are reported in our condensed consolidated statements of operations:
 
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Management fees
$
367

 
$
411

 
$
766

 
$
1,080

Leasing fees
46

 
43

 
105

 
149

Construction fees
23

 
19

 
75

 
48

Total
$
436

 
$
473

 
$
946

 
$
1,277

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Page 12 of 39





6.  Other Assets, Net

Other assets consist of the following:
 
 
June 30,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Deferred leasing costs, net
 
$
26,421

 
$
26,617

Deferred financing costs, net
 
5,659

 
6,513

Lease intangible assets, net
 
60,508

 
69,635

Straight-line rent receivable, net
 
15,158

 
15,115

Cash flow hedge marked-to-market asset
 
993

 
2,244

Prepaid and other deferred expenses, net
 
5,945

 
4,629

Other, net
 
3,455

 
3,768

Other assets, net
 
$
118,139

 
$
128,521

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total accumulated amortization of other assets was $49.2 million and $44.0 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively.

Intangible assets attributable to lease origination costs and for above-market leases are being amortized over the lives of the applicable lease.  Amortization of lease origination costs is an increase to amortization expense and amortization of above-market leases is a reduction to minimum rent revenue over the applicable terms of the respective leases.  Amortization of the above-market leases resulted in a reduction of revenue of approximately $1.3 million and $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

Straight-line rent receivables are recorded net of allowances of $4.1 million and $3.8 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively.

7.  Debt

The following table summarizes our mortgages and notes payable and capital lease obligation as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 :
Notes Payable
 
June 30,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Senior unsecured notes
 
$
210,000

 
$
110,000

Unsecured term loan facilities
 
210,000

 
255,000

Fixed rate mortgages
 
298,203

 
329,875

Unsecured revolving credit facility
 

 
27,000

Junior subordinated notes
 
28,125

 
28,125

 
 
746,328

 
750,000

Unamortized premium
 
2,826

 
3,174

 
 
$
749,154

 
$
753,174

 
 
 
 
 
Capital lease obligation (1)
 
$
5,510

 
$
5,686

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
  99 year ground lease expires 9/30/2103 .  However, an anchor tenant’s exercise of its option to purchase its parcel in October 2014 would require us to purchase the real estate that is subject to the ground lease.


Page 13 of 39




In May 2014, we completed a $100 million private placement of senior unsecured notes consisting of $50 million of notes with a ten -year term with a fixed interest rate of 4.65% and $50 million of notes with a twelve -year term at a fixed interest rate of 4.74% . A "shelf" facility allows for an additional $50 million in notes to the same purchaser within the next three years, subject to approval, pricing and documentation.

Also in May 2014, we closed a $75 million senior unsecured term loan with an additional $75 million accordion feature. The loan has a seven -year term and bears interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 1.25% to 2.25% (initially 1.7% ) depending upon our leverage or credit rating. The interest expense will be hedged with an existing interest rate swap expiring in April 2016, resulting in an effective fixed initial annual rate of 2.9% .

The combined proceeds from these financings were used to repay $45 million of variable-rate bank term debt due 2017, $75 million of bank term debt also due in 2017, the $45 million balance on our unsecured revolving line of credit, as well as for general corporate purposes.

During the six months ended June 30, 2014 we repaid mortgages securing the following properties:

The Auburn Mile in the amount of $6.6 million with an interest rate of 5.4% ; and
Crossroads Centre in the amount of $23.2 million with an interest rate of 5.4% .

Our fixed rate mortgages have interest rates ranging from 5.0% to 7.4% and are due at various maturity dates from June 2015 through June 2026 .  Included in fixed rate mortgages at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were unamortized premium balances related to the fair market value of debt of approximately $2.8 million and $3.2 million , respectively.  The fixed rate mortgage notes are secured by mortgages on properties that have an approximate net book value of $283.3 million as of June 30, 2014 .

We had net repayments of $27.0 million under our revolving credit facility during the six months ended June 30, 2014 . As of June 30, 2014 there were no amounts outstanding under the facility.  Outstanding letters of credit issued under our revolving credit facility, not reflected in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets, totaled $7.0 million . These letters of credit reduce borrowing availability under our bank facility.

Our revolving credit facility, term loans and unsecured notes contain financial covenants relating to total leverage, fixed charge coverage ratio, unencumbered assets, tangible net worth and various other calculations.  As of June 30, 2014 , we were in compliance with these covenants.

The mortgage loans encumbering our properties, including properties held by our unconsolidated joint ventures, are generally nonrecourse, subject to certain exceptions for which we would be liable for any resulting losses incurred by the lender.  These exceptions vary from loan to loan but generally include fraud or a material misrepresentation, misstatement or omission by the borrower, intentional or grossly negligent conduct by the borrower that harms the property or results in a loss to the lender, filing of a bankruptcy petition by the borrower, either directly or indirectly and certain environmental liabilities.  In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as fraud or filing of a bankruptcy petition by the borrower, we or our joint ventures would be liable for the entire outstanding balance of the loan, all interest accrued thereon and certain other costs, including penalties and expenses.

We have entered into mortgage loans which are secured by multiple properties and contain cross-collateralization and cross-default provisions.  Cross-collateralization provisions allow a lender to foreclose on multiple properties in the event that we default under the loan.  Cross-default provisions allow a lender to foreclose on the related property in the event a default is declared under another loan.


Page 14 of 39




The following table presents scheduled principal payments on mortgages and notes payable as of June 30, 2014 :
Year Ending December 31,
 
(In thousands)
2014 (July 1  - December 31)
$
1,784

2015
85,250

2016
22,710

2017
112,222

2018
84,244

Thereafter
440,118

Subtotal debt
746,328

Unamortized premium
2,826

Total debt (including unamortized premium)
$
749,154

 
 

 
We have no mortgage maturities until the second quarter of 2015 and it is our intent to repay these mortgages using cash, borrowings under our unsecured line of credit, or other sources of financing.  

8.  Other Liabilities, net

Other liabilities consist of the following: 
 
 
June 30,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Lease intangible liabilities, net
 
$
38,158

 
$
40,386

Cash flow hedge marked-to-market liability
 
3,122

 
2,297

Deferred liabilities
 
2,119

 
2,637

Tenant security deposits
 
2,932

 
2,940

Other, net
 
300

 
333

Other liabilities, net
 
$
46,631

 
$
48,593

 
 
 
 
 
 
The lease intangible liability relates to below-market leases that are being accreted over the applicable terms of the acquired leases, which resulted in an increase in revenue of $2.3 million and $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.


Page 15 of 39




9.  Fair Value

We utilize fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures.  Derivative instruments (interest rate swaps) are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Additionally, we, from time to time, may be required to record other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.  As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, GAAP establishes three fair value levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.  The assessed inputs used in determining any fair value measurement could result in incorrect valuations that could be material to our condensed consolidated financial statements.  These levels are:

Level 1
Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2
Valuation is based upon prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

Level 3
Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market.  These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for our assets and liabilities recorded at fair value.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities

All of our derivative instruments are interest rate swaps for which quoted market prices are not readily available.  For those derivatives, we measure fair value on a recurring basis using valuation models that use primarily market observable inputs, such as yield curves.  We classify these instruments as Level 2.  Refer to Note 10 for additional information on our derivative financial instruments.

The table below presents the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2014 .
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
 
(In thousands)
Derivative assets - interest rate swaps
 
$
993

 
$

 
$
993

 
$

Derivative liabilities - interest rate swaps
 
$
(3,122
)
 
$

 
$
(3,122
)
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables and accounts payable and accrued liabilities are reasonable estimates of their fair values because of the short maturity of these financial instruments.

We estimated the fair value of our debt based on our incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements with the same remaining maturity and on the discounted estimated future cash payments to be made for other debt.  The discount rates used approximate current lending rates for loans or groups of loans with similar maturities and credit quality, assumes the debt is outstanding through maturity and considers the debt’s collateral (if applicable).  Since such amounts are estimates that are based on limited available market information for similar transactions, there can be no assurance that the disclosed value of any financial instrument could be realized by immediate settlement of the instrument. 

Fixed rate debt (including variable rate debt swapped to fixed through derivatives) with carrying values of $718.2 million and $649.9 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively, have fair values of approximately $729.6 million and $650.9 million , respectively.  Variable rate debt’s fair value is estimated to be the carrying values of $28.1 million and $100.1 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively. We classify our debt as Level 2.


Page 16 of 39




The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for our assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:

Net Real Estate

Our net investment in real estate, including any identifiable intangible assets, is subject to impairment testing on a nonrecurring basis.  To estimate fair value, we use discounted cash flow models that include assumptions of the discount rates that market participants would use in pricing the asset.  To the extent impairment has occurred, we charge to expense the excess of the carrying value of the property over its estimated fair value.  We classify impaired real estate assets as nonrecurring Level 3.

Equity Investments in Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

Our equity investments in unconsolidated joint ventures are subject to impairment testing on a nonrecurring basis if there is an indication that a decrease in the value of our investment has occurred that is other-than-temporary.  To estimate the fair value of properties held by unconsolidated entities, we use cash flow models, discount rates, and capitalization rates based upon assumptions of the rates that market participants would use in pricing the asset.  To the extent other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, we charge to expense the excess of the carrying value of the equity investment over its estimated fair value.  We classify other-than-temporarily impaired equity investments in unconsolidated entities as nonrecurring Level 3.

10.  Derivative Financial Instruments

We utilize interest rate swap agreements for risk management purposes to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates on our variable rate debt.  On the date we enter into an interest rate swap, the derivative is designated as a hedge against the variability of cash flows that are to be paid in connection with a recognized liability.  Subsequent changes in the fair value of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge that is determined to be highly effective are recorded in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows of the hedged transaction.  The differential between fixed and variable rates to be paid or received is accrued, as interest rates change, and recognized currently as interest expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.  We assess effectiveness of our cash flow hedges both at inception and on an ongoing basis.  Our cash flow hedges become ineffective if critical terms of the hedging instrument and the debt do not perfectly match such as notional amounts, settlement dates, reset dates and calculation period.

At June 30, 2014 , we had seven interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $210.0 million that were designated as cash flow hedges.  The agreements provided for swapping one-month LIBOR interest rates ranging from 1.2% to 2.2% on $210.0 million of unsecured term loans and have expirations ranging from April 2016 to May 2020 .

The following table summarizes the notional values and fair values of our derivative financial instruments as of June 30, 2014 :
 
 
Hedge
 
Notional
 
Fixed
 
Fair
 
Expiration
Underlying Debt
 
Type
 
Value
 
Rate
 
Value
 
Date
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Derivative Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
$
50,000

 
1.4600
%
 
$
993

 
05/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
$
75,000

 
1.2175
%
 
$
(1,094
)
 
04/2016
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
30,000

 
2.0480
%
 
(889
)
 
10/2018
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
25,000

 
1.8500
%
 
(536
)
 
10/2018
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
5,000

 
1.8400
%
 
(104
)
 
10/2018
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
15,000

 
2.1500
%
 
(299
)
 
05/2020
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
10,000

 
2.1500
%
 
(200
)
 
05/2020
 
 
 
 
$
160,000

 
 

 
$
(3,122
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Page 17 of 39




The following table presents the fair values of derivative financial instruments in our condensed consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively:
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
Derivatives designated as
 
Balance Sheet
 
Fair
 
Balance Sheet
 
Fair
hedging instruments
 
Location
 
Value
 
Location
 
Value
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Interest rate contracts - assets
 
Other assets
 
$
993

 
Other assets
 
$
2,244

Interest rate contracts - liabilities
 
Other liabilities
 
$
(3,122
)
 
Other liabilities
 
$
(2,297
)
 
 
 
 


 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The effect of derivative financial instruments on our condensed consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 is summarized as follows:
 
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in OCI on Derivative
(Effective Portion)
 
Location of
Loss
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI
into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
Amount of Loss
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (Effective Portion)
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationship
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts - assets
 
$
(1,251
)
 
$

 
Interest Expense
 
$
(582
)
 
$

Interest rate contracts - liabilities
 
(825
)
 
4,676

 
Interest Expense
 
(946
)
 
(994
)
Total
 
$
(2,076
)
 
$
4,676

 
Total
 
$
(1,528
)
 
$
(994
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Page 18 of 39




11.   Earnings Per Common Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per share (“EPS”):
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Income from continuing operations
 
$
1,120

 
$
4,092

 
$
3,881

 
$
8,919

Net income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
 
(34
)
 
(147
)
 
(123
)
 
(357
)
Preferred share dividends
 
(1,813
)
 
(1,813
)
 
(3,625
)
 
(3,625
)
Allocation of continuing income to restricted share awards
 
(44
)
 
(38
)
 
(94
)
 
(76
)
(Loss) income from continuing operations attributable to RPT
 
$
(771
)
 
$
2,094

 
$
39

 
$
4,861

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from discontinued operations
 

 
1,690

 

 
2,137

Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
 

 
(61
)
 

 
(76
)
Allocation of discontinued income to restricted share awards
 

 
(11
)
 

 
(15
)
Income from discontinued operations attributable to RPT
 

 
1,618

 

 
2,046

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders
 
$
(771
)
 
$
3,712

 
$
39

 
$
6,907

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding, Basic
 
68,853

 
59,911

 
67,966

 
55,867

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) income per common share, Basic
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Continuing operations
 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
0.03

 
$

 
$
0.08

Discontinued operations
 

 
0.03

 

 
0.04

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders
 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
0.06

 
$

 
$
0.12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The following table sets forth the computation of diluted EPS:
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Income from continuing operations
 
$
1,120

 
$
4,092

 
$
3,881

 
$
8,919

Net income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
 
(34
)
 
(147
)
 
(123
)
 
(357
)
Preferred share dividends
 
(1,813
)
 
(1,813
)
 
(3,625
)
 
(3,625
)
Allocation of continuing income to restricted share awards
 
(44
)
 
(38
)
 
(94
)
 
(76
)
Allocation of over distributed continuing income to restricted share awards
 

 
(4
)
 

 
(8
)
(Loss) income from continuing operations attributable to RPT
 
$
(771
)
 
$
2,090

 
$
39

 
$
4,853

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from discontinued operations
 

 
1,690

 

 
2,137

Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
 

 
(61
)
 

 
(76
)
Allocation of discontinued income to restricted share awards
 

 
(2
)
 

 
(2
)
Income from discontinued operations attributable to RPT
 

 
1,627

 

 
2,059

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders
 
$
(771
)
 
$
3,717

 
$
39

 
$
6,912

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding, Basic
 
68,853

 
59,911

 
67,966

 
55,867

Stock options and restricted stock awards using the treasury method
 
244

 
408

 
243

 
410

Dilutive effect of securities (1)
 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, Diluted
 
69,097

 
60,319

 
68,209

 
56,277

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) income per common share, Basic
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Continuing operations
 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
0.03

 
$

 
$
0.08

Discontinued operations
 

 
0.03

 

 
0.04

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders
 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
0.06

 
$

 
$
0.12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
The assumed conversion of preferred shares are anti-dilutive for all periods presented and accordingly, have been excluded from the weighted average common shares used to compute diluted EPS.

Page 19 of 39




12.  Share-based Compensation Plans

As of June 30, 2014 , we have one share-based compensation plan in effect.  The 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2012 LTIP”) under which our compensation committee may grant, subject to the Company’s performance conditions as specified by the compensation committee, restricted shares, restricted share units, options and other awards to trustees, officers and other key employees.  The 2012 LTIP allows us to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of our common stock, units or stock options, of which 1,737,492 remained available for issuance at June 30, 2014.

In addition, as of June 30, 2014 , we had 198,209 share awards that were granted under plans which terminated when the 2012 LTIP became effective.  These awards have various expiration dates through June 2017.

During the six months ended June 30, 2014 , we had the following activity:

issued restricted stock related to the 2011 performance-based units.  The measurement period was January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013 and measured our three -year shareholder return compared to our peer group.  Our rank in comparison to the peer group resulted in a grant of 159,424 shares of restricted stock.  Per the plan, 50% vested on the date of the grant and the balance vests on the first anniversary of the date of the grant;
granted 114,114 shares of service-based restricted stock that vest over five years. The service-based awards were valued based on our closing stock price as of the grant date of March 1, 2014 and the expense is recognized on a graded vesting basis; and
granted performance-based cash awards that are earned subject to a future performance measurement based on a three -year shareholder return peer comparison (“TSR Grants”).  If the performance criterion is met, the actual value of the grant earned will be determined and 50% of the award will be paid in cash immediately while the balance will be paid in cash the following year.

We recognized share-based compensation expense of $1.1 million for each of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013 .

Pursuant to ASC 718 – Stock Compensation, we determine the grant date fair value of TSR Grants, and any subsequent re-measurements, based upon a Monte Carlo simulation model.   We will recognize the compensation expense ratably over the requisite service period.  We are required to re-value the cash awards at the end of each quarter using the same methodology as was used at the initial grant date and adjust the compensation expense accordingly.  If at the end of the three -year measurement period the performance criteria are not met, compensation expense previously recognized would be reversed.  Compensation expense related to the cash awards was $1.1 million and $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

As of June 30, 2014 , we had $5.9 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted shares, options granted under our plans and performance based equity and cash awards.  This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.7 years.

13.  Taxes

Income Taxes

We conduct our operations with the intent of meeting the requirements applicable to a REIT under sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code.  In order to maintain our qualification as a REIT, we are required to distribute annually at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, excluding net capital gain, to our shareholders.  As long as we qualify as a REIT, we will generally not be liable for federal corporate income taxes.

Certain of our operations, including property management and asset management, as well as ownership of certain land, are conducted through our Taxable REIT Subsidiaries (“TRSs”) which allows us to provide certain services and conduct certain activities that are not generally considered as qualifying REIT activities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the impact of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the bases of such assets and liabilities as measured by tax laws.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the amount where realization is more likely than not assured after considering all available evidence, including expected taxable earnings and potential tax planning strategies.  Our temporary differences primarily relate to deferred compensation, depreciation, and net operating loss carry forwards.


Page 20 of 39




As of June 30, 2014 , we had a federal and state deferred tax asset of $10.3 million , and a valuation allowance of $10.1 million .  We believe that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to recognize the net deferred tax assets.  These future operations are primarily dependent upon the profitability of our TRSs, the timing and amounts of gains on land sales, and other factors affecting the results of operations of the TRSs.  The valuation allowances relate to net operating loss carry forwards and tax basis differences where there is uncertainty regarding their realizability.

We recorded income tax provisions of approximately $16,000 and $30,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

Sales Taxes

We collect various taxes from tenants and remit these amounts, on a net basis, to the applicable taxing authorities.

14.  Commitments and Contingencies

Construction Costs

In connection with the development and expansion of various shopping centers as of June 30, 2014 , we had entered into agreements for construction costs of approximately $25.5 million .

Litigation

We are currently involved in certain litigation arising in the ordinary course of business; however, we do not believe that any of this litigation will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Leases   

We lease office space for our corporate headquarters under an operating lease.  We also have operating leases for land at one of our shopping centers and a capital ground lease at our Gaines Marketplace Shopping Center.  Total amounts expensed relating to these leases was $0.7 million and $0.5 million for the the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 .

15.  Subsequent Events

We have evaluated subsequent events through the date that the condensed consolidated financial statements were issued.

Subsequent to June 30, 2014 we completed the acquisition of two multi-anchored community shopping centers located in Minneapolis-St. Paul, Minnesota and Cincinnati, Ohio for $150.0 million . The acquisitions were funded with a combination of assumed mortgage debt of $58.6 million , borrowings under our revolving credit facility, restricted cash and cash.



Page 21 of 39




Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements, including the respective notes thereto, which are included in this Form 10-Q.

Forward-Looking Statements

This document contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  These forward-looking statements represent our expectations, plans or beliefs concerning future events and may be identified by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “continue,” “predict” or similar terms.  Although the forward-looking statements made in this document are based on our good faith beliefs, reasonable assumptions and our best judgment based upon current information, certain factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements, including: our success or failure in implementing our business strategy; economic conditions generally and in the commercial real estate and finance markets specifically; the cost and availability of capital, which depends in part on our asset quality and our relationships with lenders and other capital providers; our business prospects and outlook; changes in governmental regulations, tax rates and similar matters; our continuing to qualify as a REIT; and other factors discussed elsewhere in this document and our other filings with the SEC, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 .   Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.  Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

Overview

We are a fully integrated, self-administered, publicly-traded REIT which owns, develops, acquires, manages and leases community shopping centers located in strategic metropolitan markets throughout the Eastern, Midwestern and Central United States.  As of June 30, 2014 , our property portfolio consists of 65 wholly owned shopping centers and one office building comprising approximately 13 million million square feet.  In addition, we are co-investor in and manager of two institutional joint ventures that own portfolios of shopping centers.  We own 20% of Ramco 450 Venture LLC, an entity that owns eight shopping centers comprising approximately 1.6 million square feet.  We own 30% of Ramco/Lion Venture L.P., an entity that owns three shopping centers comprising approximately 0.8 million square feet.  We also have ownership interests in two smaller joint ventures that each own a shopping center. In addition, we own three parcels of land available for development or sale and five parcels of land adjacent to certain of our existing developed properties located in Florida, Georgia, Michigan, Tennessee, and Virginia. Our core portfolio, which includes joint venture properties, was 95.7% leased at June 30, 2014 .  Including properties in redevelopment or slated for redevelopment, our overall portfolio was 94.9% leased.


Business Strategy

We intend to maximize shareholder value through a well-defined business strategy that incorporates the following elements:
 
Leasing and managing our shopping centers to increase occupancy, maximize rental income, and control operating expenses and capital expenditures;
Redeveloping our centers to increase gross leasable area, reconfigure space for creditworthy tenants, create outparcels, sell excess land, and generally make the centers more desirable for our tenants and their shoppers;
Acquiring new shopping centers that are located in targeted metropolitan markets, anchored by stable and productive supermarkets, discounters, or national chain stores, and that provide opportunities to add value through intensive leasing, management, or redevelopment;
Developing our land available for development into income-producing investment property, subject to market demand, availability of capital and adequate returns on our incremental capital;
Selling non-core shopping centers and redeploying the proceeds into investments that meet our criteria;
Selling land parcels and using the proceeds to pay down debt or reinvest in our business;
Maintaining a strong and flexible balance sheet by capitalizing our Company with a moderate ratio of debt to equity and by financing our investment activities with various forms and sources of capital; and
Managing our overall enterprise to create an efficient organization with a strong corporate culture and transparent disclosure for all stakeholders.

We periodically review our performance on these endeavors and adjust our operational and financial tactics accordingly.


Page 22 of 39




We continue to strengthen our balance sheet to allow financial and operational flexibility and recycle capital through strategic acquisitions and dispositions of our shopping center portfolio.  We accomplished the following activity during the six months ended June 30, 2014 :

Operating Activity

For the combined portfolio, including wholly-owned and joint venture properties we reported the following leasing activity:

 
Leasing Transactions

Square Footage

Base Rent/SF

Prior Rent/SF

Tenant Improvements/SF

Leasing Commissions/SF

Renewals
123

1,040,630

$
12.27

$
11.71

$

$

New Leases - Comparable
18

45,420

$
18.03

$
14.84

$
8.29

$
3.50

New Leases - Non-Comparable (1)
35

266,562

$
12.26

N/A

$
18.09

$
3.37

Total
176

1,352,612

$
12.46

N/A

$
3.84

$
0.78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Non-comparable lease transactions include leases for space vacant for greater than 12 months, leases for space which has been combined from smaller spaces or demised from larger spaces, and leases structured differently from the prior lease. As a result, there is no prior rent per square foot to compare to the base rent per square foot of the new lease.

Investing Activity

Redevelopment or expansion projects currently in process include:

Redevelopment at Merchants' Square shopping center where we have executed a lease for approximately 39,000 square foot Flix Brewhouse to replace the former Hobby Lobby space. The total projected cost is estimated to be approximately $6.4 million and is expected to be completed by the second quarter of 2015;
Expansion at Village Plaza with a 55,000 square foot Hobby Lobby to replace existing vacant and small shop space and expansion by an additional 12,000 square feet. The total projected cost is estimated to be approximately $4.4 million and is expected to be completed by the first quarter of 2015;
Expansion at The Shoppes at Fox River II to include a 55,000 square foot Hobby Lobby, which opened in March 2014, an additional anchor and retail tenants. The total projected cost is estimated to be approximately $14.6 million and is expected to be completed by the third quarter of 2015; and
Expansion at Harvest Junction North on an adjacent 15.0 acres which will include approximately 25,000 square feet of new small shop retail, along with multiple ground leases and outparcel sales. The total projected cost is estimated to be approximately $7.1 million and is expected to be completed by the third quarter of 2015.

During the six months ended June 30, 2014 we completed the following dispositions for net proceeds to us of $9.9 million :

Naples Towne Centre, a 134,707 square foot shopping center located in Naples, Florida, for $7.0 million ; and
Two outparcels of land plus one income producing outparcel in various locations for a combined $2.9 million.

Financing Activity

Debt

We closed the following debt transactions during the six months ended June 30, 2014 :

a $100 million private placement of senior unsecured notes consisting of $50 million of notes with a ten-year term with a fixed interest rate of 4.65% and $50 million of notes with a twelve-year term at a fixed interest rate of 4.74%. A "shelf" facility allows for an additional $50 million in notes to the same purchaser within the next three years, subject to approval, pricing and documentation; and
a $75 million senior unsecured term loan with an additional $75 million accordion feature. The loan has a seven-year term and bears interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 1.25% to 2.25% (initially 1.7%) depending upon our leverage or

Page 23 of 39




credit rating. The interest expense will be hedged with an existing interest rate swap expiring in April 2016, resulting in an effective fixed initial annual rate of 2.9%.

The combined proceeds from these financings were used to repay $45 million of variable-rate bank term debt due 2017, $75 million of bank term debt also due in 2017, the $45 million balance on our unsecured revolving line of credit, as well as for general corporate purposes.     

In addition, during the six months ended June 30, 2014 we repaid mortgages securing the following properties:

The Auburn Mile in the amount of $6.6 million with an interest rate of 5.4% ; and
Crossroads Centre in the amount of $23.2 million with an interest rate of 5.4% .

Equity

Through our controlled equity offering we have issued 3.1 million common shares at an average share price of $16.44 and received approximately $49.9 million in net proceeds during the six months ended June 30, 2014 .  As of June 30, 2014 , there were 4.8 million shares remaining under this program.

Land Available for Development or Sale

At June 30, 2014 , we had two projects in pre-development and various parcels of land available for development or sale.  We estimate that if we proceed with the development of these projects, up to approximately 320,000 square feet of GLA could be developed, excluding various outparcels of land. It is our policy to start vertical construction on new development projects only after the project has received entitlements, significant anchor commitments and construction financing, if appropriate.

Construction continues on Lakeland Park Center adjacent to our existing Shoppes of Lakeland shopping center in Lakeland, Florida. Lakeland Park Center is being developed in two phases. Phase I consists of approximately 210,000 square feet of retail space. The total expected cost, excluding land cost, is approximately $34.6 million, net of outparcel land sales. Phase I is expected to be completed by the fourth quarter of 2014.

Our development and construction activities are subject to risks such as our inability to obtain the necessary zoning or other governmental approvals for a project, our determination that the expected return on a project is not sufficient to warrant continuation of the planned development, or our change in plan or scope for the development.  If any of these events occur, we may record an impairment provision.

Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K contains a description of our critical accounting policies, including initial adoption of accounting policies, revenue recognition and accounts receivable, real estate investment, off balance sheet arrangements, fair value measurements and deferred charges.  For the six months ended June 30, 2014 , there were no material changes to these policies, except for the presentation changes related to our adoption of the provisions of ASU 2014-08 "Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360), Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity".


Page 24 of 39




Comparison of three months ended June 30, 2014 to 2013

The following summarizes certain line items from our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations which we believe are important in understanding our operations and/or those items which have significantly changed in the three months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 :

 
 
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
Dollar
Change

 
Percent
Change

 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Total revenue
 
$
49,930

 
$
42,702

 
$
7,228

 
16.9
 %
Recoverable operating and real estate tax expense
 
13,086

 
10,478

 
2,608

 
24.9
 %
Other non-recoverable operating expense
 
835

 
730

 
105

 
14.4
 %
Depreciation and amortization
 
23,658

 
14,551

 
9,107

 
62.6
 %
General and administrative expense
 
5,619

 
5,634

 
(15
)
 
(0.3
)%
Other expense, net
 
(239
)
 
(180
)
 
(59
)
 
32.8
 %
Gain on sale of real estate
 
2,672

 
332

 
2,340

 
NM

Earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
816

 
260

 
556

 
213.8
 %
Interest expense
 
(7,632
)
 
(7,296
)
 
(336
)
 
4.6
 %
Amortization of deferred financing fees
 
(370
)
 
(346
)
 
(24
)
 
6.9
 %
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
(860
)
 

 
(860
)
 
NM

Income tax benefit
 
1

 
13

 
(12
)
 
NM

Income from discontinued operations
 

 
1,690

 
(1,690
)
 
NM

Net income attributable to noncontrolling partner interest
 
(34
)
 
(208
)
 
174

 
NM

Preferred share dividends
 
(1,813
)
 
(1,813
)
 

 

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
(727
)
 
$
3,761

 
$
(4,488
)
 
(119.3
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NM - Not meaningful
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
Total revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2014 , increase d $7.2 million , or 16.9% , from 2013 .  The increase is primarily due to the following:
 
$6.0 million increase related to acquisitions completed in the second half of 2013;
$1.2 million increase related to our existing centers;
$0.1 million increase related to the completion of Phase I of the Parkway Shops development; and
higher lease termination income of $0.1 million; offset by
$0.2 million decrease related to properties sold in 2014.

Recoverable operating expense and real estate taxes for the three months ended June 30, 2014 increase d $ 2.6 million , or 24.9% , from 2013 .  The increase was primarily due to following:

$2.2 million increase in real estate taxes and recoverable operations expenses related to our 2013 acquisitions; and
$0.2 million increase in recoverable operating expenses at existing centers.

Depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended June 30, 2014 increase d $ 9.1 million , or 62.6% , from 2013 .  The increase was primarily due to the following:

$6.2 million related to the demolition of a portion of Merchants Square and Village Plaza for redevelopment and the acceleration of depreciation; and
$2.8 million related to our 2013 acquisitions and the amortization of the related lease origination costs associated with the acquired properties.


Page 25 of 39




In 2014 we recognized a gain on sale of real estate of $2.7 million comprised of $2.3 million related to the sale of the Naples Towne Centre and $0.4 million related to the sale of two outparcels and one income producing outparcel compared to a gain of $0.3 million related to the sale of an outparcel at our Parkway Shops Phase I development in 2013. In 2013 gain or loss on sales of income producing properties were reflected in discontinued operations.

Earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures for the three months ended June 30, 2014 increased $ 0.6 million from 2013 .  In June 2014 we received proceeds related to the 2011 sale of a joint venture property. In addition, interest expense is lower in 2014 due to the refinancing of several mortgages in 2013.

Interest expense for the three months ended June 30, 2014 increase d $0.3 million from 2013 primarily due to the following:

$1.2 million increase related to the issuance of senior unsecured notes in July 2013;
$0.4 million increase related to the issuance of senior unsecured notes in May 2014; offset in part by
lower average balances on our revolving credit facility;
$0.8 million decrease in interest related to mortgage debt due to the payoff in 2013 and 2014 of higher interest mortgages; and
increased capitalized interest due to our development projects.

In 2014 we recorded a $0.9 million loss on extinguishment of debt due to the early payoff of $120.0 million in unsecured term loan debt. We had no such activity in 2013.

Income from discontinued operations was $1.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 . We recorded a gain on sale of real estate of $1.5 million and $0.2 million in income from discontinued operations.  Pursuant to our adoption of the provisions of ASU 2014-08 beginning with the period ended March 31, 2014, in general, our activity related to individual sales of properties wholly-owned or co-owned with joint ventures will no longer be classified as discontinued operations.

Page 26 of 39




Comparison of six months ended June 30, 2014 to 2013

The following summarizes certain line items from our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations which we believe are important in understanding our operations and/or those items which have significantly changed in the six months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 :

 
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
Dollar
Change

 
Percent
Change

 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Total revenue
 
$
100,063

 
$
76,640

 
$
23,423

 
30.6
 %
Recoverable operating expense
 
26,612

 
19,172

 
7,440

 
38.8
 %
Other non-recoverable operating expense
 
1,684

 
1,467

 
217

 
14.8
 %
Depreciation and amortization
 
41,399

 
25,328

 
16,071

 
63.5
 %
General and administrative expense
 
11,233

 
11,134

 
99

 
0.9
 %
Other expense, net
 
(372
)
 
(316
)
 
(56
)
 
17.7
 %
Gain on sale of real estate
 
2,672

 
3,914

 
(1,242
)
 
NM

Loss from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
(791
)
 
(5,414
)
 
4,623

 
(85.4
)%
Interest expense
 
(15,231
)
 
(13,369
)
 
(1,862
)
 
13.9
 %
Amortization of deferred financing fees
 
(773
)
 
(687
)
 
(86
)
 
12.5
 %
Deferred gain recognized on real estate
 
117

 
5,282

 
(5,165
)
 
(97.8
)%
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
(860
)
 

 
(860
)
 
NM

Income tax provision
 
(16
)
 
(30
)
 
14

 
NM

Income from discontinued operations
 

 
2,137

 
(2,137
)
 
NM

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
 
(123
)
 
(433
)
 
310

 
NM

Preferred share dividends
 
(3,625
)
 
(3,625
)
 

 

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
133

 
$
6,998

 
$
(6,865
)
 
(98.1
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NM - Not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014 , increase d $23.4 million , or 30.6% , from 2013 .  The increase is primarily due to the following:
 
$9.5 million increase related to the Clarion Acquisition completed in March 2013; 
$12.5 million increase related to other acquisitions completed in 2013;
$1.0 million increase related to our existing centers;
$0.5 million increase related to the completion of Phase I of the Parkway Shops development; and
higher lease termination income of $0.5 million; offset by
lower fee income of $0.3 million due to our acquisition of the Clarion properties from a joint venture in which we hold a 30% interest;
$0.2 million decrease related to the sale of the Naples Towne Centre; and
$0.1 million decrease related to properties that are under redevelopment.

Recoverable operating expense and real estate taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2014 increase d $7.4 million , or 38.8% , from 2013 .  The increase is primarily due to the following:

$6.4 million increase in real estate taxes and recoverable operations expenses related to our 2013 acquisitions; 
$0.6 million increase in recoverable operating expenses at existing centers primarily due to higher snow removal costs; and
$0.2 million increase in real estate taxes at existing centers.

Other non-recoverable operating expense for the six months ended June 30, 2014 increase d $0.2 million , or 14.8% , from 2013 . The increase was primarily related to our acquisitions in 2013.


Page 27 of 39




Depreciation and amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 2014 increase d $16.1 million , or 63.5% , from 2013 .  The increase was primarily due:
$9.9 million related to our 2013 and 2012 acquisitions and the amortization of the lease origination costs associated with the acquired properties; and
$6.2 million related to the demolition of a portion of Merchants Square and Village Plaza for redevelopment and the acceleration of depreciation.

Gain on sale of real estate was $ 2.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and is comprised of a $2.3 million gain related to the sale of the Naples Town Center and $0.4 million related to the sale of two outparcels and one income producing outparcel compared to a gain of $3.9 million in 2013 related to the sale of land at our Roseville Towne Center and two outparcels at our Parkway Shops development.

Loss from unconsolidated joint ventures for the six months ended June 30, 2014 decreased $4.6 million .  In 2013 we acquired our our partners 70% interest in 12 shopping centers held in the Ramco/Lion Venture LP. The sale resulted in a loss of $21.2 million to the joint venture of which our share was $6.4 million. This is offset in 2014 by:
 additional proceeds related to the 2011 sale of a joint venture property;
lower interest expense in 2014 due to the refinancing of several mortgages in 2013; and
additional depreciation expense related to the demolition of a portion of Merchants Square and Village Plaza for redevelopment and the acceleration of depreciation.

Interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2014 increase d $1.9 million from 2013 primarily due to the following:
$2.3 million increase related to the issuance of senior unsecured notes in July 2013;
$0.4 million increase related to the issuance of senior unsecured notes in May 2014; offset in part by
lower average balances on our revolving credit facility;
$0.8 million decrease in interest related to mortgage debt due to the payoff in 2013 and 2014 of higher interest mortgages; and
increased capitalized interest due to our development projects.

In 2014, we recorded a deferred gain of $0.1 million related to the conveyance of a joint venture property in which we held a 7% interest. We had sold the property in 2007 to the joint venture and deferred the portion of the gain related to our joint venture interest. When the property was conveyed to the lender in March 2014 we recognized the previously deferred gain. In 2013 the deferred gain of $5.3 million related to a property we sold in 2007 to the Ramco/Lion Venture, LP, a joint venture in which we have a 30% non-controlling interest. Due to our continuing involvement we deferred the portion of the gain related to our 30% interest. In 2013 we acquired our partners 70% interest in the property and recognized the previously deferred gain.

In 2013 Income from discontinued operations was $2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 .  We recorded a gain on sale of real estate of $1.5 million and $0.6 million in income from discontinued operations.  Pursuant to our adoption of the provisions of ASU 2014-08 beginning with the period ended March 31, 2014, in general, our activity related to individual sales of properties wholly-owned or co-owned with joint ventures will no longer be classified as discontinued operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Through our controlled equity offering we have issued 3.1 million common shares at an average share price of $16.44 and received approximately $49.9 million in net proceeds during the six months ended June 30, 2014 .  As of June 30, 2014 , there were 4.8 million shares remaining under this program.

Our internally generated funds and distributions from operating centers and other investing activities, augmented by use of our existing lines of credit and equity sales through our controlled equity offering, provide resources to maintain our current operations and assets and pay dividends. Generally, our need to access the capital markets is limited to refinancing debt obligations at or near maturity and funding major capital investments and acquisitions. See “Planned Capital Spending” for more details.

At June 30, 2014 , we had $33.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and $14.9 million restricted cash. Restricted cash was comprised primarily of funds held in escrow to pay real estate taxes, insurance premiums, and certain capital expenditures. In 2014 restricted cash also included proceeds from the sale of the Naples Towne Centre held in escrow.

Short-Term Liquidity Requirements

Our short-term liquidity needs consist primarily of funds necessary to pay operating expenses associated with our operating properties, interest and scheduled principal payments on our debt, expected dividend payments (including distributions to Operating

Page 28 of 39




Partnership unit holders) and capital expenditures related to tenant improvements and redevelopment activities.  We believe that our retained cash flow from operations along with availability under our credit facility is sufficient to meet these obligations.

Our next scheduled debt maturities are in the second quarter of 2015.  As opportunities arise and market conditions permit, we will continue to pursue the strategy of selling mature properties or non-core assets that no longer meet our investment criteria.  Our ability to obtain acceptable selling prices and satisfactory terms and financing will impact the timing of future sales.  We anticipate using net proceeds from the sale of properties to reduce outstanding debt and support future growth initiatives.

Long-Term Liquidity Requirements

Our long-term liquidity needs consist primarily of funds necessary to pay indebtedness at maturity, potential acquisitions of properties, redevelopment of existing properties, the development of land and non-recurring capital expenditures.

As of June 30, 2014 , $233.0 million was available to be borrowed under our unsecured revolving credit facility subject to continuing compliance with maintenance covenants that may affect availability.

For the three months ended June 30, 2014 , our cash flows were as follows compared to the same period in 2013 :
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Cash provided by operating activities
$
48,200

 
$
43,539

Cash used in investing activities
(36,354
)
 
(205,564
)
Cash provided by financing activities
15,444

 
159,834

 
 
 
 
 
Operating Activities

Net cash flow increased $4.7 million in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to:

net operating income increased $13.8 million as a result of our acquisitions (net of dispositions) and leasing activity at our shopping centers; offset by
a decrease in accounts payable and other liabilities of approximately $6.6 million
an increase in interest expense of approximately $2.5 million due to the issuance of senior unsecured notes in July 2013 and May 2014 offset by reduced interest rates on our junior subordinated notes and lower mortgage interest due to repayment of mortgages.

Investing Activities

Net cash used for investing activities decreased $169.2 million compared to 2013 primarily due to:

in 2013 we used $193.0 million (net of disposition proceeds) to acquire 14 properties and made $3.3 million (net of distributions) in joint venture capital contributions; offset by
in 2014 development and capital expenditures increased $16.6 million primarily due to the ongoing construction of Phase I of Lakeland Park Center and redevelopments at various properties; and
an increase in restricted cash of $10.5 million primarily due to the escrow of proceeds from the sale of Naples Towne Centre.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $144.4 million primarily due to:

increase in proceeds from notes of $15.0 million offset by a decrease in the payment of deferred financing costs of $0.6 million ;
increase in the amount of net debt repayments of $25.6 million in 2014 compared to 2013;
decreased proceeds of $128.4 million from common stock issued. In 2013 we completed an underwritten public offering to fund a portion of the acquisitions made during the first quarter of that year;
higher cash dividends to common shareholders by $7.1 million due to the increase in the number of common shares outstanding and a 11.4% increase in our quarterly dividend compared to the comparable period in 2013; offset by
a conversion of OP units for cash of $1.2 million in 2013.

Page 29 of 39





Dividends and Equity

We believe that we currently qualify, and we intend to continue to qualify in the future as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code”).  Under the Code, as a REIT we must distribute annually to our shareholders at least 90% of our REIT taxable income annually, excluding net capital gains.  Our dividend policy is set by our Board of Trustees, which monitors our financial results and financial position quarterly.

On May 6, 2014, our Board of Trustees declared a quarterly cash dividend distribution of $0.1875 per common share paid to common shareholders of record on June 20, 2014 , an 11.4% increase from the same period in 2013 .  Future dividends will be declared at the discretion of our Board of Trustees.  On an annual basis, we intend to make distributions to shareholders of at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, excluding net capital gains, in order to maintain qualification as a REIT.  On an annualized basis, our current dividend is above our estimated minimum required distribution.

Distributions paid by us are funded from cash flows from operating activities. To the extent that cash flows from operating activities are insufficient to pay total distributions for any period, alternative funding sources may be used.  Examples of alternative funding sources may include proceeds from sales of real estate and bank borrowings.  Although we may use alternative sources of cash to fund distributions in a given period, we expect that distribution requirements for an entire year will be met with cash flows from operating activities.  Additionally, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.90625 per preferred share to preferred shareholders of record on June 20, 2014 , unchanged from the dividend declared for the same period in 2013 .
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Cash provided by operating activities
$
48,200

 
$
43,539

 
 
 
 
Cash distributions to preferred shareholders
$
(3,625
)
 
$
(3,625
)
Cash distributions to common shareholders
(25,367
)
 
(18,302
)
Cash distributions to operating partnership unit holders
(844
)
 
(778
)
Total distributions
(29,836
)
 
(22,705
)
 
 
 
 
Surplus
$
18,364

 
$
20,834

 
 
 
 
 
For the six months ended June 30, 2014 , we issued 3.1 million common shares through our controlled equity offering generating $49.9 million in net proceeds, after sales commissions and fees of $0.8 million .  We used the net proceeds for general corporate purposes including the repayment of debt.  We have registered up to 8.0 million common shares for issuance from time to time, in our sole discretion, through our controlled equity offering sales agreement, of which 4.8 million shares remained unsold as of June 30, 2014 .  The shares issued in the controlled equity offering are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on our registration statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-190546).

Debt

At June 30, 2014 , we had seven interest rate swap agreements in effect for an aggregate notional amount of $210.0 million converting a portion of our floating rate corporate debt to fixed rate debt.  After taking into account the impact of converting our variable rate debt to fixed rate debt by use of the interest rate swap agreements, at June 30, 2014 , we had $28.1 million variable rate debt outstanding.

At June 30, 2014 , we had $298.2 million of fixed rate mortgage loans encumbering certain consolidated properties.  Such mortgage loans are non-recourse, subject to certain exceptions for which we would be liable for any resulting losses incurred by the lender. These exceptions vary from loan to loan but generally include fraud or a material misrepresentation, misstatement or omission by the borrower, intentional or grossly negligent conduct by the borrower that harms the property or results in a loss to the lender, filing of a bankruptcy petition by the borrower, either directly or indirectly, and certain environmental liabilities.  In addition, upon the occurrence of certain of such events, such as fraud or filing of a bankruptcy petition by the borrower, we would be liable for the entire outstanding balance of the loan, all interest accrued thereon and certain other costs, penalties and expenses.


Page 30 of 39




Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

Real Estate Joint Ventures
 
We consolidate entities in which we own less than 100% equity interest if we have a controlling interest or are the primary beneficiary in a variable interest entity, as defined in the Consolidation Topic of FASB ASC 810.  From time to time, we enter into joint venture arrangements from which we believe we can benefit by owning a partial interest in one or more properties.

As of June 30, 2014 , we had four equity investments in unconsolidated joint venture entities in which we owned 30% or less of the total ownership interest and accounted for these entities under the equity method.  Refer to Note 5 of the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements for more information.
 
We have a 20% ownership interest in our Ramco 450 joint venture which owns a portfolio of eight properties totaling 1.6 million square feet of GLA.  As of June 30, 2014 , the properties in the portfolio had consolidated equity of $135.9 million.  Our total investment in the venture at June 30, 2014 was $16.9 million.  The Ramco 450 joint venture has total debt obligations of approximately $140.5 million , with maturity dates ranging from 2015 through 2023.  Our proportionate share of the total debt is $28.1 million . Such debt is non-recourse to the venture, subject to carve-outs customary to such types of mortgage financing.
 
We have a 30% ownership interest in our Ramco Lion joint venture which owns a portfolio of three properties with 0.8 million square feet of GLA . As of June 30, 2014 , the properties had consolidated equity of $57.4 million. Our total investment in the venture at June 30, 2014 was $8.7 million. The Ramco Lion joint venture has one property with a mortgage payable obligation of approximately $30.2 million with maturity date of October 2015 .  Our proportionate share of the total debt is $9.1 million .  Such debt is non-recourse to the venture, subject to carve-outs customary to such types of mortgage financing.
 
We also have a 7% ownership interest in two smaller joint ventures that each own one property.  As of June 30, 2014 , the properties had consolidated equity of $45.5 million and our total investment in these ventures was $3.1 million.  Both properties are unencumbered.

We review our equity investments in unconsolidated entities for impairment on a venture-by-venture basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the equity investment may not be recoverable.  In testing for impairment of these equity investments, we primarily use cash flow models, discount rates, and capitalization rates to estimate the fair value of properties held in joint ventures, and we also estimate the fair value of the debt of the joint ventures based on borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements with the same remaining maturity.  Considerable judgment by management is applied when determining whether an equity invest in an unconsolidated entity is impaired and, if so, the amount of the impairment.  Changes to assumptions regarding cash flows, discount rates, or capitalization rates could be material to our condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
We are engaged by certain of our joint ventures to provide asset management, property management, leasing and investing services for such venture’s respective properties.  We receive fees for our services, including a property management fee calculated as a percentage of gross revenues received.  


Page 31 of 39




Contractual Obligations

The following are our contractual cash obligations as of June 30, 2014 :
 
Payments due by period
Contractual Obligations
Total
 
Less than
1 year (1)
 
1-3 years
 
3-5 years
 
More than
5 years
 
(In thousands)
Mortgages and notes payable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Scheduled amortization
$
19,846

 
$
1,784

 
$
7,912

 
$
4,235

 
$
5,915

Payments due at maturity
726,482

 

 
212,270

 
85,195

 
429,017

  Total mortgages and notes payable (2)
746,328

 
1,784

 
220,182

 
89,430

 
434,932

Interest expense (3)
235,353

 
16,753

 
81,998

 
33,443

 
103,159

Employment contracts
257

 
257

 

 

 

Capital lease (4)
5,616

 
5,616

 

 

 

Operating leases
3,088

 
260

 
1,405

 
817

 
606

Construction commitments
25,466

 
25,466

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations
$
1,016,108

 
$
50,136

 
$
303,585

 
$
123,690

 
$
538,697

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
Amounts represent balance of obligation for the remainder of 2014.
(2)  
Excludes $ 2.8 million of unamortized mortgage debt premium.
(3)  
Variable-rate debt interest is calculated using rates at June 30, 2014 .
(4)  
99 year ground lease expires September 2103.  However, an anchor tenant’s exercise of its option to purchase its parcel in October 2014 would require us to purchase the real estate that is subject to the ground lease.

We anticipate that the combination of cash on hand, cash provided from operating activities, the availability under our credit facility ( $233 million at June 30, 2014 subject to compliance with covenants), our access to the capital markets, and the sale of existing properties will satisfy our expected working capital requirements through at least the next 12 months.  Although we believe that the combination of factors discussed will provide sufficient liquidity, no assurance can be given.

At June 30, 2014 , we did not have any contractual obligations that required or allowed settlement, in whole or in part, with consideration other than cash.

Mortgages and notes payable

See the analysis of our debt included in “Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

Employment Contracts

At June 30, 2014 , we had employment contracts with our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer that contain minimum guaranteed compensation.  All other employees are subject to at-will employment.

Operating and Capital Leases

We lease office space for our corporate headquarters under an operating lease.  We also have operating leases for land at one of our shopping centers and a capital ground lease at our Gaines Marketplace shopping center that provides the option to purchase the land parcel in October 2014 for approximately $5.0 million.

Construction Costs

In connection with the development and expansion of various shopping centers as of June 30, 2014 , we have entered into agreements for construction activities with an aggregate cost of approximately $25.5 million .



Page 32 of 39




Planned Capital Spending

We are focused on our core strengths of enhancing the value of our existing portfolio of shopping centers through successful leasing efforts and the completion of our redevelopment projects currently in process.

In addition to the construction agreements of approximately $25.5 million we have entered into as of June 30, 2014 , we anticipate spending an additional $12.0 million for the remainder of 2014 for redevelopment projects, tenant improvements, and leasing costs.  Estimates for future spending will change as new projects are approved.

Disclosures regarding planned capital spending, including estimates regarding timing of tenant openings, capital expenditures and occupancy are forward-looking statements and certain significant factors discussed elsewhere in this document and our other filings with the SEC, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K could cause the actual results to differ materially.

Capitalization

At June 30, 2014 our total market capitalization was $2.0 billion and is detailed below:
 
(in thousands)
Net debt (including property-specific mortgages, unsecured revolving credit facility, term loans and capital lease obligation net of $33.1 million in cash)
$
719

Common shares, OP units, and dilutive securities based on market price of $16.62 at June 30, 2014
1,204

Convertible perpetual preferred shares based on market price of $61.20 at June 30, 2014
122

Total market capitalization
$
2,045

 
 
Net debt to total market capitalization
35.1
%
 
 

Outstanding letters of credit issued under the credit facility totaled approximately $7.0 million at June 30, 2014 .

At June 30, 2014 , the non-controlling interest in the Operating Partnership represented a 3.1% ownership in the Operating Partnership.  The OP Units may, under certain circumstances, be exchanged for our common shares of beneficial interest on a one-for-one basis.  We, as sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, have the option, but not the obligation, to settle exchanged OP Units held by others in cash based on the current trading price of our common shares of beneficial interest.  Assuming the exchange of all OP Units, there would have been 72,189,720 of common shares of beneficial interest outstanding at June 30, 2014 , with a market value of approximately $1.2 billion.

Inflation

Inflation has been relatively low in recent years and has not had a significant detrimental impact on the results of our operations.   Should inflation rates increase in the future, substantially all of our tenant leases contain provisions designed to mitigate the negative impact of inflation in the near term.  Such lease provisions include clauses that require our tenants to reimburse us for real estate taxes and many of the operating expenses we incur.  Also, many of our leases provide for periodic increases in base rent which are either of a fixed amount or based on changes in the consumer price index and/or percentage rents (where the tenant pays us rent based on percentage of its sales).  Significant inflation rate increases over a prolonged period of time may have a material adverse impact on our business.

Page 33 of 39





Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Certain of our key performance indicators are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Management uses these measures along with our GAAP financial statements in order to evaluate our operations results. We believe these additional measures provide users of our financial information additional comparable indicators of our industry, as well as, our performance.

Funds from Operations

We consider funds from operations, also known as “FFO” to be an appropriate supplemental measure of the financial performance of an equity REIT.  Under the NAREIT definition, FFO represents net income available to common shareholders, excluding extraordinary items, as defined under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), gains (losses) on sales of depreciable property and impairment provisions on depreciable property and equity investments in depreciable property, plus real estate related depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of financing costs), and adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures. 

Also, we consider "Operating FFO" a meaningful, additional measure of financial performance because it excludes acquisition costs and periodic items such as impairment provisions on land available for sale, bargain purchase gains, and gains or losses on extinguishment of debt that are not adjusted under the current NAREIT definition of FFO. We provide a reconciliation of FFO to Operating FFO. FFO and Operating FFO should not be considered alternatives to GAAP net income available to common shareholders or as alternatives to cash flow as measures of liquidity.  

While we consider FFO and Operating FFO useful measures for reviewing our comparative operating and financial performance between periods or to compare our performance to different REITs, our computations of FFO and Operating FFO may differ from the computations utilized by other real estate companies, and therefore, may not be comparable to these other real estate companies.


Page 34 of 39




We recognize the limitations of FFO and Operating FFO when compared to GAAP net income available to common shareholders.  FFO and Operating FFO do not represent amounts available for needed capital replacement or expansion, debt service obligations, or other commitments and uncertainties.  In addition, FFO and Operating FFO do not represent cash generated from operating activities in accordance with GAAP and are not necessarily indicative of cash available to fund cash needs, including the payment of dividends.  FFO and Operating FFO are simply used as additional indicators of our operating performance.  The following table illustrates the calculations of FFO and Operating FFO:
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Net (loss) income available to common shareholders
 
$
(727
)
 
$
3,761

 
$
133

 
$
6,998

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rental property depreciation and amortization expense
 
23,531

 
14,572

 
41,145

 
25,426

Pro-rata share of real estate depreciation from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
682

 
677

 
3,445

 
2,277

Gain on sale of depreciable real estate
 
(2,466
)
 
(1,537
)
 
(2,466
)
 
(1,537
)
Loss on sale of joint venture depreciable real estate (1)
 

 
89

 

 
6,454

Deferred gain recognized on real estate
 

 

 
(117
)
 
(5,282
)
Noncontrolling interest in Operating Partnership (2)
 
34

 
208

 
123

 
433

Subtotal
 
21,054

 
17,770

 
42,263

 
34,769

Add preferred share dividends (assumes if converted)
 
1,813

 
1,813

 
3,625

 
3,625

FFO
 
$
22,867

 
$
19,583

 
$
45,888

 
$
38,394

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
860

 

 
860

 

Gain on extinguishment of joint venture debt (1)
 

 

 
(106
)
 

  Acquisition costs (included in G&A)
 
451

 
449

 
533

 
681

Operating FFO
 
$
24,178

 
$
20,032

 
$
47,175

 
$
39,075

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares
 
68,853

 
59,911

 
67,966

 
55,867

Shares issuable upon conversion of Operating Partnership Units (2)
 
2,252

 
2,254

 
2,252

 
2,262

Dilutive effect of securities
 
244

 
408

 
242

 
410

Shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares  (3)
 
6,990

 
6,947

 
6,990

 
6,947

Weighted average equivalent shares outstanding, diluted
 
78,339

 
69,520

 
77,450

 
65,486

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted (loss) earnings per share (4)
 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
0.06

 
$

 
$
0.12

FFO per share adjustments to net (loss) income available to common shareholders including preferred share dividends
 
0.30

 
0.22

 
0.59

 
0.47

FFO per share, diluted
 
$
0.29

 
$
0.28

 
$
0.59

 
$
0.59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per share adjustments to FFO
 
0.02

 
0.01

 
0.02

 
0.01

Operating FFO per share, diluted
 
$
0.31

 
$
0.29

 
$
0.61

 
$
0.60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
Amount included in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated joint ventures.
(2)  
The total non-controlling interest reflects OP units convertible 1:1 into common shares.
(3)  
Series D convertible preferred shares were dilutive to FFO per share for the period, but anti-dilutive to earnings per share as disclosed elsewhere. Because the Series D convertible preferred shares are paid annual dividends of $7.25 million and are currently convertible into approximately 7.0 million shares of common stock, they are dilutive only when earnings or FFO exceed approximately $0.26 per diluted share per quarter, which was the case for FFO in the current period, but not for earnings per share. The conversion ratio is subject to adjustment based upon a number of factors, and such adjustment could affect the dilutive impact of the Series D convertible preferred shares on FFO and earnings per share in future periods.
(4)  
The denominator to calculate diluted earnings per share excludes shares issuable upon conversion of Operating Partnership Units and preferred shares.


Page 35 of 39




Same Property Operating Income

Same Property Operating Income ("Same Property NOI") is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure of real estate companies' operating performance. Same Property NOI is considered by management to be a relevant performance measure of our operations because it includes only the NOI of comparable properties for the reporting period. Same Property NOI is calculated using consolidated operating income and adjusted to exclude management and other fee income, depreciation and amortization, general and administrative expense, provision for impairment and non-comparable income/expense adjustments such as straight-line rents, lease termination fees, above/below market rents, and other non-comparable operating income and expense adjustments.

Same Property NOI should not be considered an alternative to net income in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of liquidity.  Our method of calculating Same Property NOI may differ from methods used by other REITs and, accordingly, may not be comparable to such other REITs.

The following is a summary of our wholly owned properties by classification:
 
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
Property Designation
2014
 
2014
Same property
56

 
56

Acquisitions (1)
5

 
5

Held or available for sale (2)

 

Non-retail properties (3)
1

 
1

Redevelopment (4)
3

 
3

Total wholly owned properties
65

 
65

 
 
 
 
(1) Properties were not owned in both comparable periods.
(2)  Properties will not be part of the Company’s ongoing operations.
(3) Non-core office building.
(4)  Properties under construction primarily related to re-tenanting resulting in reduced rental income.
Acquisition and redevelopment properties removed from the pool will not be added until owned and operated or construction is complete for the entirety of both periods being compared.

The following is a reconciliation of our Operating Income to Same Property NOI:
 
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income
$
6,732

 
$
11,309

 
$
19,135

 
$
19,539

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management and other fee income
(436
)
 
(473
)
 
(946
)
 
(1,277
)
Depreciation and amortization
23,658

 
14,551

 
41,399

 
25,328

General and administrative expenses
5,619

 
5,634

 
11,233

 
11,134

Properties excluded from pool
(5,226
)
 
(2,294
)
 
(10,883
)
 
2,748

Non-comparable income/expense adjustments
(954
)
 
(414
)
 
(1,383
)
 
(908
)
Same Property NOI
$
29,393

 
$
28,313

 
$
58,555

 
$
56,564

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period-end Leased Occupancy percent
95.9
%
 
95.2
%
 
95.9
%
 
95.2
%



Page 36 of 39




Item 3.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We have exposure to interest rate risk on our variable rate debt obligations.  Based on market conditions, we may manage our exposure to interest rate risk by entering into interest rate swap agreements to hedge our variable rate debt.  We are not subject to any foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity price risk, or other material rate or price risks.  Based on our debt and interest rates and interest rate swap agreements in effect at June 30, 2014 , a 100 basis point change in interest rates would impact our future earnings and cash flows by approximately $0.3 million annually.  We believe that a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would decrease the fair value of our total outstanding debt by approximately $5.2 million at June 30, 2014 .

We had interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $210.0 million as of June 30, 2014 .  The agreements provided for swapping one-month LIBOR interest rates ranging from 1.2% to 2.2% and had expirations ranging from April 2016 to May 2020 .  The following table sets forth information as of June 30, 2014 concerning our long-term debt obligations, including principal cash flows by scheduled amortization payment and scheduled maturity, weighted average interest rates of maturing amounts and fair market value:
 
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
Thereafter
 
Total
 
Fair
Value
(In thousands)
Fixed-rate debt
 
$
1,784

 
$
85,250

 
$
22,710

 
$
112,222

 
$
84,244

 
$
411,993

 
$
718,203

 
$
729,602

Average interest rate
 
5.7
%
 
5.3
%
 
5.9
%
 
5.4
%
 
4.1
%
 
3.6
%
 
4.5
%
 
4.5
%
Variable-rate debt
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
28,125

 
$
28,125

 
$
28,125

Average interest rate
 

 

 

 

 

 
3.5
%
 
3.5
%
 
3.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We estimated the fair value of our fixed rate mortgages using a discounted cash flow analysis, based on borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements with the same remaining maturity.  Considerable judgment is required to develop estimated fair values of financial instruments.  The table incorporates only those exposures that exist at June 30, 2014 and does not consider those exposures or positions which could arise after that date or firm commitments as of such date.  Therefore, the information presented therein has limited predictive value.  Our actual interest rate fluctuations will depend on the exposures that arise during the period and on market interest rates at that time.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), such as this report on Form 10-Q, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the designed control objectives, and therefore management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

We carried out an assessment as of June 30, 2014 of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures.  This assessment was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.  Based on such evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of June 30, 2014 .

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended June 30, 2014 , there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


Page 37 of 39




PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.  Legal Proceedings

We are currently involved in certain litigation arising in the ordinary course of business; however, we do not believe that any of this litigation will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. There are no material pending governmental proceedings.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

You should review our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 which contains a detailed description of risk factors that may materially affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Item 6. Exhibits

Exhibit No.
Description
 
 
10.1*
$100 Million Note Purchase Agreement, by Ramco-Gershenson Properties, L.P. dated May 28, 2014
10.2*
Unsecured Term Loan Agreement, dated May 29, 2014 among Ramco-Gershenson Properties, L.P., as borrower, Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust, as a Guarantor, Capital One, National Association, as a Bank, The Other Banks Which Are A Party To This Agreement, The Other Banks Which May Become Parties To This Agreement, Capital One, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and Capital One, National Association, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner.
12.1*
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends.
 
31.1*
Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
31.2*
Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
32.1*
Certification of CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
32.2*
Certification of CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
101.INS (1)
XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
101.CAL (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation.
101.DEF (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition.
101.LAB (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label.
101.PRE (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation.
____________________________
*
Filed herewith
**
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
(1)  
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability thereunder.


Page 38 of 39




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
 
 
Date: July 30, 2014
By:/s/ DENNIS GERSHENSON
Dennis Gershenson
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
Date: July 30, 2014
By: /s/ GREGORY R. ANDREWS
Gregory R. Andrews
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Page 39 of 39


EXECUTION VERSION



RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P.
$50,000,000 4.65% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series A, due 2024
$50,000,000 4.74% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series B, due 2026
and
$50,000,000
Private Shelf Facility
______________
NOTE PURCHASE AND PRIVATE SHELF AGREEMENT
______________
Dated as of May 28, 2014








TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
HEADING
PAGE
SECTION 1.
AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES
1
Section 1.1.
Authorization of Issue of Series A Notes and Series B Notes
1
Section 1.2.
Authorization of Issue of Shelf Notes
1
SECTION 2.
SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES
2
Section 2.1.
Sale and Purchase of Series A Notes and Series B Notes
2
Section 2.2.
Sale and Purchase of Shelf Notes
2
SECTION 3.
CLOSING
5
Section 3.1.
Initial Notes Closing
5
Section 3.2.
Facility Closings
6
Section 3.3.
Rescheduled Facility Closings
6
SECTION 4.
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
7
Section 4.1.
Representations and Warranties
7
Section 4.2.
Performance; No Default
7
Section 4.3.
Compliance Certificates
7
Section 4.4.
Opinions of Counsel
7
Section 4.5.
Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc
8
Section 4.6.
Sale of Other Notes
8
Section 4.7.
Payment of Fees
8
Section 4.8.
Payment of Special Counsel Fees
8
Section 4.9.
Private Placement Number
8
Section 4.10.
Changes in Corporate Structure
8
Section 4.11.
Funding Instructions
9
Section 4.12.
Proceedings and Documents
9
Section 4.13.
Subsidiary Guaranties
9
Section 4.14.
Material Adverse Chagne
9
SECTION 5.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
9
Section 5.1.
Organization; Power and Authority
9
Section 5.2.
Authorization, Etc
10
Section 5.3.
Disclosure
10
Section 5.4.
Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates
11
Section 5.5.
Financial Statements; Material Liabilities
11
Section 5.6.
Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc
12
Section 5.7.
Governmental Authorizations, Etc
12
Section 5.8.
Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders
12
Section 5.9.
Taxes
13
Section 5.10.
Title to Property; Leases
13
Section 5.11.
Licenses, Permits, Etc
13
Section 5.12.
Compliance with ERISA
13
Section 5.13.
Private Offering by the Company
14
Section 5.14.
Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations
14
Section 5.15.
Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens
15

- i -



Section 5.16.
Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc
15
Section 5.17.
Status under Certain Statutes
17
Section 5.18.
Environmental Matters
17
Section 5.19.
Solvency
18
Section 5.20.
Contribution Agreement
18
Section 5.21.
No Fraudulent Intent
18
Section 5.22.
Transaction in Best Interests of Company; Consideration
18
Section 5.23.
Partners and the Trust
18
SECTION 6.
REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.
19
Section 6.1.
Purchase for Investment
19
SECTION 7.
INFORMATION AS TO COMPANY
20
Section 7.1.
Financial and Business Information
20
Section 7.2.
Officer’s Certificate
23
Section 7.3.
Visitation
24
Section 7.4.
Electronic Delivery
25
SECTION 8.
PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES
25
Section 8.1.
 Maturity
25
Section 8.2.
Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount
26
Section 8.3.
Allocation of Partial Prepayments
26
Section 8.4.
Maturity; Surrender, Etc
26
Section 8.5.
Purchase of Notes
26
Section 8.6.
Make-Whole Amount
27
Section 8.7.
Payments Due on Non-Business Days
28
Section 8.8.
Change of Control Prepayment
28
SECTION 9.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
29
Section 9.1.
Compliance with Laws
29
Section 9.2.
Insurance
29
Section 9.3.
Maintenance of Properties
30
Section 9.4.
Payment of Taxes and Claims
30
Section 9.5.
Corporate Existence, Etc
30
Section 9.6.
Books and Records
30
Section 9.7.
Subsidiary Guarantors
31
Section 9.8.
Most Favored Lender
32
Section 9.9.
Purchasers Covenant Related to Subsidiary Guaranty
33
Section 9.10.
Covenant to Secure Notes Equally
33

- ii -



SECTION 10.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
33
Section 10.1.
Transactions with Affiliates
34
Section 10.2.
Merger, Consolidation, Etc
34
Section 10.3.
Line of Business
35
Section 10.4.
Terrorism Sanctions Regulations
35
Section 10.5.
Liens
35
Section 10.6
Subsidiary Indebtedness
36
Section 10.7
Limitation on Indebtedness
36
Section 10.8.
Limitation on Priority Indebtedness
36
Section 10.9.
Limitation on Unsecured Indebtedness
36
Section 10.10.
Fixed Charge Ratio
36
Section 10.11.
Sale of Assets
37
Section 10.12.
Restriction on Certain Investments
37
Section 10.13.
Development Activity
38
SECTION 11.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
39
SECTION 12.
REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC
41
Section 12.1.
Acceleration
41
Section 12.2.
Other Remedies
42
Section 12.3.
Rescission
42
Section 12.4.
No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc
43
SECTION 13.
REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES
43
Section 13.1.
Registration of Notes
43
Section 13.2.
Transfer and Exchange of Notes
43
Section 13.3.
Replacement of Notes
44
SECTION 14.
PAYMENTS ON NOTES
44
Section 14.1.
Place of Payment
44
Section 14.2.
Home Office Payment
44
SECTION 15.
EXPENSES, ETC
45
Section 15.1.
Transaction Expenses
45
Section 15.2.
Survival
45
SECTION 16.
SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT
46
SECTION 17.
AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
46
Section 17.1.
Requirements
46
Section 17.2.
Solicitation of Holders of Notes
46
Section 17.3.
Binding Effect, etc
47
Section 17.4.
Notes Held by Company, etc
47

- iii -



SECTION 18.
NOTICES
48
SECTION 19.
REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
49
SECTION 20.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
49
SECTION 21.
SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER
50
SECTION 22.
TRUST GUARANTY
50
Section 22.1.
Guaranty
50
Section 22.2.
Guaranty Obligations Unconditional
51
Section 22.3.
Guaranties Endorsed on the Notes
53
SECTION 23.
MISCELLANEOUS
53
Section 23.1.
Successors and Assigns
53
Section 23.2.
Accounting Terms
54
Section 23.3.
Severability
54
Section 23.4.
Construction, etc
54
Section 23.5.
Counterparts
54
Section 23.6.
Governing Law
55
Section 23.7.
Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial
55
Section 23.8.
Trust Exculpation
55
Section 23.9.
Transaction References
56



- iv -



INFORMATION SCHEDULE – AUTHORIZED OFFICERS
 
 
 
SCHEDULE A
INFORMATION RELATING TO PURCHASERS
 
 
 
SCHEDULE B
DEFINED TERMS
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 1-A
FORM OF 4.65% SENIOR GUARANTEED NOTE, SERIES A, DUE 2024
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 1-B
FORM OF 4.74% SENIOR GUARANTEED NOTE, SERIES B, DUE 2026
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 1-C
FORM OF SHELF NOTE
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 2.2 (c)
FORM OF REQUEST FOR PURCHASE
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 2.2 (e)
FORM OF CONFIRMATION OF ACCEPTANCE
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 4.4 (a)
FORM OF OPINION OF SPECIAL COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 4.4 (b)
FORM OF OPINION OF SPECIAL COUNSEL FOR THE PURCHASERS
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 4.10
CHANGES IN CORPORATE STRUCTURE
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 5.4
CERTAIN AGREEMENTS
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 5.5
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 5.15
EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 5.18
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 5.23
TRUST PROPERTIES
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 10.3
LINE OF BUSINESS
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 10.13
UNDEVELOPED PROJECTS OF THE COMPANY, THE TRUST AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AS OF THE INITIAL CLOSING DAY



- v -



RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P.
31500 Northwestern Highway, Suite 300
Farmington Hills, MI 48334

$50,000,000 4.65% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series A, due 2024
$50,000,000 4.74% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series B, due 2026
Dated as of May 28, 2014
To Each of the Purchasers Listed in
Schedule A Hereto (each a “Initial Purchaser” )

To Prudential Investment Management, Inc. ( “Prudential” )

To each other Prudential Affiliate which becomes bound by this Agreement as hereinafter provided (together with the Initial Purchasers, each a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers” )

Ladies and Gentlemen:
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with any successor thereto that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 10.2, the “Company” ) and RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST, a Maryland real estate investment fund (the “ Trust ”), jointly and severally agree with Prudential and each of the Purchasers as follows:
SECTION 1.    AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES     .
Section 1.1.    Authorization of Issue of Series A Notes and Series B Notes . The Company will authorize the issue and sale of (a) $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 4.65% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series A, due May 28, 2024 (the “Series A Notes” ) and (b) $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 4.74% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series B, due May 28, 2026 (the “ Series B Notes ” and together with the Series A Notes, the “Initial Notes” ) (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to Section 17 and including any such notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13). The Notes shall be substantially in the form set out in Schedules 1-A and 1-B . Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B . References to a “Schedule” are references to a Schedule attached to this Agreement




unless otherwise specified. References to a “Section” are references to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.
Section 1.2.    Authorization of Issue of Shelf Notes . The Company will authorize the issue of its additional senior promissory notes (the “Shelf Notes” , such term to include any such notes issued in substitution thereof pursuant to Section 13) in the aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000, to be dated the date of issue thereof, to mature, in the case of each Shelf Note so issued, no more than 12 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to have an average life, in the case of each Shelf Note so issued, of no more than 12 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to have an amortization of no more than $50,000,000 in any calendar year when aggregated with the amortization of all Notes then issued and outstanding under this Agreement, to bear interest on the unpaid balance thereof from the date thereof at the rate per annum, and to have such other particular terms, as shall be set forth, in the case of each Shelf Note so issued, in the Confirmation of Acceptance with respect to such Note delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(e), to be substantially in the form of Schedule 1-C attached hereto. The terms “Note” and “Notes” as used herein shall include each Series A Note, each Series B Note and each Shelf Note delivered pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and each Note delivered in substitution or exchange for any such Note pursuant to any such provision. Notes which have (i) the same final maturity, (ii) the same principal prepayment dates, (iii) the same principal prepayment amounts (as a percentage of the original principal amount of each Note), (iv) the same interest rate, (v) the same interest payment periods and (vi) the same date of issuance (which, in the case of a Note issued in exchange for another Note, shall be deemed for these purposes the date on which such Note’s ultimate predecessor Note was issued), are herein called a “Series” of Notes.
SECTION 2.    SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES     .
Section 2.1.    Sale and Purchase of Initial Notes . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Initial Purchaser and each Initial Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Initial Closing provided for in Section 3.1, Notes of the series and in the principal amount specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. The Purchasers’ obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or non-performance of any obligation by any other Purchaser hereunder.
Section 2.2.    Sale and Purchase of Shelf Notes .
(a)     Facility. Prudential is willing to consider, in its sole discretion and within limits which may be authorized for purchase by Prudential Affiliates from time to time, the purchase of Shelf Notes pursuant to this Agreement. The willingness of Prudential to consider such purchase of Shelf Notes

-2-


is herein called the “Facility” . At any time, the aggregate principal amount of Shelf Notes stated in Section 1.2, minus the aggregate principal amount of Shelf Notes purchased and sold pursuant to this Agreement prior to such time, minus the aggregate principal amount of Accepted Notes (as hereinafter defined) which have not yet been purchased and sold hereunder prior to such time, is herein called the “Available Facility Amount” at such time. NOTWITHSTANDING THE WILLINGNESS OF PRUDENTIAL TO CONSIDER PURCHASES OF SHELF NOTES BY PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATES, THIS AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO ON THE EXPRESS UNDERSTANDING THAT NEITHER PRUDENTIAL NOR ANY PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATE SHALL BE OBLIGATED TO MAKE OR ACCEPT OFFERS TO PURCHASE SHELF NOTES, OR TO QUOTE RATES, SPREADS OR OTHER TERMS WITH RESPECT TO SPECIFIC PURCHASES OF SHELF NOTES, AND THE FACILITY SHALL IN NO WAY BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY PRUDENTIAL OR ANY PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATE.
(b)     Issuance Period. Shelf Notes may be issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement until the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement (or if such anniversary date is not a Business Day, the Business Day next preceding such anniversary), (ii) the thirtieth day after Prudential shall have given to the Company, or the Company shall have given to Prudential, a written notice stating that it elects to terminate the issuance and sale of Shelf Notes pursuant to this Agreement (or if such thirtieth day is not a Business Day, the Business Day next preceding such thirtieth day), (iii) the last Closing Day for which there is no Available Facility Amount, (iv) the termination of the Facility under Section 12 of this Agreement and (v) the acceleration of any Note under Section 12 of this Agreement. The period during which Shelf Notes may be issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement is herein called the “Issuance Period” .
(c)     Request for Purchase. The Company may from time to time during the Issuance Period make requests for purchases of Shelf Notes (each such request being herein called a “Request for Purchase” ). Each Request for Purchase shall be made to Prudential by e-mail or overnight delivery service, and shall (i) specify the aggregate principal amount of Shelf Notes covered thereby, which shall not be less than $10,000,000 and not be greater than the Available Facility Amount at the time such Request for Purchase is made, (ii) specify the principal amounts, final maturities, principal prepayment dates and amounts and interest payment periods (quarterly or semi-annually in arrears) of the Shelf Notes covered thereby, (iii) specify the use of proceeds of such Shelf Notes, (iv) specify the proposed day for the closing of the purchase and sale of such Shelf Notes, which shall be a Business Day during the Issuance Period not less than 10 days and not more than 25 days after the making of such Request for Purchase, (v) specify the number of the account and the name and address of the depository institution to which the purchase prices of such Shelf Notes are to be transferred on the Closing Day for such purchase and sale, (vi) certify that the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 are true on and as of the date of such Request for Purchase and that there exists on the date of such Request for Purchase no Event of Default or Default, and (vii)

-3-


be substantially in the form of Schedule 2.2(c) attached hereto. Each Request for Purchase shall be in writing signed by the Company and shall be deemed made when received by Prudential.
(d)     Rate Quotes. Not later than five Business Days after the Company shall have given Prudential a Request for Purchase pursuant to Section 2.2(c), Prudential may, but shall be under no obligation to, provide to the Company by telephone or e-mail, in each case between 9:30 a.m. and 1:30 p.m. New York City local time (or such later time as Prudential may elect) interest rate quotes for the principal amounts, maturities, principal prepayment schedules, and interest payment periods of Shelf Notes specified in such Request for Purchase (each such interest rate quote provided in response to a Request for Purchase herein called a “Quotation” ). Each Quotation shall represent the interest rate per annum payable on the outstanding principal balance of such Shelf Notes at which a Prudential Affiliate would be willing to purchase such Shelf Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof.
(e)     Acceptance. Within the Acceptance Window, an Authorized Officer of the Company may, subject to Section 2.2(f), elect to accept on behalf of the Company a Quotation as to the aggregate principal amount of the Shelf Notes specified in the related Request for Purchase. Such election shall be made by an Authorized Officer of the Company notifying Prudential by telephone or e-mail within the Acceptance Window that the Company elects to accept such Quotation specifying the Shelf Notes as to which such acceptance relates (each such Shelf Note being herein called an “Accepted Note” and such acceptance being herein called an “Acceptance” ). The day the Company notifies Prudential of an Acceptance with respect to any Accepted Notes is herein called the “Acceptance Day” for such Accepted Notes. Any Quotation as to which Prudential does not receive an Acceptance within the Acceptance Window shall expire, and no purchase or sale of Shelf Notes hereunder shall be made based on any such expired Quotation. Subject to Section 2.2(f) and the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to sell to a Prudential Affiliate, and Prudential agrees to cause the purchase by a Prudential Affiliate of, the Accepted Notes at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes. As soon as practicable following the Acceptance Day, the Company, Prudential and each Prudential Affiliate which is to purchase any such Accepted Notes will execute a confirmation of such Acceptance substantially in the form of Schedule 2.2(e) attached hereto (herein called a “Confirmation of Acceptance” ). If the Company should fail to execute and return to Prudential within three Business Days following the Company’s receipt thereof a Confirmation of Acceptance with respect to any Accepted Notes, Prudential may at its election at any time prior to Prudential’s receipt thereof cancel the closing with respect to such Accepted Notes by so notifying the Company in writing at least one Business Day prior to such cancellation.
(f)     Market Disruption . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.2(e), any Quotation provided pursuant to Section 2.2(d) shall expire if prior to the time an Acceptance with respect to such Quotation shall have been notified to Prudential in accordance with Section 2.2(e), the domestic

-4-


market for U.S. Treasury securities or derivatives shall have closed or there shall have occurred a general suspension, material limitation, or significant disruption of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or in the domestic market for U.S. Treasury securities or derivatives. No purchase or sale of Shelf Notes hereunder shall be made based on such expired Quotation. If the Company thereafter notifies Prudential of the Acceptance of any such Quotation, such Acceptance shall be ineffective for all purposes of this Agreement, and Prudential shall promptly notify the Company that the provisions of this Section 2.2(f) are applicable with respect to such Acceptance.
(g)     Fees.
(i)     Structuring Fee . In consideration for the time, effort and expense involved in the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement, at the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Prudential, the Company will pay to Prudential or at the direction of Prudential by wire transfer of immediately available funds a fee (herein called the “Structuring Fee” ) in the amount of $50,000.
(ii)     Issuance Fee. The Company will pay to each Purchaser in immediately available funds a fee (herein called the “Issuance Fee” ) on each Closing Day in an amount equal to 0.10% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold to such Purchaser on such Closing Day.
(iii)     Delayed Delivery Fee. If the closing of the purchase and sale of any Accepted Note is delayed for any reason beyond the original Closing Day for such Accepted Note, the Company will pay to each Purchaser which shall have agreed to purchase such Accepted Note on the Cancellation Date or actual closing date of such purchase and sale a fee (the “Delayed Delivery Fee” ) calculated as follows:
(BEY - MMY) X DTS/360 X PA
where “BEY” means Bond Equivalent Yield, i.e ., the bond equivalent yield per annum of such Accepted Note; “MMY” means Money Market Yield, i.e. , the yield per annum on a commercial paper investment of the highest quality selected by Prudential on the date Prudential receives notice of the delay in the closing for such Accepted Note having a maturity date or dates the same as, or closest to, the Rescheduled Closing Day or Rescheduled Closing Days for such Accepted Note (a new alternative investment being selected by Prudential each time such closing is delayed); “DTS” means Days to Settlement, i.e ., the number of actual days elapsed from and including the original Closing Day with respect to such Accepted Note to but excluding the date of such payment; and “PA” means Principal Amount, i.e ., the principal amount of the Accepted Note for which such calculation is being made. In no case shall the Delayed Delivery Fee be less than zero. Nothing

-5-


contained herein shall obligate any Purchaser to purchase any Accepted Note on any day other than the Closing Day for such Accepted Note, as the same may be rescheduled from time to time in compliance with Section 3.3.
(iv)     Cancellation Fee. If the Company at any time notifies Prudential in writing that the Company is canceling the closing of the purchase and sale of any Accepted Note, or if Prudential notifies the Company in writing under the circumstances set forth in the last sentence of Section 2.2(e) or the penultimate sentence of Section 3.3 that the closing of the purchase and sale of such Accepted Note is to be canceled, or if the closing of the purchase and sale of such Accepted Note is not consummated on or prior to the last day of the Issuance Period (the date of any such notification, or the last day of the Issuance Period, as the case may be, being herein called the “Cancellation Date” ), the Company will pay to each Purchaser which shall have agreed to purchase such Accepted Note no later than one day after the Cancellation Date in immediately available funds an amount (the “Cancellation Fee” ) calculated as follows:
PI X PA
where “PI” means Price Increase, i.e ., the quotient (expressed in decimals) obtained by dividing (a) the excess of the ask price (as determined by Prudential) of the Hedge Treasury Note(s) on the Cancellation Date over the bid price (as determined by Prudential) of the Hedge Treasury Notes(s) on the Acceptance Day for such Accepted Note by (b) such bid price; and “PA” has the meaning in Section 2.2(g)(iii). The foregoing bid and ask prices shall be as reported by TradeWeb LLC (or, if such data for any reason ceases to be available through TradeWeb LLC, any publicly available source of similar market data). Each price shall be based on a U.S. Treasury security having a par value of $100.00 and shall be rounded to the second decimal place. In no case shall the Cancellation Fee be less than zero.
SECTION 3.    CLOSING     .
Section 3.1.    Initial Notes Closing . The sale and purchase of the Initial Notes to be purchased by each Purchaser shall occur at the offices of Schiff Hardin LLP, 233 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 6600, Chicago, Illinois 60606, at 11:30 a.m., New York time, at a closing (the “Initial Closing” ) on May 28, 2014 or on such other Business Day thereafter as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers (the day of the Initial Closing hereinafter referred to as the “Initial Closing Day” ). At the Initial Closing the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Initial Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Initial Note (or such greater number of Initial Notes in denominations of at least $100,000 as such Purchaser may request) of each Series dated the date of the Initial Closing and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount

-6-


of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company to account number 000056110324 at Bank of America, NA 100 N Tryon St Charlotte NC, ABA Number: 026 009 593, For Credit to the account of Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust. If at the Initial Closing the Company shall fail to tender such Initial Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3.1, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of any of the conditions specified in Section 4 not having been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s satisfaction or such failure by the Company to tender such Initial Notes. The Initial Closing and each Shelf Closing are hereafter sometimes each referred to as a “Closing” .
Section 3.2.    Facility Closings . Not later than 11:30 a.m. (New York City local time) on the Closing Day for any Accepted Notes, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser listed in the Confirmation of Acceptance relating thereto at the offices of Prudential Capital Group, Two Prudential Plaza, Suite 5600, Chicago, Illinois 60601, Attention: Law Department or at such other place pursuant to the directions of Prudential, the Accepted Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of one or more Notes in authorized denominations as such Purchaser may request for each Series of Accepted Notes to be purchased on the Closing Day, dated the Closing Day and registered in such Purchaser's name (or in the name of its nominee), against payment of the purchase price thereof by transfer of immediately available funds for credit to the Company's account specified in the Request for Purchase of such Notes.
Section 3.3.    Rescheduled Facility Closings     . If the Company fails to tender to any Purchaser the Accepted Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser on the scheduled Closing Day for such Accepted Notes as provided above in Section 3.2, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled by the time required on such scheduled Closing Day, the Company shall, prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City local time, on such scheduled Closing Day notify Prudential (which notification shall be deemed received by each Purchaser) in writing whether (a) such closing is to be rescheduled (such rescheduled date to be a Business Day during the Issuance Period not less than one Business Day and not more than 10 Business Days after such scheduled Closing Day (the “Rescheduled Closing Day” )) and certify to Prudential (which certification shall be for the benefit of each Purchaser) that the Company reasonably believes that it will be able to comply with the conditions set forth in Section 4 on such Rescheduled Closing Day and that the Company will pay the Delayed Delivery Fee in accordance with Section 2.2(g)(iii) or (b) such closing is to be canceled. In the event that the Company shall fail to give such notice referred to in the preceding sentence, Prudential (on behalf of each Purchaser) may at its election, at any time after 1:00 p.m., New York City local time, on such scheduled Closing Day, notify the Company in writing that such closing is to be canceled. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary appearing in this Agreement,

-7-


the Company may not elect to reschedule a closing with respect to any given Accepted Notes on more than two occasions, unless Prudential shall have otherwise consented in writing.
SECTION 4.    CONDITIONS TO CLOSING     .
Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to such Purchaser at the Closing for such Notes is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, prior to or at such Closing, of the following conditions:
Section 4.1.    Representations and Warranties     . The representations and warranties of the Company and Guarantors in this Agreement and in the Subsidiary Guaranties shall be correct when made and at the time of the applicable Closing (except to the extent of changes caused by the transactions herein contemplated or to the extent the Company or the Trust has supplemented any representation or warranty as contemplated by the opening paragraph of Section 5).
Section 4.2.    Performance; No Default     . The Company and Guarantors shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Subsidiary Guaranties required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at such Closing. Before and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.14), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. With respect to the Initial Closing only, neither the Company, the Guarantors nor any of their respective Subsidiaries shall have entered into any transaction since April 17, 2014 that would have been prohibited by Section 10 had such Section applied since such date.
Section 4.3.    Compliance Certificates     .
(a)     Officer’s Certificate . The Company and the Guarantors shall have delivered to such Purchaser Officer’s Certificates, dated the date of such Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.10 have been fulfilled.
(b)     Secretary’s Certificate . The Company and the Guarantors shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its respective Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated the date of such Closing, certifying as to (i) the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes, the Subsidiary Guaranties and this Agreement, as applicable and (ii) the Company’s and the Guarantors’ organizational documents as then in effect.
Section 4.4.    Opinions of Counsel     . Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of such Closing (a) from Honigman Miller Schwartz and Cohn LLP, counsel for the Company, covering the matters set forth in

-8-


Schedule 4.4(a) and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request (and the Company and the Guarantors hereby instruct their counsel to deliver such opinion to the Purchasers) and (b) from Schiff Hardin LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, substantially in the form set forth in Schedule 4.4(b) and covering such other matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request.
Section 4.5.    Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc     . On the date of such Closing such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof. All necessary authorizations, consents, approvals, exceptions or other actions by or notices to or filings with any court or administrative or governmental body or other Person required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranties and the Notes to be issued on such Closing Day or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall have been issued or made, shall be final and in full force and effect and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser, other than filings under Regulation D of the Securities Act, copies of which shall be provided to such Purchaser reasonably promptly after the filing thereof. If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.
Section 4.6.    Sale of Other Notes     . Contemporaneously with such Closing the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at such Closing as specified in Schedule A (in the case of the Initial Notes) or the applicable Confirmation of Acceptance (in the case of any Shelf Notes).
Section 4.7.    Payment of Fees     . The Company shall have paid to Prudential and such Purchaser in immediately available funds any fees due it pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, including any Structuring Fee due pursuant to Section 2.2(g)(i), any Issuance Fee due pursuant to Section 2.2(g)(ii) and any Delayed Delivery Fee due pursuant to Section 2.2(g)(iii).
Section 4.8.    Payment of Special Counsel Fees     . Without limiting Section 15.1, the Company shall have paid on or before such Closing the fees, charges and disbursements of the

-9-


Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.4(b) to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least one Business Day prior to such Closing.
Section 4.9.    Private Placement Number     . A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for such Notes.
Section 4.10.    Changes in Corporate Structure     . Following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.5, the Company and the Guarantors shall not have changed their jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as applicable, and, prior to the Initial Closing, the Company and the Guarantors shall not, except as set forth on Schedule 4.10 , have been a party to any merger or consolidation or succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity.
Section 4.11.    Funding Instructions     . With respect to the Initial Closing only, at least three Business Days prior to the date of the Initial Closing, each Purchaser shall have received written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer on letterhead of the Company confirming the information specified in Section 3.1 including (a) the name and address of the transferee bank, (b) such transferee bank’s ABA number and (c) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the Notes is to be deposited.
Section 4.12.    Proceedings and Documents     . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory to such Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or such special counsel may reasonably request.
Section 4.13.    Subsidiary Guaranties     . A Subsidiary Guaranty made by each Subsidiary that is required to deliver a Guaranty pursuant to Section 9.7 and, on each Closing Day other than the Initial Closing Day, a Confirmation of Guaranty Agreement made by each Guarantor under a Subsidiary Guaranty (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof, collectively called the “Confirmations of Subsidiary Guaranty” and individually called a “Confirmation of Subsidiary Guaranty” ).
Section 4.14.    Material Adverse Change . No material adverse change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since December 31, 2013 shall have occurred or be threatened, as determined by such Purchaser in its reasonable judgment.

-10-


SECTION 5.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY     .
The Purchasers and the holders of the Notes recognize and acknowledge that the Company and the Trust may supplement the following representations and warranties in this Section 5, including the Schedules related thereto, pursuant to a Request for Purchase; provided that no such supplement to any representation or warranty applicable to any particular Closing Day shall change or otherwise modify or be deemed or construed to change or otherwise modify any representation or warranty given on any other Closing Day or any determination of the falseness or inaccuracy thereof pursuant to Section 11(e). The Company and the Trust, joint and severally, represent and warrant to each Purchaser that:
Section 5.1.    Organization; Power and Authority     . The Company is a partnership duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Trust is a real estate investment trust duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and the Trust have the power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties they purport to own or hold under lease, to transact the business they transact and propose to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Notes, as applicable, and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof. The Trust is a real estate investment trust in full compliance with and entitled to the benefits of section 856 of the Code and has elected to be treated as a real estate investment trust pursuant to the Code.
Section 5.2.    Authorization, Etc     . This Agreement and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary limited partnership and trust action on the part of the Company, and the Trust as applicable, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Trust enforceable against the Company and the Trust in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
Section 5.3.    Disclosure     . This Agreement (including the schedules hereto), the financial statements described in Section 5.5 and the documents, certificates or other writings

-11-


(including the financial statements required to be delivered hereunder) delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (this Agreement and such documents, certificates or other writings and such financial statements delivered to each Purchaser, in the case of the Initial Closing Day, prior to April 17, 2014, and, in the case of any other Closing Day, prior to the date that the applicable Request for Purchase was delivered to Prudential pursuant to Section 2.2(c), being referred to, collectively, as the “Disclosure Documents” ), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. No representation is made as to the projections other than that the projections are based on information that the Company believes to be accurate and were calculated in a manner the Company believes to be reasonable. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, in the case of the Initial Notes, since December 31, 2013 and, in the case of any Series of Shelf Notes since the end of the most recent fiscal year for which audited financial statements have been furnished prior to the time Prudential provided the Quotation to the Company pursuant to Section 2.2(d) with respect such Series of Shelf Notes for which this representation is being made, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries except changes that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no fact known to the Company that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been set forth herein or in the Disclosure Documents.
Section 5.4.    Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates     . (a) The Company has no officers or directors.
(b)    All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary owned by the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Company, the Trust or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien that is prohibited by this Agreement.
(c)    Each Subsidiary is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and, where applicable, is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact.

-12-


(d)    No Subsidiary is subject to any legal, regulatory, contractual or other restriction (other than the agreements listed on Schedule 5.4 and customary limitations imposed by corporate law or similar statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions of profits to the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary.
Section 5.5.    Financial Statements; Material Liabilities     . The Company has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the financial statements of the Trust and its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.5 , in the case of the Initial Notes, and, in the case of any Series of Shelf Notes, each of the following financial statements identified by a Responsible Officer of the Company, (i) a consolidated audited balance sheet of the Trust and its Subsidiaries in each of the three fiscal years of the Company most recently completed prior to the date as of which this representation is made or repeated to such Purchaser (other than fiscal years completed within 100 days (or such shorter period as such financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1) prior to such date for which audited financial statements have not been released) and consolidated audited statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Trust and its Subsidiaries for each such year and (ii) a consolidated balance sheet of the Trust and its Subsidiaries as at the end of the quarterly period (if any) most recently completed prior to such date and after the end of such fiscal year (other than quarterly periods completed within 60 days (or such shorter period as such financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1) prior to such date for which financial statements have not been released) and the comparable quarterly period in the preceding fiscal year and consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the periods from the beginning of the fiscal years in which such quarterly periods are included to the end of such quarterly periods, prepared by the Company. All of such financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Trust and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments). The Company and its Subsidiaries and the Trust and its Subsidiaries do not have any Material liabilities that are not disclosed in the Disclosure Documents.
Section 5.6.    Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc     . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Trust of this Agreement, and the Notes as applicable, will not (i) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by-laws, shareholders agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which

-13-


the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries is bound or by which the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries or (iii) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries. The Company is not subject to any borrowing base requirements that are more restrictive than those in the Material Credit Facility described in clause (a) of the definition hereof.
Section 5.7.    Governmental Authorizations, Etc     . No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company or the Trust of this Agreement, or the Notes as applicable.
Section 5.8.    Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders     . (a) There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company or the Trust, threatened against or affecting the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any property of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)    Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is (i) in default under any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (ii) in violation of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or (iii) in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act or any of the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16), which default or violation could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.9.    Taxes     . The Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon them or their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (i) the amount of which, individually or in the aggregate, is not Material or (ii) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Company, the Trust or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established adequate

-14-


reserves in accordance with GAAP. The Company knows of no basis for any other tax or assessment that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries in respect of U.S. federal, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods are adequate. The U.S. federal income tax liabilities of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries have been finally determined (whether by reason of completed audits or the statute of limitations having run) for all fiscal years up to and including the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
Section 5.10.    Title to Property; Leases     . The Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries have good and sufficient title to their respective properties that individually or in the aggregate are Material, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in Section 5.5 or purported to have been acquired by the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries after such date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are Material are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect except where the failure to be in full force and effect could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.11.    Licenses, Permits, Etc     . (a) The Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that individually or in the aggregate are Material, without known conflict with the rights of others.
(b)    To the best knowledge of the Company, no product or service of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries infringes in any material respect any license, permit, franchise, authorization, patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned by any other Person.
(c)    To the best knowledge of the Company and the Trust, there is no Material violation by any Person of any right of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries with respect to any patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
Section 5.12.    Compliance with ERISA     . (a) The Company, the Trust and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company, the Trust nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in

-15-


section 3 of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability by the Company, the Trust or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company, the Trust or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to section 430(k) of the Code or to any such penalty or excise tax provisions under the Code or federal law or section 4068 of ERISA or by the granting of a security interest in connection with the amendment of a Plan, other than such liabilities or Liens as would not be individually or in the aggregate Material.
(b)    Neither the Company, the Trust, nor their respective ERISA Affiliates maintains or contributes to any Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA.
(c)    The Company, the Trust and their respective ERISA Affiliates have not incurred withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate are Material.
(d)    The expected postretirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries is not Material.
(e)    The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)‑(D) of the Code. The representation by the Company and the Trust to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(e) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds to be used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.
Section 5.13.    Private Offering by the Company     . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Notes or any similar Securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy the Notes or any similar Securities from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any Person other than the Purchasers, each of which has been offered the Notes at a private sale for investment. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any Securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

-16-


Section 5.14.    Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations     . The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Initial Notes hereunder to refinance existing Indebtedness, to finance tenant improvements, for development and redevelopment, for capital expenditures and leasing commissions and for general working capital and will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Shelf Notes as set forth in the applicable Request for Purchase. None of the proceeds of the sale of any Notes will be used to finance a Hostile Tender Offer. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any Securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 5.00% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Company does not have any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 5.00% of the value of such assets. As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.
Section 5.15.    Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens     . (a) Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has outstanding any Indebtedness except as permitted hereunder. Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Indebtedness of the Company, the Trust or such Subsidiary and no event or condition exists with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Indebtedness to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.
(b)    Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15 , neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has agreed or consented to cause or permit any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien that secures Indebtedness or to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien that secures Indebtedness.
(c)    Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Indebtedness of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries, any agreement relating thereto or any other agreement (including, but not limited to, its charter or any other organizational document) which limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, Indebtedness of the Company and the Trust, except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15 .

-17-


Section 5.16.    Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc     . (a) Neither the Company, the Trust, nor any Controlled Entity is (i) a Person whose name appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, United States Department of the Treasury ( “OFAC” ) (an “OFAC Listed Person” ) (ii) an agent, department, or instrumentality of, or is otherwise beneficially owned by, controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, (x) any OFAC Listed Person or (y) any Person, entity, organization, foreign country or regime that is subject to any OFAC Sanctions Program, or (iii) otherwise blocked, subject to sanctions under or engaged in any activity in violation of other United States economic sanctions, including but not limited to, the Trading with the Enemy Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act ( “CISADA” ) or any similar law or regulation with respect to Iran or any other country, the Sudan Accountability and Divestment Act, any OFAC Sanctions Program, or any economic sanctions regulations administered and enforced by the United States or any enabling legislation or executive order relating to any of the foregoing (collectively, “U.S. Economic Sanctions” ) (each OFAC Listed Person and each other Person, entity, organization and government of a country described in clause (i), clause (ii) or clause (iii), a “Blocked Person” ). Neither the Company, the Trust, nor any Controlled Entity has been notified that its name appears or may in the future appear on a state list of Persons that engage in investment or other commercial activities in Iran or any other country that is subject to U.S. Economic Sanctions.
(b)    No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder constitutes or will constitute funds obtained on behalf of any Blocked Person or will otherwise be used by the Company, the Trust or any Controlled Entity, directly or indirectly, (i) in connection with any investment in, or any transactions or dealings with, any Blocked Person, or (ii) otherwise in violation of U.S. Economic Sanctions.
(c)    Neither the Company, the Trust nor any Controlled Entity (i) has been found in violation of, charged with, or convicted of, money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes under the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (otherwise known as the Bank Secrecy Act), the USA PATRIOT Act or any other United States law or regulation governing such activities (collectively, “Anti-Money Laundering Laws” ) or any U.S. Economic Sanctions violations, (ii) to the Company’s or the Trust’s actual knowledge after making due inquiry, is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for possible violation of Anti-Money Laundering Laws or any U.S. Economic Sanctions violations, (iii) has been assessed civil penalties under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws or any U.S. Economic Sanctions, or (iv) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The Company and the Trust have established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the

-18-


Company, the Trust and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable current and future Anti-Money Laundering Laws and U.S. Economic Sanctions.
(d)    (1)    Neither the Company, the Trust nor any Controlled Entity (i) has been charged with, or convicted of bribery or any other anti-corruption related activity under any applicable law or regulation in a U.S. or any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction, including but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws ”), (ii) to the Company’s or the Trust’s actual knowledge after making due inquiry, is under investigation by any U.S. or non-U.S. Governmental Authority for possible violation of Anti-Corruption Laws, (iii) has been assessed civil or criminal penalties under any Anti-Corruption Laws or (iv) has been or is the target of sanctions imposed by the United Nations or the European Union;
(2)    To the Company’s or the Trust’s actual knowledge after making due inquiry, neither the Company, the Trust nor any Controlled Entity has, within the last five years, directly or indirectly offered, promised, given, paid or authorized the offer, promise, giving or payment of anything of value to a Governmental Official or a commercial counterparty for the purposes of: (i) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by such Government Official in his or her official capacity or such commercial counterparty, (ii) inducing a Governmental Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of the Governmental Official’s lawful duty, or (iii) inducing a Governmental Official or a commercial counterparty to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity; in each case in order to obtain, retain or direct business or to otherwise secure an improper advantage; and
(3)    No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any improper payments, including bribes, to any Governmental Official or commercial counterparty in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage. The Company and the Trust have established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the Company, the Trust and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable current and future Anti-Corruption Laws.
Section 5.17.    Status under Certain Statutes     . Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, as amended, the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.
Section 5.18.    Environmental Matters     . Except as set forth in Schedule 5.18 :

-19-


(a)    Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has knowledge of any claim or has received any notice of any claim and no proceeding has been instituted asserting any claim against the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective real properties or other assets now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them, alleging any damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental Laws, except, in each case, such as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)    Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has knowledge of any facts which would give rise to any claim, public or private, of violation of Environmental Laws or damage to the environment emanating from, occurring on or in any way related to real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or to other assets or their use, except, in each case, such as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)    Neither the Company, the Trust, nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has stored any Hazardous Materials on real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them in a manner which is contrary to any Environmental Law that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(d)    Neither the Company, the Trust, nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has disposed of any Hazardous Materials in a manner which is contrary to any Environmental Law that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(e)    All Buildings on all real properties now owned, leased or operated by the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, except where failure to comply could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Notwithstanding anything set forth above, nothing set forth on Schedule 5.18 could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.19.    Solvency     . As of the applicable Closing and after giving effect to the issuance and the sale of the Notes to be issued as of such Closing, neither the Company, the Guarantors nor any of their Subsidiaries is insolvent on a balance sheet basis such that the sum of such Person’s assets exceeds the sum of such Person’s liabilities, such Person is able to pay its debts as they become due, and such Person has sufficient capital to carry on its business.
Section 5.20.    Contribution Agreement     . The Company has delivered to the Purchasers a true, correct and complete copy of the Contribution Agreement. The Contribution Agreement is in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, there are no material claims

-20-


resulting from non‑performance of the terms thereof or otherwise or any basis for a material claim by any party to the Contribution Agreement, nor has there been any waiver of any material terms thereunder.
Section 5.21.    No Fraudulent Intent     . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Notes nor the performance of any actions required hereunder or thereunder is being undertaken by the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries with or as a result of any actual intent by any of such Persons to hinder, delay or defraud any entity to which any of such Persons is now or will hereafter become indebted.
Section 5.22.    Transaction in Best Interests of Company; Consideration     . The transaction evidenced by this Agreement and the Notes is in the best interests of the Company, the Guarantors, each of their respective Subsidiaries and the creditors of such Persons. The direct and indirect benefits to inure to the Company, the Guarantors and each of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guaranties constitute substantially more than “reasonably equivalent value” (as such term is used in section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code) and “valuable consideration,” “fair value,” and “fair consideration,” (as such terms are used in any applicable state fraudulent conveyance law), in exchange for the benefits to be provided by the Company, the Guarantors and each of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement and the Notes, and but for the willingness of the Guarantors to guaranty the Notes, the Company would be unable to obtain the financing contemplated hereunder which financing will enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to have available financing to refinance existing indebtedness and to conduct and expand their business.
Section 5.23.    Partners and the Trust     . The Trust is the sole general partner of the Company and owns a 1% general partnership interest and as of the applicable Closing not less than a 90% limited partnership interest in the Company. The Trust owns no assets other than its interest in the Company as a general partner and limited partner, cash, Short‑term Investments and the property described in Schedule 5.23 hereto.
SECTION 6.    REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.     
Section 6.1.    Purchase for Investment     . Each Purchaser severally represents that it is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control. Each Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under

-21-


circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Notes.
Section 6.2.    Source of Funds . Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “Source” ) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:
(a)    the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption ( “PTE”) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the NAIC (the “NAIC Annual Statement” )) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or
(b)    the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or
(c)    the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or
(d)    the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14 (the “QPAM Exemption” )) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part VI of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are managed by the QPAM in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, represent more than 20% of the

-22-


total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM maintains an ownership interest in the Company that would cause the QPAM and the Company to be “related” within the meaning of Part VI(h) of the QPAM Exemption and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of any employee benefit plans whose assets in the investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization, represent 10% or more of the assets of such investment fund, have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or
(e)    the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Part IV(h) of PTE 96-23 (the “INHAM Exemption” )) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV(a) of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Part IV(d)(3) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 10% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or
(f)    the Source is a governmental plan; or
(g)    the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or
(h)    the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.
As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan,” “governmental plan,” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.
SECTION 7.    INFORMATION AS TO COMPANY      .
Section 7.1.    Financial and Business Information     . The Company shall cause to be delivered to Prudential and each holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor:
(a)     Quarterly Statements — within 60 days (or such shorter period as is the date by which such financial statements are required to be delivered under any Material Credit Facility or the date on which such corresponding financial statements are delivered under any Material

-23-


Credit Facility if such delivery occurs earlier than such required delivery date) after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Trust (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), duplicate copies of,
(i)    a consolidated unaudited balance sheet of the Trust and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and
(ii)    consolidated unaudited statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Trust and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year‑end adjustments, provided that delivery within the time period specified above of copies of the Trust’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q (the “Form 10-Q” ) prepared in compliance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(a) as to the Trust, provided, further, that the Trust shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10-Q if it shall have timely made such Form 10-Q available on “EDGAR” and on its home page on the worldwide web (at the date of this Agreement located at: http//www.rgpt.com) and shall have given each holder of a Note prior notice of such availability on EDGAR and on its home page in connection with each delivery (such availability and notice thereof being referred to as “Electronic Delivery” );
(b)     Annual Statements — within 100 days (or such shorter period as is the date by which such financial statements are required to be delivered under any Material Credit Facility or the date on which such corresponding financial statements are delivered under any Material Credit Facility if such delivery occurs earlier than such required delivery date) after the end of each fiscal year of the Trust, duplicate copies of
(i)    a consolidated audited balance sheet of the Trust and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such year, and
(ii)    consolidated audited statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Trust and its Subsidiaries for such year,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by an opinion thereon (without a

-24-


“going concern” or similar qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of the audit on which such opinion is based) of independent public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances, provided that the delivery within the time period specified above of the Trust’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K (the “Form 10-K” ) for such fiscal year (together with the Trust’s annual report to shareholders, if any, prepared pursuant to Rule 14a-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) prepared in accordance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC, shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(b), provided, further, that the Trust shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10-K if it shall have timely made Electronic Delivery thereof;
(c)     SEC and Other Reports — promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of (i) each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries to its principal lending banks as a whole (excluding information sent to such banks in the ordinary course of administration of a bank facility, such as information relating to pricing and borrowing availability) or to its public Securities holders generally, and (ii) each regular or periodic report, each registration statement (without exhibits except as expressly requested by such Purchaser or holder), and each prospectus and all amendments thereto filed by the Trust or any of its Subsidiaries with the SEC and of all press releases and other statements made available generally by the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries to the public concerning developments that are Material;
(d)     Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly, and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default hereunder or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default of the type referred to in Section 11(f), a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company or the Trust is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;
(e)     ERISA Matters — promptly, and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of any of the following, a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Company, the Trust or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto:

-25-


(i)    with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or
(ii)    the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Company, the Trust or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan; or
(iii)    any event, transaction or condition that could result in the incurrence of any liability by the Company, the Trust or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company, the Trust or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then existing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(f)     Notices from Governmental Authority — promptly, and in any event within 30 days of receipt thereof, copies of any notice to the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries from any federal or state Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(g)     Resignation or Replacement of Auditors — within ten days following the date on which the Company’s or the Trust’s auditors resign or the Company or the Trust elects to change auditors, as the case may be, notification thereof, together with such supporting information as the Required Holders may request.
(h)     Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries (including, but without limitation, actual copies of the Trust’s Form 10-Q and Form 10-K) or relating to the ability of the Company or the Trust to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such holder of a Note.
Section 7.2.    Officer’s Certificate     . Each set of financial statements delivered to Prudential or a holder of a Note pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer (which, in the case of Electronic Delivery of any such

-26-


financial statements, shall be by separate concurrent delivery of such certificate to each holder of a Note):
(a)     Covenant Compliance — setting forth the information from such financial statements that is required in order to establish whether the Company, and the Trust, as applicable, were in compliance with the requirements of Section 10 during the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished, (including with respect to each such provision that involves mathematical calculations, the information from such financial statements that is required to perform such calculations) and detailed calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the case may be, permissible under the terms of such Section, and the calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence. In the event that the Company , the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries has made an election to measure any financial liability using fair value (which election is being disregarded for purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 23.2) as to the period covered by any such financial statements, such Senior Financial Officer shall include a reconciliation from GAAP with respect to such election;
(b)     Event of Default — certifying that such Senior Financial Officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof and has made, or caused to be made, under his or her supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the Trust, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries from the beginning of the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished to the date of the certificate and that such review shall not have disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if any such condition or event existed or exists (including, without limitation, any such event or condition resulting from the failure of the Trust, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries to comply with any Environmental Law), specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Trust or the Company shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto;
(c)     Guarantors – certifying that each Subsidiary Guarantor is a Subsidiary of the Trust; and the Company is and was a Subsidiary of the Trust from the beginning of the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished to the date of the certificate; and
(d)     Unencumbered Real Estate Certificate – listing each of the properties comprising Unencumbered Real Estate and certifying that all Unencumbered Real Estate so listed fully qualifies as such under the applicable criteria in this Agreement, lists any additions or removals or Unencumbered Real Estate during such accounting period, as appropriate, and includes such information as may be reasonably be required to determine the economic and physical occupancy of said Unencumbered Real Estate and the Operating Cash Flow from such Unencumbered Real Estate during such period.

-27-


Section 7.3.    Visitation     . The Company and the Trust shall permit the representatives of Prudential and each holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor:
(a)     No Default — if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company and the Trust, to visit the principal executive office of the Company and the Trust, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries with the Company’s and the Trust’s officers, and (with the consent of the Company and the Trust, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) its independent public accountants, and (with the consent of the Company and the Trust, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Company and the Trust and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and
(b)     Default — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of the Company and the Trust to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Company and the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Company and the Trust authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries), all at such times and as often as may be requested.
Section 7.4.    Electronic Delivery     . Financial statements, opinions of independent certified public accountants, other information and Officers’ Certificates that are required to be delivered by the Company and the Trust pursuant to Sections 7.1(a), (b) or (c) and Section 7.2 shall be deemed to have been delivered if the Company or the Trust satisfies any of the following requirements:
(i)    such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or (b) and related Officer’s Certificate satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 are delivered to each holder of a Note by e-mail;
(ii)    the Trust shall have timely filed such Form 10–Q or Form 10–K, satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b), as the case may be, with the SEC and shall have made such form and the related Officer’s Certificate satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 available on its home page on the internet, which is located at http://rgpt.com as of the date of this Agreement;

-28-


(iii)    such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) and related Officer’s Certificate(s) satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 are timely posted by or on behalf of the Company and the Trust on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each holder of Notes has free access; or
(iv)    the Trust shall have filed any of the items referred to in Section 7.1(c) with the SEC and shall have made such items available on its home page on the internet or on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each holder of Notes has free access;
provided however, that in the case of any of clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv), the Company and the Trust shall have given each holder of a Note prior written notice, which may be by e-mail or in accordance with Section 18, of such posting or filing in connection with each delivery, provided further, that upon request of any holder to receive paper copies of such forms, financial statements and Officer’s Certificates or to receive them by e-mail, the Company and the Trust will promptly e-mail them or deliver such paper copies, as the case may be, to such holder.
SECTION 8.    PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES     .
Section 8.1.    Maturity     .
(a)     Initial Notes. As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of each Series A Note and each Series B Note shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date thereof.
(b)     Shelf Notes. Each Series of Shelf Notes shall be subject to required prepayments, if any, set forth in the Notes of such Series, provided that any partial prepayment of the Shelf Notes of any Series pursuant to Section 8.2 shall be applied in satisfaction of required payments of principal thereof (including the required payment of principal due on the maturity thereof) in inverse order of their scheduled due date.
Section 8.2.    Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount     . The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, any Series of Notes, in an amount not less than $1,000,000 (and in integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof) then outstanding in the case of a partial prepayment, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, and the Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount. The Company will give each holder of the Series of Notes to be prepaid written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than ten days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment unless the Company and the Required Holders agree to another time period pursuant to Section 17. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Series of Notes to be

-29-


prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.3), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of the Series of Notes to be prepaid a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.
Section 8.3.    Allocation of Partial Prepayments     . In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes of any Series pursuant to Section 8.1(b) or Section 8.2, the principal amount of the Notes of such Series to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes of such Series at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.
Section 8.4.    Maturity; Surrender, Etc     . In the case of each prepayment of Notes of any Series pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment, together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.
Section 8.5.    Purchase of Notes     . The Company will not and will not permit any Affiliate to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except (a) upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes or (b) pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the Company or an Affiliate pro rata to the holders of all Notes at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions. Any such offer shall provide each holder with sufficient information to enable it to make an informed decision with respect to such offer, and shall remain open for at least 15 Business Days. If the holders of more than 50% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding accept such offer, the Company shall promptly notify the remaining holders of such fact and the expiration date for the acceptance by holders of Notes of such offer shall be extended by the number of days necessary to give each such remaining holder at least five (5) Business Days from its receipt of such notice to accept such offer. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or any Affiliate pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

-30-


Section 8.6.    Make-Whole Amount     .
“Make-Whole Amount” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:
“Called Principal” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.
“Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.
“Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, .50% over the yield to maturity implied by the ask-side yield(s) reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities ( “Reported” ) having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there are no such U.S. Treasury securities Reported having a maturity equal to such Remaining Average Life, then such implied yield to maturity will be determined by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between the ask-side yields Reported for the applicable most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities with the maturities (1) closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.
If such yields are not Reported or the yields Reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), then “Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, .50% over the yield to maturity implied by the U.S. Treasury constant maturity yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve

-31-


Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for the U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there is no such U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to such Remaining Average Life, such implied yield to maturity will be determined by interpolating linearly between (1) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.
“Remaining Average Life” means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years, computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months and calculated to two decimal places, that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.
“Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.4 or Section 12.1.
“Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.
Section 8.7.    Payments Due on Non-Business Days     . Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirement in Section 8.4 that the notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), (x) subject to clause (y), any payment of interest on any Note that is due on a date that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; and (y) any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount on any Note (including principal due on the Maturity Date of such Note) that is due on a date that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

-32-


Section 8.8.    Change of Control Prepayment     . (a) Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business days of any Responsible Officer becoming aware that a Change of Control has occurred (which shall be deemed to have occurred on the actual closing of any transaction which constitutes a Change of Control within the meaning of subsection (b) of the definition of Change of Control), the Trust and the Company shall give written notice (the “ Company/Trust Notice ”) of such fact to all holders of the Notes.
(b)    The Company/Trust Notice shall (i) describe the facts and circumstances of such Change of Control in reasonable detail, (ii) refer to this Section 8.8 and the rights of the holders hereunder and state that a Change of Control has occurred, (iii) contain an offer by the Company to prepay the entire unpaid principal amount of Notes held by each holder, together with interest thereon to the prepayment date selected by the Company with respect to each Note but without any Make‑Whole Amount with respect to each such Note, which prepayment shall be on a date specified in the Company/Trust Notice, which date shall be a Business Day not less than 30 days and not more than 60   days after such Company/Trust Notice is given and (iv) request each holder to notify the Company in writing by a stated date (the Change of Control Response Date ”), which date is not less than 15 days after such holder's receipt of the Company/Trust Notice, of its acceptance or rejection of such prepayment offer. If a holder does not notify the Company as provided above, then the holder shall be deemed to have rejected such offer.
(c)    On the prepayment date specified in the Company/Trust Notice, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes held by each holder of Notes who has accepted such prepayment offer (in accordance with subclause (iv) of subsection (b)), together with interest thereon to the prepayment date with respect to each such Note but without payment of any Make‑Whole Amount with respect thereto shall become due and payable.
SECTION 9.    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS     .
The Company covenants during the Issuance Period and so long thereafter as any of the Notes are outstanding:
Section 9.1.    Compliance with Laws     . Without limiting Section 10.4, the Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, ERISA, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act and the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or

-33-


regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 9.2.    Insurance     . The Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.
Section 9.3.    Maintenance of Properties     . The Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained and kept, their respective properties in good repair, working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, provided that this Section shall not prevent the Company, the Trust or any their respective Subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of any of their properties if such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of their business and the Company and the Trust have concluded that such discontinuance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 9.4.    Payment of Taxes and Claims     . The Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, file all tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on them or any of their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent the same have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiary, provided that neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries need pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if (i) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Company, the Trust or such Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Company, the Trust or a Subsidiary has established adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP on the books of the Company, the Trust or such Subsidiary or (ii) the nonpayment of all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 9.5.    Corporate Existence, Etc     . (a) Subject to Section 10.2, the Company and the Trust will at all times preserve and keep their existence as a partnership and real estate investment trust, respectively, in full force and effect. Subject to Section 10.2, the Company and

-34-


the Trust will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence of each of their respective Subsidiaries (unless merged into the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) and all rights and franchises of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company or the Trust, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or franchise could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)    The Trust will at all times (a) be the sole general partner of the Company, (b) own not less than 51% of the partnership interests in the Company, and in any event the largest percentage interest of any partner in the Company and (c) be responsible for making all major and day-to-day operational and management decisions to be made by the Company in the conduct of its business. Without the prior written consent of the Required Holders, the Trust shall not own any assets other than its interest in the Company as a general partner and a limited partner, cash, Short-term Investments and the property described in Schedule 5.23 .
Section 9.6.    Books and Records     . The Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in conformity with GAAP and all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having legal or regulatory jurisdiction over the Company, the Trust or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. The Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, keep books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately reflect all transactions and dispositions of assets. The Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries have devised a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that their respective books, records, and accounts accurately reflect all transactions and dispositions of assets and the Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, continue to maintain such system.
Section 9.7.    Subsidiary Guarantors     .
(a)    The Trust will cause each of its Subsidiaries that guarantees or otherwise becomes liable at any time, whether as a borrower or an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect of any Indebtedness under any Material Credit Facility to concurrently therewith:
(i)    enter into an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders providing for the guaranty by such Subsidiary, on a joint and several basis with all other such Subsidiaries of the Trust, of (x) the prompt payment in full when due of all amounts payable by the Company or the Trust pursuant to the Notes (whether for principal, interest, Make-Whole Amount or otherwise) and this Agreement, including, without limitation, all indemnities, fees and expenses payable by the Company or the Trust thereunder and (y) the prompt, full and faithful performance, observance and discharge by the Company or the Trust of each and every covenant, agreement,

-35-


undertaking and provision required pursuant to the Notes or this Agreement to be performed, observed or discharged by it (a “ Subsidiary Guaranty ”); and
(ii)    deliver the following to each of holder of a Note:
(w)    an executed counterpart of such Subsidiary Guaranty;
(x)    a certificate signed by an authorized responsible officer of such Subsidiary containing representations and warranties on behalf of such Subsidiary to the same effect, mutatis mutandis , as those contained in Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12, 5.15, 5.16, 5.17 and 5.18 of this Agreement (but with respect to such Subsidiary and such Subsidiary Guaranty rather than the Company);
(y)    all documents as may be reasonably requested by the Required Holders to evidence the due organization, continuing existence and good standing of such Subsidiary and the due authorization by all requisite action on the part of such Subsidiary of the execution and delivery of such Subsidiary Guaranty and the performance by such Subsidiary of its obligations thereunder; and
(z)    an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders covering such matters relating to such Subsidiary and such Subsidiary Guaranty as the Required Holders may reasonably request.
(b)    Subject and subordinate to the requirements of Section 9.7(a), at the election of the Trust and by written notice to each holder of Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantor may be discharged from all of its obligations and liabilities under its Subsidiary Guaranty and shall be automatically released from its obligations thereunder without the need for the execution or delivery of any other document by the holders or any other Person, provided , in each case, that (i) after giving effect to such release no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) no amount is then due and payable under such Subsidiary Guaranty, (iii) if any fee or other form of consideration is given to any holder of Indebtedness of the Company expressly for the purpose of such release, holders of Notes shall receive equivalent consideration and (iv) each holder of Notes shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer to the foregoing effect and setting forth the information (including reasonably detailed computations) reasonably required to establish compliance with the foregoing requirements.
Section 9.8.    Most Favored Lender .      (a) If at any time a Material Credit Facility shall contain any financial covenant that relates to one or more numerical measures of the financial condition or results of operations (consolidated or otherwise) of the Company or the Trust (however expressed and whether stated as a ratio, as a fixed threshold, as an event of default, or otherwise,

-36-


including, without limitation, financial covenants of the type included in Section 9.5 of the Material Credit Facility described in clause (a) in the definition of Material Credit Facility) (or any thereof shall be amended, restated or otherwise modified) and such financial covenant is not contained in this Agreement or would be more beneficial, directly or indirectly, to the holders of the Notes than the financial covenants in Sections 10.7 through 10.10 of this Agreement as of the date hereof (any such financial covenant, a Financial Covenant ), then the Company shall promptly (but in any event within ten Business Days from the occurrence thereof) provide written notice thereof to the holders of the Notes, which notice shall refer specifically to this Section 9.8 and shall describe in reasonable detail the Financial Covenant and the relevant ratios or thresholds contained therein. Thereupon, such Financial Covenant shall be deemed automatically incorporated by reference into this Agreement, mutatis mutandis , as if set forth fully herein, without any further action required on the part of any Person, effective as of the date when such Financial Covenant became effective under such Material Credit Facility. Upon the request of the Required Holders, the Company shall enter into an additional agreement or an amendment to this Agreement (as the Required Holders may request), evidencing the incorporation of such Financial Covenant into this Agreement substantially as provided for in the Material Credit Facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section shall not apply to covenants contained in any agreements or documents evidencing or securing Non-recourse Indebtedness.
(b)    Any Financial Covenant incorporated into this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.8(a) shall automatically without any action required to be taken by the Company or any holder of Notes (i) be subject to any subsequent waiver of the correlative covenant to such Financial Covenant under the Material Credit Facility for the same time period as waived thereunder, (ii) be deemed amended, restated or otherwise modified in this Agreement to the same effect as the correlative covenant to such Financial Covenant shall be amended, restated or otherwise modified under the Material Credit Facility and (iii) be deemed deleted from this Agreement at such time as the correlative covenant to such Financial Covenant shall be deleted from the Material Credit Facility or at such time as the applicable Material Credit Facility shall be terminated and, in the case of any such termination, no amounts of principal or interest shall be outstanding thereunder and, in any such case under clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, the Company shall promptly (but in any event within five Business Days from the occurrence thereof) provide written notice thereof to the holders of the Notes, which notice shall refer specifically to this Section 9.8, shall include a statement that no Default or Event of Default is then in existence and shall describe in reasonable detail the relevant waiver, amendment, restatement, modification or deletion of such Financial Covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the financial covenants contained in Sections 10.7 through 10.10 hereof be deleted or amended, restated or otherwise modified pursuant to this Section 9.8 in a way that would be less beneficial, directly or indirectly, to the holders of the Notes than such Sections 10.7 through 10.10 as in effect on the date hereof (and as amended or modified other than pursuant to Section 9.8(a)). Upon the request of the Company, the holders of the Notes shall enter into an additional agreement, waiver or an amendment to this Agreement (as the Required Holders may request), evidencing such waiver,

-37-


amendment, restatement, modification or deletion of such Financial Covenant in the Material Credit Facility.
(c)    To the extent that the Company shall directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, by way of fee, additional interest or otherwise, as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any financier under any Material Credit Facility of any waiver, amendment, restatement, modification or deletion of any Financial Covenant under such Material Credit Facility for the purpose of curing, avoiding or potentially avoiding a current or future default under such Material Credit Facility, the Company shall pay equivalent consideration on the same terms, ratably to each holder of Notes (based, in the case of the holders of the Notes, on the outstanding balance of the Notes, and in the case of the lenders under the Material Credit Facility, the commitments of such lenders under the Material Credit Facility).
Section 9.9.    Purchasers Covenant Related to Subsidiary Guaranty     . The Purchasers (on behalf of themselves and their successors and assigns) hereby expressly agree to the provisions of the fourth paragraph of Section 1 of the Subsidiary Guaranty.
Section 9.10.    Covenant to Secure Notes Equally     . The Company and the Trust covenant that, if they or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall create or assume any Lien under Section 10.5(f) upon any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, under any Material Credit Facility, it will make or cause to be made effective provision whereby the Notes will be secured by such Lien equally and ratably with any and all the Indebtedness under such Material Credit Facility thereby secured pursuant to documentation reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders in substance and in form, including, without limitation, an intercreditor agreement and opinions of counsel to the Company, the Trust and/or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be, from counsel that is reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders; provided that the creation and maintenance of such equal and ratable Lien shall not in any way limit or modify the right of the holders of the Notes to enforce the provisions of Section 10.5.
Section 10.    Negative Covenants     .
The Company covenants during the Issuance Period and so long thereafter as any of the Notes are outstanding:
Section 10.1.    Transactions with Affiliates     . The Trust and the Company will not and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to enter into directly or indirectly any Material transaction or group of related transactions ( including without limitation the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than the Company, the Trust or another Subsidiary), except in the ordinary course and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Company’s, the Trust’s or such Subsidiary’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate and those in existence as of the date hereof as set forth on Schedule 5.4 to this Agreement.

-38-


Section 10.2.    Merger, Consolidation, Etc     . The Trust and the Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge with any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person unless:
(a)    the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust, the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety, as the case may be, shall be a solvent corporation, limited liability company or partnership organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia), and, if the Trust, the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor is not such corporation, limited liability company or partnership (i) such corporation, limited liability company or partnership shall have executed and delivered to each holder of any Notes its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Agreement, the Notes or the related Subsidiary Guaranty, as the case may be and (ii) such corporation, limited liability company or partnership shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of any Notes an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel, or other independent counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof;
(b)    each Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guaranty that is outstanding at the time such transaction or each transaction in such a series of transactions occurs reaffirms its obligations under such Subsidiary Guaranty in writing at such time pursuant to documentation that is reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders; and
(c)    immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or each transaction in any such series of transactions, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
No such conveyance, transfer or lease of substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Trust shall have the effect of releasing the Company, the Trust or any successor partnership, real estate investment trust, corporation or limited liability company that shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Section 10.2 from its liability under this Agreement or the Notes, as applicable.
Section 10.3.    Line of Business     . The Company and the Trust will not and will not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to engage in any business if, as a result, the general nature of the business in which the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, would then be engaged would be substantially changed from the general nature of the business in

-39-


which the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are engaged on the date of this Agreement as described in Schedule 10.3 .
Section 10.4.    Terrorism Sanctions Regulations     . The Company and the Trust will not and will not permit any Controlled Entity (a) to become (including by virtue of being owned or controlled by a Blocked Person), own or control a Blocked Person or any Person that is the target of sanctions imposed by the United Nations or by the European Union, or (b) directly or indirectly to have any investment in or engage in any dealing or transaction (including, without limitation, any investment, dealing or transaction involving the proceeds of the Notes) with any Person if such investment, dealing or transaction (i) would cause any holder to be in violation of any law or regulation applicable to such holder, or (ii) is prohibited by or subject to sanctions under any U.S. Economic Sanctions, or (c) to engage, nor shall any Affiliate of either engage, in any activity that could subject such Person or any holder to sanctions under CISADA or any similar law or regulation with respect to Iran or any other country that is subject to U.S. Economic Sanctions.
Section 10.5.    Liens     . Neither the Company nor the Trust will, nor will either of them permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or permit to exist (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any Lien on or with respect to any property or asset (including, without limitation, any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts receivable) of the Company, the Trust or any such Subsidiary, whether now owned or held or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits, except:
(a)     liens in favor of the Company or the Trust on all or part of the assets of Subsidiaries of such Person securing Indebtedness owing by Subsidiaries of such Person to such Person;
(b)    liens on properties to secure taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or claims for labor, material or supplies in respect of obligations not overdue or which are being contested as permitted by Section 9.4;
(c)    deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions or other social security obligations;
(d)    liens on properties or any interest therein (including the rents, issues and profits therefrom) in respect of judgments or awards, which would not constitute an Event of Default under Section 11(i);

-40-


(e)    encumbrances on properties consisting of easements, rights of way, zoning restrictions, leases and other occupancy agreements, restrictions on the use of real property and defects and irregularities in the title thereto, landlord’s or lessor’s liens under leases to which the Company, any Guarantor or a Subsidiary of such Person is a party, and other minor non-monetary liens or encumbrances none of which interferes materially with the use of the property affected in the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company, the Guarantors or their Subsidiaries, which defects do not individually or in the aggregate have a materially adverse effect on the business of the Company or any of the Guarantors individually or of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis; and
(f)    liens on properties or interests therein to secure Indebtedness of the Trust, the Company or any Subsidiary provided that such liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are permitted under this Agreement including, without limitation, under Sections 10.6 through 10.10.
Section 10.6.    Subsidiary Indebtedness     . In addition to, and not in limitation of, any other restrictions in this Agreement, the Trust and the Company will not permit their respective Subsidiaries (other than the Company) to create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any Indebtedness of the type described in any of clauses (a) through (g) of the definition thereof other than:  
(a)    Unsecured Indebtedness (including, for clarity, Recourse Indebtedness) of Subsidiary Guarantors,
(b)    Non-recourse Indebtedness of Subsidiaries, and
(c)    in addition to Indebtedness permitted under subclauses (a) and (b) above, all other Indebtedness of Subsidiaries, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such other Indebtedness of Subsidiaries at any time does not exceed 15% of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value.
Section 10.7.    Limitation on Indebtedness     . Neither the Company nor the Trust will permit the ratio of Consolidated Total Liabilities to Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value to exceed 60%.
Section 10.8.    Limitation on Priority Indebtedness     . Neither the Company nor the Trust will permit the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Secured Indebtedness of the Trust, the Company and their Subsidiaries plus (ii) Unsecured Indebtedness of Subsidiaries which are not Subsidiary Guarantors to (b) Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value, to exceed 40%.

-41-


Section 10.9.    Limitation on Unsecured Indebtedness     . Neither the Company nor the Trust will at any time permit the ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Unencumbered Asset Value to (ii) Unsecured Indebtedness of the Trust, the Company and their Subsidiaries to be less than 1.50 to 1.00.
Section 10.10.    Fixed Charge Ratio     . Neither the Company nor the Trust will permit the ratio of Consolidated Operating Cash Flow to Fixed Charges to be less than 1.50 to 1.00, as calculated for the most recent four fiscal quarters ended; provided, however, that for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, prior to such time as the Company or the Trust has owned and operated a parcel of Real Estate for (4) full fiscal quarters, the Operating Cash Flow with respect to such parcel of Real Estate for the number of full fiscal quarters which the Company or the Trust has owned and operated such parcel of Real Estate as annualized shall be utilized. Additionally, for the purposes of calculating Consolidated Operating Cash Flow under this Section, Operating Cash Flow attributable to any Redevelopment Property shall be included even if such Redevelopment Property is then being valued at cost for the purposes of calculating the Company’s Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value. For the purposes of this Section, the Operating Cash Flow and Debt Service attributable to any Real Estate and the principal indebtedness repaid as a part of such shall be excluded from the calculations when such Real Estate is sold.
Section 10.11.    Sale of Assets     . Neither the Trust, nor the Company will, nor will they permit their respective Subsidiaries to, (i) without limiting any transaction permitted by Section 10.2 hereof, enter into any transaction or series of transactions which would result in the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition in each case, of all or substantially all of the collective assets of the Trust and its Subsidiaries; or (ii) sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any individual Real Estate which has been Unencumbered Real Estate without regard to satisfaction of conditions set forth in (a) through (g) in the definition thereof (or any Subsidiary which owns such individual Real Estate), having a sales price that would exceed 5% of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value unless after giving effect to such disposition, there is no Event of Default.
Section 10.12.    Restriction on Certain Investments     . Neither the Company nor the Trust will, nor will either of them permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist or to remain outstanding any Investment:
(a)    in any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trust that is not 100% owned by the Company or the Trust or in Unconsolidated Affiliates except Investments in Subsidiaries of the Company or the Trust that are not one hundred percent (100%) owned by the Company or the Trust or in Unconsolidated Affiliates, which Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates are engaged in the ownership of Real Estate or development activity pursuant to Section 10.13, provided that in no

-42-


event shall such Investments exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the Company’s Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value in the aggregate without the prior written consent of the Required Holders;
(b)    in any development activity, whether directly or through a Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate, except in development permitted by Section 10.13 which at any time has a total cost (including acquisition, construction and other costs), whether such total costs are incurred directly by the Company, the Trust. or such Subsidiary or through an Investment in an Unconsolidated Affiliate permitted under this Agreement, individually for each development project that is not in excess of ten percent (10%) of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Company, and in the aggregate for all development projects that are not in excess of fifteen percent (15%) of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Company. For the purposes of calculating the cost of developments by Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates, the cost of such developments shall be based upon the Company’s interest in such Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates. For purposes of this Section 10.12(b) and Section 10.13, the term “total cost” shall not include (i) costs specifically reimbursable by tenants or shadow anchors (other than through rent or a gross up of rent), (ii) capitalized general and administrative expenses, or (iii) operating expenses and interest to the extent of operating income received from the applicable development property; and
(c)    whether directly or through a Subsidiary or an Unconsolidated Affiliate, in undeveloped parcels of Real Estate which in the aggregate exceed five percent (5%) of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Company, provided that the acquisition or holding of any outlots or property adjacent to any Real Estate owned by the Company (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or any Subsidiary thereof shall not be deemed to be an undeveloped parcel of Real Estate for this purpose and options and purchase agreements to acquire any property shall not be deemed an acquisition or holding of such property.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or Section 10.13, in no event shall the aggregate Investments of the Company, the Trust and their Subsidiaries described in this Section 10.12 exceed 25% of the Company’s Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value at any time.
Section 10.13.    Development Activity     . Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries shall engage, directly or indirectly, including through Unconsolidated Affiliates, in any development except (i) as expressly provided in Section 10.12(b), (ii) in undeveloped parcels of Real Estate which in the aggregate did not exceed 5.00% of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Company, provided that the acquisition or holding of any outlots or property adjacent to any Real Estate owned by the Company (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or any Subsidiary thereof should not be deemed to be an undeveloped parcel of Real Estate for this purpose and options and purchase agreements to purchase any property

-43-


shall not be deemed to be an acquisition or holding of such property, and (iii) as expressly provided in this Section 10.13. The Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries may engage, either directly or, in the case of the Company, through any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate of the Company, in an Investment which is permitted under Section 10.12(b), in the development of property to be used principally for retail shopping centers or a use ancillary thereto (except for the development commonly referred to as Aquia) which at any time has a total cost in excess of the limit set forth in Section 10.12(b), without the prior written consent of the Required Holders. For purposes of this Section 10.13, the term “development” shall include the new construction of a shopping center complex or the substantial renovation of improvements to real property which materially change the character or size thereof, but shall not include the addition of amenities or other related facilities to existing Real Estate which is already used principally for shopping centers; provided, however, that the term “development” shall not include demolition of existing structures performed by the Company or the addition of an anchor store to an existing shopping center project provided that the construction of such improvements is performed by the tenant, and the Company (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or its respective Subsidiary, as applicable, is only obligated to reimburse such tenant for a fixed amount with respect to the cost of such construction upon completion of such construction by such tenant. The undeveloped projects of the Company, the Trust and its Subsidiaries as of the Initial Closing Day are set forth on Schedule 10.13 hereto. Nothing herein shall prohibit the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries thereof from entering into an agreement to acquire Real Estate which has been developed and initially leased by another Person. Further, any new development project permitted under the terms of this Section 10.13 engaged in by the Company (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or any Subsidiary thereof, before any vertical construction commences on any phase of such project, shall be either (i) at least fifty percent (50%) pre‑leased (based on the gross leasable area of the improvements to the development, or the phase of the development project being developed, excluding outlots), including all anchors in such phase (it being agreed that Company shall receive a credit against such occupancy requirement for any space to be occupied by an anchor that has been conveyed to such anchor), or under a purchase agreement to sell and all construction bids shall be in place, and any such development shall continue to be deemed an undeveloped parcel until such time as construction commences, or (ii) sufficiently pre‑leased such that based on such leases the gross income from such leases upon completion of such project shall equal or exceed projected operating expenses (including reserves for expenses not paid on a monthly basis). For purposes of this Section 10.13, property shall be deemed to be in development at all times that it is Under Development.
SECTION 11.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT.     
An “Event of Default” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

-44-


(a)    the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or
(b)    the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or
(c)    the Company or the Trust defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 7.1(d); or
(d)    the Company or any Guarantor defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein (other than those referred to in Sections 11(a), (b) and (c)) or in any Subsidiary Guaranty and such default is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this Section 11(d)); or
(e)    (i) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries or by any officer of the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries in this Agreement or any writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made, or (ii) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor or by any officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor in any Subsidiary Guaranty or any writing furnished in connection with such Subsidiary Guaranty proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or
(f)    (i) the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest on any Recourse Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 or any Non-recourse Indebtedness aggregate principal amount of at least $30,000,000 as and when due and payable and the continuation of such default beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of any Recourse Indebtedness exceeding the principal amount, in aggregate, equal to at least $10,000,000 or any Non-recourse Indebtedness exceeding the principal amount, in aggregate, equal to at least $30,000,000 or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Indebtedness has become, or has been declared (or one or more Persons are entitled to declare such Indebtedness to be), due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iii) as a

-45-


consequence of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the holder of Indebtedness to convert such Indebtedness into equity interests), (x) the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries has become obligated to repurchase or repay Recourse Indebtedness or Non-recourse Indebtedness before its regular maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $10,000,000 in the case of Recourse Indebtedness or $30,000,000 in the case of Non-recourse Indebtedness; or (y) one or more Persons have the right to require the Company or any Subsidiary so to purchase or repay such Indebtedness; or
(g)    the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or
(h)    a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any such petition shall be filed against the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or
(i)    one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money aggregating in excess of an amount equal to $35,000,000, including, without limitation, any such final order enforcing a binding arbitration decision, are rendered against one or more of the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries and which judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 60 days after the expiration of such stay;
(j)    if (i) any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to

-46-


terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Company, any of the Guarantors or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings, (iii) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, shall exceed an amount equal to $35,000,000 and any such event or events could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) the Company, the Guarantors or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (v) the Company, the Guarantors or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (vi) the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries thereunder; and any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As used in this Section 11(j), the terms “employee benefit plan” and “employee welfare benefit plan” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA; or
(k)    any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Guaranty of the Trust provided in Section 22 hereof shall cease to be in full force and effect, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trust or any Person acting on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trust shall contest in any manner the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Guaranty of the Trust provided in Section 22 hereof, or the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trust under any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Guaranty of the Trust provided in Section 22 hereof are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with the terms of such Subsidiary Guaranty or the Guaranty of the Trust provided in Section 22 hereof, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to the release or termination of a Subsidiary Guaranty pursuant to Section 9.7(b).
SECTION 12.    REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC     .
Section 12.1.    Acceleration     . (a) If an Event of Default with respect to the Company or any Guarantor described in Section 11(g) or (h) (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of Section 11(g) or described in clause (vi) of Section 11(g) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of Section 11(g)) has occurred), all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable and the Facility shall automatically terminate.
(b)    If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any time at its or

-47-


their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable, and Prudential may at its option, by notice in writing to the Company, terminate the Facility.
(c)    If any Event of Default described in Section 11(a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.
Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, but not limited to, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.
Section 12.2.    Other Remedies     . If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note or Subsidiary Guaranty, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.
Section 12.3.    Rescission     . At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1(b) or (c), the holders of not less than 50% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and

-48-


Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 17, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 12.4.    No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc . No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 15, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.
SECTION 13.    REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES      .
Section 13.1.    Registration of Notes . The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. If any holder of one or more Notes is a nominee, then (a) the name and address of the beneficial owner of such Note or Notes shall also be registered in such register as an owner and holder thereof and (b) at any such beneficial owner’s option, either such beneficial owner or its nominee may execute any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to this Agreement. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person(s) in whose name any Note(s) shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.
Section 13.2.    Transfer and Exchange of Notes . Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)), for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof),

-49-


within ten Business Days thereafter, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes, of the same Series, (as requested by the holder thereof) in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Schedule 1-A , in the case of a Series A Note, Schedule 1-B , in the case of a Series B Note or Schedule 1-C , in the case of a Shelf Note. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than $100,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note of such Series may be in a denomination of less than $100,000. Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representation set forth in Section 6.2.
Section 13.3.    Replacement of Notes     . Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and
(a)    in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it ( provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $50,000,000 or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or
(b)    in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,
within ten Business Days thereafter, the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same Series, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.
SECTION 14.    PAYMENTS ON NOTES     .
Section 14.1.    Place of Payment . Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make‑Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made

-50-


in New York, New York at the principal office of Deutsche Bank N.A. in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.
Section 14.2.    Home Office Payment     . So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, interest and all other amounts becoming due hereunder by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A (in the case of the Initial Notes) or as specified in such Purchaser’s Confirmation of Acceptance (in the case of the Shelf Notes), or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes of the same Series pursuant to Section 13.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 14.2.
SECTION 15.    EXPENSES, ETC     .
Section 15.1.    Transaction Expenses     . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) incurred by the Purchasers and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Notes (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective) within 15 Business Days after the Company’s receipt of any invoice therefor, including, without limitation: (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Notes or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Notes, or by reason of

-51-


being a holder of any Note, (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes and any Subsidiary Guaranty and (c) the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the initial filing of this Agreement and all related documents and financial information with the SVO provided, that such costs and expenses under this clause (c) shall not exceed $3,500. In the event that any such invoice is not paid within 15 Business Days after the Company’s receipt thereof, interest on the amount of such invoice shall be due and payable at the Default Rate commencing with the 16th Business Day after the Company’s receipt thereof until such invoice has been paid. The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, (i) all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes) and (ii) any and all wire transfer fees that any bank deducts from any payment under such Note to such holder or otherwise charges to a holder of a Note with respect to a payment under such Note.
Section 15.2.    Survival     . The obligations of the Company under this Section 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Notes, and the termination of this Agreement.
SECTION 16.    SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT .
All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement, the Notes and any Subsidiary Guaranties embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.
SECTION 17.    AMENDMENT AND WAIVER     .
Section 17.1.    Requirements . This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that:

-52-


(a)    no amendment or waiver of any of Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 21 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing;
(b)    (i) with the written consent of Prudential (and without the consent of any other holder of Notes), the provisions of Section 1.2 or 2.2 may be amended or waived (except insofar as any such amendment or waiver would affect any rights or obligations with respect to the purchase and sale of Notes which shall have become Accepted Notes prior to such amendment or waiver), and (ii) with the written consent of all of the Purchasers which shall have become obligated to purchase Accepted Notes of any Series (and not without the written consent of all such Purchasers), any of the provisions of Sections 2.2 and 4 may be amended or waived insofar as such amendment or waiver would affect only rights or obligations with respect to the purchase and sale of the Accepted Notes of such Series or the terms and provisions of such Accepted Notes; and
(c)    no amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of each Purchaser and the holder of each Note at the time outstanding, (i) subject to Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of (x) interest on the Notes or (y) the Make-Whole Amount, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any amendment or waiver, or (iii) amend any of Sections 8 (except as set forth in the second sentence of Section 8.2 and Section 17.1(c)), 11(a), 11(b), 12, 17 or 20.
Section 17.2.    Solicitation of Holders of Notes     .
(a)     Solicitation . The Company will provide each holder of a Note (irrespective of the amount or Series of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty, unless such proposed amendment, waiver or consent relates only to a specific Series of Accepted Notes which have not yet been purchased, in which case such information will only be required to be delivered to the Purchasers which shall have become obligated to purchase Accepted Notes of such Series. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 17 or any Subsidiary Guaranty to each holder of a Note promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.

-53-


(b)     Payment . The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any holder of a Note as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by such holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof or of any Subsidiary Guaranty or any Note unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each holder of a Note even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.
(c)     Consent in Contemplation of Transfer . Any consent given pursuant to this Section 17 or any Subsidiary Guaranty by a holder of a Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer its Note to the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company in connection with such consent shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder.
Section 17.3.    Binding Effect, etc     . Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 17 or any Subsidiary Guaranty applies equally to all holders of each Series of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company and the Trust without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company, the Trust and any holder of a Note of any Series and no delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note of any Series or Subsidiary Guaranty shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note.
Section 17.4.    Notes Held by Company, etc     . Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes of any Series then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.
SECTION 18.    NOTICES     .

-54-


Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 7.4, all notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid), or (c) by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:
(i)    if to any Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A (in the case of the Initial Notes) or as specified in such Purchaser’s Confirmation of Acceptance (in the case of the Shelf Notes), or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,
(ii)    if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing,
(iii)    if to the Company, to the Company at 31500 Northwestern Highway, Suite 300, Farmington Hills, MI 48334 to the attention of Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing, or
(iv)    if to the Trust, to the Trust at 31500 Northwestern Highway, Suite 300, Farmington Hills, MI 48334 to the attention of Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Trust shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing,
Notices under this Section 18 will be deemed given only when actually received.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 18, any communication pursuant to Section 2.2 shall be made by the method specified for such communication in Section 2.2, and shall be effective to create any rights or obligations under this Agreement only if, in the case of a telephone communication, an Authorized Officer of the party conveying the information and of the party receiving the information are parties to the telephone call, and in the case of an e-mail communication, the communication is an electronic image scan via email (e.g. “PDF” or “tif”), signed by an Authorized Officer of the party conveying the information, addressed to the attention of an Authorized Officer of the party receiving the information, and in fact received at the e-mail address which is listed for the party receiving the communication in the Information Schedule or at such other e-mail address as the party receiving the information shall have specified in writing to the party sending such information; provided that e-mail shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgement).

-55-


SECTION 19.    REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS .
This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at any Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company and the Trust agree and stipulate that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 19 shall not prohibit the Company, the Trust or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.
SECTION 20.    CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .
For the purposes of this Section 20, “Confidential Information” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of the Company, the Trust or such Subsidiary, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, trustees and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its auditors, financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this Section 20, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential

-56-


Information to be bound by this Section 20), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any Security of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by this Section 20), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes, this Agreement or any Subsidiary Guaranty. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying this Section 20.
In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Company, the Trust or their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, any Purchaser or holder of a Note is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through IntraLinks, another secure website, a secure virtual workspace or otherwise) which is different from this Section 20, this Section 20 shall not be amended thereby and, as between such Purchaser or such holder, the Company and the Trust, this Section 20 shall supersede any such other confidentiality undertaking.
SECTION 21.    SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER .
Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates or another Purchaser or any one of such other Purchaser’s Affiliates (a “Substitute Purchaser” ) as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Substitute Purchaser, shall contain such Substitute Purchaser’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Substitute Purchaser of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser in lieu of such original Purchaser. In the event that such Substitute Purchaser is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Substitute Purchaser thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by

-57-


such Substitute Purchaser, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Substitute Purchaser as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.
SECTION 22.    TRUST GUARANTY .
Section 22.1.    Guaranty . The Trust hereby guarantees to each holder of any Note at any time outstanding (a) the prompt payment in full in Dollars when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by mandatory or optional prepayment or otherwise) of the principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on the Notes (including, without limitation, any interest on any overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any) and all other amounts from time to time owing by the Company under this Agreement and under the Notes (including, without limitation, costs, expenses and Taxes in accordance with the terms hereof), and (b) the prompt performance and observance by the Company of all covenants, agreements and conditions on its part to be performed and observed hereunder, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such payments and other obligations being herein collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The Trust hereby further agrees that if the Company shall default in the payment or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Trust will (x) promptly pay or perform the same, without any demand, proof of demand or filing or notice whatsoever, and without deduction by reason of any set off, defense or counterclaim of the Company and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration, by mandatory or optional prepayment or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal and (y) pay to the holder of any Note such amounts, to the extent lawful, as shall be sufficient to pay the costs and expenses of collection or of otherwise enforcing any of such holder’s rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees.
All obligations of the Trust under Sections 22.1 and 22.2 shall survive the transfer of any Note, and any obligations of the Trust under Sections 22.1 and 22.2 with respect to which the underlying obligation of the Company is expressly stated to survive the payment of any Note shall also survive payment of such Note.
Section 22.2.    Guaranty Obligations Unconditional .
(a)    The obligations of the Trust under Section 22.1 constitute a present and continuing guaranty of payment and not collectibility and are absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of the

-58-


Company under this Agreement, the Notes or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any Guaranty of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 22.2 that the obligations of the Trust hereunder shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable under any and all circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Trust hereunder which shall remain absolute, unconditional and irrevocable as described above:
(1)    any amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement (other than Section 22.1 or 22.2), any of the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty, or any assignment or transfer thereof, including without limitation the renewal or extension of the time of payment of any of the Notes or the granting of time in respect of such payment thereof, or of any furnishing or acceptance of security or any additional guarantee or any release of any security or guarantee so furnished or accepted for any of the Notes;
(2)    any waiver, consent, extension, granting of time, forbearance, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of this Agreement, the Notes, any Guaranty or any Subsidiary Guaranty, or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, remedy or power in respect hereof or thereof;
(3)    any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceedings with respect to the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person or the properties or creditors of any of them;
(4)    the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default under, or any invalidity or any unenforceability of, or any misrepresentation, irregularity or other defect in, this Agreement, the Notes or any other agreement;
(5)    any transfer of any assets to or from the Company, including without limitation any transfer or purported transfer to the Company from any Person, any invalidity, illegality of, or inability to enforce, any such transfer or purported transfer, any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any Person, any change in the ownership of any shares of capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of the Company, or any change whatsoever in the objects, capital structure, constitution or business of the Company;
(6)    any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, on the part of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person to perform or comply with, or the impossibility or

-59-


illegality of performance by the Company or any other Person of, any term of this Agreement, the Notes, any Guaranty, any Subsidiary Guaranty or any other agreement;
(7)    any suit or other action brought by, or any judgment in favor of, any beneficiaries or creditors of, the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, including without limitation any suit or action in any way attacking or involving any issue, matter or thing in respect of this Agreement, any of the Notes, any Guaranty, any Subsidiary Guaranty or any other agreement;
(8)    any lack or limitation of status or of power, incapacity or disability of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person providing a Guaranty of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations; or
(9)    any other thing, event, happening, matter, circumstance or condition whatsoever, not in any way limited to the foregoing (other than the indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations).
(b)    The Trust hereby unconditionally waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever and any requirement that any holder of a Note exhaust any right, power or remedy against the Company under this Agreement or the Notes or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other Person under any other Guaranty of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations.
(c)    In the event that the Trust shall at any time pay any amount on account of the Guaranteed Obligations or take any other action in performance of its obligations hereunder, the Trust shall not exercise any subrogation or other rights hereunder or under the Notes and the Trust hereby waives all rights it may have to exercise any such subrogation or other rights, and all other remedies that it may have against the Company, in respect of any payment made hereunder unless and until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full. Prior to the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations, if any amount shall be paid to the Trust on account of any such subrogation rights or other remedy, notwithstanding the waiver thereof, such amount shall be received in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Notes and shall forthwith be paid to such holders to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof. The Trust agrees that its obligations under this Section 22 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment (including payment in full) by or on behalf of the Company is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of a Note, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, all as though such amount had not been paid.

-60-


(d)    If an event permitting the acceleration of the maturity of the principal amount of the Notes shall at any time have occurred and be continuing and such acceleration (and the effect thereof on the Guaranteed Obligations) shall at such time be prevented by reason of the pendency against the Company or any other Person (other than the Trust as to itself) of a case or proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, the Trust agrees that, for purposes of the guarantee in this Section 22 and the Trust’s obligations under this Agreement and the Guaranties, the maturity of the principal amount of the Notes shall be deemed to have been accelerated (with a corresponding effect on the Guaranteed Obligations) with the same effect as if the holders of the Notes had accelerated the same in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and the Trust shall forthwith pay such principal amount, any interest thereon, any Make-Whole Amounts and any other amounts guaranteed hereunder without further notice or demand.
(e)    The guarantee in Section 22.1 is a continuing guarantee and shall apply to the Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising. Each default in the payment or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall give rise to a separate claim and cause of action hereunder, and separate claims or suits may be made and brought, as the case may be, hereunder as each such default occurs.
Section 22.3.    Guaranties Endorsed on the Notes     . Each Note shall have endorsed thereon a Guaranty of the Trust in the form of Note in Schedule 1-A , Schedule 1-B or Schedule 1-C , as applicable.
SECTION 23.    MISCELLANEOUS     .
Section 23.1.    Successors and Assigns     . All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.
Section 23.2.    Accounting Terms     . All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with GAAP. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (i) all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP. In the event of any change in GAAP after the date hereof or any other change in accounting procedures which would affect the computation of any financial covenant, ratio or other requirement set forth herein, then upon the request of the Company or the Required Holders, the Company, the Guarantors, and the holders of Notes shall negotiate promptly, diligently and in good faith in order to amend the provisions of this Agreement such that such financial covenant, ratio or other requirement shall continue to provide substantially the same

-61-


financial tests or restrictions of the Company and the Guarantors as in effect prior to such accounting change, as determined by the Required Holders in their good faith judgment. Until such time as such amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Company, the Guarantors and the Required Holders (i) such financial covenants, ratio and other requirements, and all financial statements and other documents required to be delivered under this Agreement, shall be calculated and reported as if such change had not occurred and (ii) the Company shall provide to Prudential and each holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in generally accepted accounting principles. For purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 9, Section 10 and the definition of “Indebtedness”), any election by the Company or the Trust to measure any financial liability using fair value (as permitted by Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 825-10-25 – Fair Value Option , International Accounting Standard 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement or any similar accounting standard) shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made.
Section 23.3.    Severability     . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
Section 23.4.    Construction, etc     . Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.
Section 23.5.    Counterparts     . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.
Section 23.6.    Governing Law     . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

-62-


Section 23.7.    Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial     . (a) The Company and the Trust irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company and the Trust irrevocably waive and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
(b)    The Company and the Trust consent to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 23.7(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 18 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. The Company and the Trust agree that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.
(c)    Nothing in this Section 23.7 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Company or the Trust in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.
(d)    THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH.
Section 23.8.    Trust Exculpation     . Subject to the terms of this Section 23.8, all persons having a claim against the Trust (as a Guarantor or general partner of the Company), the general partner of the Company whose signature is affixed hereto as said general partner, hereunder or in connection with any matter that is the subject hereof, shall look solely to (i) the Trust’s interest and rights in the Company (as a general partner or limited partner), (ii) the amount of any gross cash proceeds received by the Company or any Guarantor as a result of the issuance and sale by the Company or any Guarantor of any debt or equity securities of the Company or such Guarantor less the customary and reasonable costs, fees, expenses, underwriting commissions and discounts

-63-


incurred by the Company or such Guarantor in connection therewith not contributed to the Company, (iii) all accounts receivable, including the amount of any Distributions received by the Trust from the Company and not distributed to shareholders of the Trust as permitted by this Agreement, (iv) all rights and claims (including amounts paid under) the Tax Agreement dated as of May 10, 1996 between Atlantic Realty Trust and RPS Realty Trust (now known as the Trust), (v) all cash and Short-term Investments in an amount in excess of $500,000.00, (vi) any other assets which the Trust may now own or hereafter acquire with the consent of the Required Holders pursuant to Section 9.5(b), (vii) all documents and agreements in favor of the Trust in connection with any of the foregoing, (viii) all claims and causes of action arising from or otherwise related to any of the foregoing, and all rights and judgments related to any legal actions in connection with such claims or causes of action, and (ix) all extensions, additions, renewals and replacements, substitutions, products or proceeds of any of the foregoing (the Attachable Assets ), and in no event shall the obligation of the Trust be enforceable against any shareholder, trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust personally. In no event shall any person have any claim against: (i) the cash, Short-term Investments of the Trust and the property described in Schedule 5.23 hereto, all under the heading of “Other Permitted Assets”, (ii) all documents and agreements in favor of the Trust in connection with any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims and causes of action arising from or otherwise related to any of the foregoing, and all rights and judgments related to any legal actions in connection with such claims or causes of actions, and (iv) all extensions, additions, renewals and replacements, substitutions, products or proceeds of any of the foregoing (the Other Permitted Assets ). The holders of Notes have agreed to the terms of this Section 23.8 solely based upon the representation and covenant of Company and the Trust that the Trust does not and will not own any assets other than the Attachable Assets and the Other Permitted Assets. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 23.8 to the contrary, the foregoing limitation on liability and recourse to the Trust (as a Guarantor or general partner of Company) shall be null and void and of no force and effect, and the holders of the Notes shall have full recourse against the Trust, individually as a Guarantor and in its capacity as general partner of Company, and to all of its assets (including, without limitation, the Other Permitted Assets) in the event that the Trust shall now or at any time hereafter own any asset other than or in addition to the Other Permitted Assets and the Attachable Assets. Nothing herein shall limit the rights of the holders of Notes against the Company.
Section 23.9.    Transaction References . The Company and the Trust each agrees that Prudential and Prudential Capital Group may (a) refer to its role in originating the purchase of the Notes from the Company and in establishing the Facility, as well as the identity of the Company and the Trust, the Series A Notes, the Series B Notes, the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Shelf Notes and the date on which the Facility was established, on its internet site or in marketing materials, press releases, published “tombstone” announcements or any other print or electronic medium and (b) display the Company’s and/or the Trust’s corporate logo in conjunction with any

-64-


such reference, subject to the Company’s and the Trust’s approval, as applicable, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.     
* * * * *


-65-


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Company, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement between you, the Company and the Trust.
Very truly yours,
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P.
By                             
[Title]


RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
By                             
[Title]




(Signature Page to Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement)


This Agreement is hereby
accepted and agreed to as
of the date hereof.

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA


By: ___________________________________
Vice President



THE GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD

By:    Prudential Investment Management Japan
Co., Ltd. (as Investment Manager)

By:    Prudential Investment Management, Inc.
(as Sub-Adviser)


By: ______________________________
Vice President




FARMERS INSURANCE EXCHANGE
MID CENTURY INSURANCE COMPANY
WILLIAM PENN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
AMERICAN INCOME LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
FAMILY HERITAGE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
LIBERTY NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
THE INDEPENDENT ORDER OF FORESTERS

By:    Prudential Private Placement Investors,
L.P. (as Investment Advisor)

By:    Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.
(as its General Partner)


By: ______________________________

(Signature Page to Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement)


Vice President

UNIVERSAL PRUDENTIAL ARIZONA REINSURANCE COMPANY

By:    Prudential Investment Management, Inc.
(as Investment Manager)

    
By:______________________________
Vice President





(Signature Page to Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement)


 
 

 
 

 
 
UNSECURED TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
 
DATED AS OF MAY 29, 2014
 
among
 
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P.,
 
as Borrower,
 
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST,
 
as a Guarantor,
 
CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
as a Bank,
 
THE OTHER BANKS WHICH ARE A PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT,
 
THE OTHER BANKS WHICH MAY BECOME PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT,
 
CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
as Administrative Agent,
 
and
 
CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner






 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page.

§1.      DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.    1
§1.1.      Definitions     1
§1.2.      Rules of Interpretation .    21
§2.      THE CREDIT FACILITY.    22
§2.1.      Intentionally Deleted .    22
§2.2.      Commitment to Lend Term Loan     23
§2.3.      Intentionally Deleted .    23
§2.4.      Interest on Loans .    23
§2.5.      Intentionally Deleted .    23
§2.6.      Funds for Loans.     23
§2.7.      Intentionally Deleted .    24
§2.8.      Increase of Term Loan Commitment .    24
§2.9.      Intentionally Deleted.     26
§2.10.      Intentionally Deleted.     26
§2.11.      Evidence of Debt     26
§3.      REPAYMENT OF THE LOANS.    26
§3.1.      Stated Maturity     26
§3.2.      Mandatory Prepayments     27
§3.3.      Optional Prepayments     27
§3.4.      Partial Prepayments     27
§3.5.      Effect of Prepayments     28
§4.      CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS.    28
§4.1.      Conversion Options .    28
§4.2.      Commitment and Syndication Fee     28
§4.3.      Agent’s Fee     29
§4.4.      Funds for Payments .    29
§4.5.      Computations     30
§4.6.      Suspension of LIBOR Rate Loans     31
§4.7.      Illegality     31
§4.8.      Additional Interest     31
§4.9.      Additional Costs, Etc .    31
§4.10.      Capital Adequacy     33
§4.11.      Indemnity of Borrower     33
§4.12.      Interest on Overdue Amounts; Late Charge     33
§4.13.      Certificate     34

2




§4.14.      Limitation on Interest     34
§4.15.      Intentionally Deleted .    34
§4.16.      Intentionally Deleted .    34
§5.      UNSECURED OBLIGATIONS; GUARANTY.    34
§5.1.      Unsecured Obligations     34
§5.2.      New Guarantors.    34
§6.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRUST AND THE BORROWER.    35
§6.1.      Corporate Authority, Etc.    35
§6.2.      Governmental Approvals     37
§6.3.      Title to Properties; Lease     37
§6.4.      Financial Statements     37
§6.5.      No Material Changes     37
§6.6.      Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Etc .    37
§6.7.      Litigation     37
§6.8.      No Materially Adverse Contracts, Etc .    38
§6.9.      Compliance with Other Instruments, Laws, Etc .    38
§6.10.      Tax Status     38
§6.11.      No Event of Default     38
§6.12.      Investment Company Acts     38
§6.13.      Absence of UCC Financing Statements, Etc .    39
§6.14.      Intentionally Deleted .    39
§6.15.      Certain Transactions     39
§6.16.      Employee Benefit Plans     39
§6.17.      Regulations T, U and X     39
§6.18.      Environmental Compliance     39
§6.19.      Subsidiaries and Unconsolidated Affiliates     41
§6.20.      Loan Documents     41
§6.21.      Property     41
§6.22.      Brokers     42
§6.23.      Other Debt     42
§6.24.      Solvency     42
§6.25.      Contribution Agreement     42
§6.26.      No Fraudulent Intent     42
§6.27.      Transaction in Best Interests of Borrower; Consideration     43
§6.28.      Partners and the Trust     43
§6.29.      Tax Indemnity Agreement     43
§6.30.      Embargoed Persons     43
§6.31.      Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties     43
§7.      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE TRUST AND THE BORROWER.    43
§7.1.      Punctual Payment     44
§7.2.      Maintenance of Office     44
§7.3.      Records and Accounts     44
§7.4.      Financial Statements, Certificates and Information     44
§7.5.      Notices .    47

i




§7.6.      Existence; Maintenance of Properties .    48
§7.7.      Insurance .    49
§7.8.      Taxes     49
§7.9.      Inspection of Properties and Books     49
§7.10.      Compliance with Laws, Contracts, Licenses, and Permits     49
§7.11.      Use of Proceeds     50
§7.12.      Further Assurances     50
§7.13.      Compliance     50
§7.14.      Limiting Agreements .    50
§7.15.      Ownership of Real Estate     51
§7.16.      More Restrictive Agreements     51
§7.17.      Trust Restrictions     51
§7.18.      Interest Rate Contract(s)     51
§7.19.      Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties .    52
§8.      CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE TRUST AND THE BORROWER.    56
§8.1.      Restrictions on Indebtedness     56
§8.2.      Restrictions on Liens Etc .    57
§8.3.      Restrictions on Investments     59
§8.4.      Merger, Consolidation     61
§8.5.      Conduct of Business     61
§8.6.      Compliance with Environmental Laws     61
§8.7.      Distributions     62
§8.8.      Asset Sales     63
§8.9.      Development Activity     63
§8.10.      Intentionally Deleted .    64
§8.11.      Trust Preferred Equity and Subordinated Debt     64
§9.      FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE TRUST AND THE BORROWER.    65
§9.1.      Liabilities to Assets Ratio     65
§9.2.      Fixed Charges Coverage     65
§9.3.      Consolidated Tangible Net Worth     65
§9.4.      Secured Indebtedness     65
§9.5.      Borrowing Base Test     65
§10.      CLOSING CONDITIONS.    65
§10.1.      Loan Documents     66
§10.2.      Certified Copies of Organizational Documents     66
§10.3.      Resolutions     66
§10.4.      Incumbency Certificate; Authorized Signers     66
§10.5.      Opinion of Counsel     66
§10.6.      Payment of Fees     66
§10.7.      Performance; No Default     66
§10.8.      Representations and Warranties     67
§10.9.      Proceedings and Documents     67
§10.10.      Stockholder and Partner Consents     67
§10.11.      Compliance Certificate     67
§10.12.      Contribution Agreement     67

ii




§10.13.      No Legal Impediment     67
§10.14.      Governmental Regulation     67
§10.15.      Intentionally Deleted.     67
§10.16.      Other     67
§11.      CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS.    67
§11.1.      Prior Conditions Satisfied     68
§11.2.      Representations True; No Default     68
§11.3.      Intentionally Deleted.     68
§12.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC.    68
§12.1.      Events of Default and Acceleration     68
§12.2.      Limitation of Cure Periods     71
§12.3.      Intentionally Deleted .    72
§12.4.      Remedies     72
§12.5.      Distribution of Proceeds     72
§13.      SETOFF.    73
§14.      THE AGENT.    73
§14.1.      Authorization     73
§14.2.      Employees and Agents     74
§14.3.      No Liability     74
§14.4.      No Representations     74
§14.5.      Payments .    75
§14.6.      Holders of Notes     76
§14.7.      Indemnity     76
§14.8.      Agent as Bank     77
§14.9.      Resignation     77
§14.10.      Duties in the Case of Enforcement     77
§14.11.      Bankruptcy     78
§14.12.      Approvals     78
§14.13.      Borrower not Beneficiary     78
§15.      EXPENSES.    78
§16.      INDEMNIFICATION.    79
§17.      SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC.    80
§18.      ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION.    80
§18.1.      Conditions to Assignment by Banks     80
§18.2.      Register     81
§18.3.      New Notes     81
§18.4.      Participations     82
§18.5.      Pledge by Bank     82
§18.6.      No Assignment by Borrower or the Trust     82
§18.7.      Disclosure     83
§18.8.      Amendments to Loan Documents     83
§18.9.      Mandatory Assignment     83
§18.10.      Titled Agents     83
§19.      NOTICES.    84
§20.      RELATIONSHIP.    85

iii




§21.      GOVERNING LAW: CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE.    85
§22.      HEADINGS.    86
§23.      COUNTERPARTS.    86
§24.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC.    86
§25.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL AND CERTAIN DAMAGE CLAIMS.    86
§26.      DEALINGS WITH THE BORROWER OR THE GUARANTORS.    86
§27.      CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC.    87
§28.      SEVERABILITY.    88
§29.      TIME OF THE ESSENCE.    88
§30.      NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS.    88
§31.      REPLACEMENT OF NOTES.    88
§32.      TRUST EXCULPATION.    88
§33.      PATRIOT ACT.    89



iv





EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
 
EXHIBIT A
INTENTIONALLY DELETED
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF TERM LOAN NOTE
EXHIBIT C
INTENTIONALLY DELETED
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT E
INTENTIONALLY DELETED
EXHIBIT F
INTENTIONALLY DELETED
EXHIBIT G
INTENTIONALLY DELETED
EXHIBIT H
INTENTIONALLY DELETED
EXHIBIT I
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT J
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE 1.1
BANKS AND COMMITMENTS
SCHEDULE 6.5
MARKETED PROPERTIES
SCHEDULE 6.6
TRADEMARKS; TRADENAMES
SCHEDULE 6.7
LITIGATION
SCHEDULE 6.15
AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS
SCHEDULE 6.18
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
SCHEDULE 6.19
SUBSIDIARIES AND UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATES
OF THE BORROWER
SCHEDULE 6.21
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS; OPTIONS
SCHEDULE 6.23
EXISTING DEFAULTS
SCHEDULE 6.29
PROPERTY OF GUARANTOR
SCHEDULE 6.31
UNENCUMBERED BORROWING BASE PROPERTIES
SCHEDULE 8.9
EXISTING UNDEVELOPED LAND PROJECTS








v




UNSECURED TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
This UNSECURED TERM LOAN AGREEMENT is made as of the 29 th day of May, 2014 (this “Agreement”) by and among RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P. (the “Borrower”), a Delaware limited partnership, RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST (the “Trust”), a Maryland real estate investment trust, CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association (“Capital One”), and the other lending institutions that are a party hereto, and the other lending institutions which may become parties hereto pursuant to §18 (the “Banks” or the “Lenders”), and CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association, as Administrative Agent for the Banks (the “Agent”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS , The Borrower has requested that the Banks provide a term loan facility, and the Banks are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions herein, and of any loans, advances, or extensions of credit heretofore, now or hereafter made to or for the benefit of the Borrower by the Banks, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
§1. DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.
§1.1.      Definitions . The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this §1 or elsewhere in the provisions of this Agreement referred to below:
Administrative Questionnaire. An Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by Agent.
Affiliate .  An Affiliate, as applied to any Person, shall mean any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means (a) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to vote ten percent (10%) or more of the stock, shares, voting trust certificates, beneficial interest, partnership interests, member interests or other interests having voting power for the election of directors of such Person or otherwise to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise, or (b) the ownership of (i) a general partnership interest, (ii) a managing member’s interest in a limited liability company or (iii) a limited partnership interest or preferred stock (or other ownership interest) representing ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding limited partnership interests, preferred stock or other ownership interests of such Person.
Agent . Capital One, National Association, acting as Administrative Agent for the Banks, its successors and assigns.





Agent’s Head Office .  The Agent’s head office located at 1680 Capital One Drive, 10 th Floor, REIT Finance Group, McLean, Virginia 22102, or at such other location as the Agent may designate from time to time by notice to the Borrower and the Banks.
Agent’s Special Counsel .  Riemer & Braunstein LLP or such other counsel as may be approved by the Agent.
Agreement .  This Unsecured Term Loan Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto.
Applicable Margin .  (a) On any date prior to such time as the Agent first receives written notice that Trust has first obtained an Investment Grade Rating from at least two Rating Agencies and that Borrower irrevocably elects to have the Applicable Margin determined based upon the Credit Rating Levels set forth in subpart (b) of this definition, the applicable margin set forth below based on the ratio of the Consolidated Total Liabilities of the Borrower to the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Borrower (expressed as a percentage):
Pricing
Level
Ratio of
Consolidated Total Liabilities to Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value

Base Rate Loans
LIBOR Rate Loans
I
Less than or equal to 45%
.70%
1.70%
II
Greater than 45%, but less than or equal to 50%,
.80%
1.80%
III
Greater than 50%, but less than or equal to 55%
1.00%
2.00%
IV
Greater than 55%
1.25%
2.25%

The initial Applicable Margin shall be at Pricing Level I. The Applicable Margin determined pursuant to this subpart (a) shall be adjusted based upon such ratio, if at all, on the first day of the first month following the delivery by the Borrower to the Agent of the Compliance Certificate at the end of each fiscal quarter. In the event that Borrower shall fail to deliver to the Agent a quarterly Compliance Certificate on or before the date required by §7.4(e), then without limiting any other rights of the Agent and the Banks under this Agreement, the Applicable Margin determined pursuant to this subpart (a) shall be at Pricing Level 4 until such failure is cured within any applicable cure period.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Margin for any period described in this subsection (a) shall be subject to the provisions of §4.5(b)
(b) From and after the time that Agent first receives written notice that Trust has first obtained an Investment Grade Rating from at least two Rating Agencies and that Borrower irrevocably elects to have the Applicable Margin determined based upon the Credit Rating Levels set forth in subpart (b) of this definition, “Applicable Margin” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a percentage per annum determined by reference to the Credit Rating Level as set forth below (provided that any

2




accrued interest payable at the Applicable Margin determined above in subpart (a) of this definition shall be payable as provided in §2.4):
Pricing
Level
 
Credit Rating Level
Term
LIBOR Rate Loans
Term
Base Rate Loans
I
Credit Rating Level 1
1.25%
0.25%
II
Credit Rating Level 2
1.35%
0.35%
III
Credit Rating Level 3
1.50%
0.50%
IV
Credit Rating Level 4
1.75%
0.75%
V
Credit Rating Level 5
2.10%
1.10%

The Applicable Margin determined pursuant to this subpart (b) for the Base Rate Loans shall be determined by reference to the Credit Rating Level in effect from time to time, and the Applicable Margin determined pursuant to this subpart (b) for any Interest Period for the LIBOR Rate Loans having such Interest Period shall be determined by reference to the Credit Rating Level in effect on the first day of such Interest Period; provided, however that no change in the Applicable Margin resulting from the application of the Credit Rating Levels or a change in the Credit Rating Level shall be effective until three Business Days after the date on which the Agent receives written notice of the application of the Credit Rating Levels or a change in such Credit Rating Level. From and after the first time that the Applicable Margin is based on Trust’s Investment Grade Rating, the Applicable Margin shall only be calculated by reference to the pricing levels for the Credit Rating Levels set forth above.
Arranger . Capital One, National Association, in its capacity as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner.
Assignment and Acceptance Agreement . See §18.1.
Balance Sheet Date .  March 31, 2014.
Banks . Capital One, the other Banks a party hereto, and any other Person who becomes an assignee of any rights of a Bank pursuant to §18.
Base Rate .  The greater of (a) the variable annual rate of interest announced from time to time by Agent at Agent’s Head Office as its “prime rate”, (b) one-half of one percent (0.5%) above the Federal Funds Effective Rate, or (c) the LIBOR Rate determined as of any date of determination for an Interest Period of one month plus one percent (1%) (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next one-eighth of one percent).  The Base Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate being charged to any customer.  Any change in the rate of interest payable hereunder resulting from a change in the Base Rate shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change in the Base Rate becomes effective, without notice or demand of any kind.
Base Rate Loans .  The Term Base Rate Loans.

3




Board . See the definition of Change of Control.
Borrower .  As defined in the preamble hereto.
Borrowing Base Availability .  At any date of determination, the Borrowing Base Availability for Eligible Real Estate owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor included in the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property shall be the amount which is the lesser of (a) sixty percent (60%) of the Unencumbered Pool Value; and (b) the Debt Service Coverage Amount for the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties.
Borrowing Base Property Certificate .  See §7.4(e).
Building . With respect to each parcel of Real Estate, all of the buildings, structures and improvements now or hereafter located thereon.
Business Day . Any day on which banking institutions located in the same city and state as the Agent’s Head Office and in New York are open for the transaction of banking business and, in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans, which also is a LIBOR Business Day.
Capital Expenditure Reserve Amount .  With respect to any Person or property, a reserve for replacements and capital expenditures equal to $.10 per square foot of building space located on all Real Estate owned by such Person, other than Real Estate subject to leases which provide that the tenant is responsible for all building maintenance.
Capital Improvement Project . With respect to any Real Estate now or hereafter owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which is utilized principally for shopping centers, capital improvements consisting of rehabilitation, refurbishment, replacement, expansions and improvements (including related amenities) to the existing Buildings on such Real Estate and capital additions, repairs, resurfacing and replacements in the common areas of such Real Estate all of which may be properly capitalized under GAAP.
Capital One . As defined in the preamble hereto.
Capitalization Rate .  Seven and one-half percent (7.50%).
Capitalized Lease . A lease under which a Person is the lessee or obligor, the discounted future rental payment obligations under which are required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee or obligor in accordance with GAAP.
Cash Equivalents . As of any date, (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than one year from such date, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposits having maturities of not more than one year from such date and issued by any domestic commercial bank having, (A) senior long term unsecured debt rated at least A or the equivalent thereof by S&P or A2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and (B) capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000.00; (iii) commercial paper rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and in either case maturing within one hundred twenty (120) days from such

4




date, and (iv) shares of any money market mutual fund rated at least AAA or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least Aaa or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s.
CERCLA . See §6.18.
Change of Control .  The occurrence of any one of the following events:
(a) during any twelve month period on or after the date of this Agreement, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors or Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) (together with any new directors whose election by the Board or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Trust was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the members of the Board then in office who either were members of the Board at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board then in office;
 
(b) any Person or group (as that term is understood under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations thereunder) shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of a percentage (based on voting power, in the event different classes of stock shall have different voting powers) of the voting stock of the Trust equal to at least thirty percent (30%);
 
(c) the Borrower or Trust consolidates with, is acquired by, or merges into or with any Person (other than a merger permitted by Section 8.4); or
 
(d) the Borrower fails to own, free of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, at least one hundred percent (100%) of the economic interest in the Voting Interest of each Subsidiary Guarantor.

Closing Date .  The first date on which all of the conditions set forth in §10 and §11 have been satisfied.
Code .  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all regulations and formal guidance issued thereunder.
Commitment .  With respect to each Bank, the Term Loan Commitment of such Bank.
Commitment Increase Date .  The effective date of the Term Loan Commitment increases specified in §2.8.
Commitment Percentage .  With respect to each Bank, the percentage set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto as such Bank’s percentage of the aggregate Commitments of all of the Banks, as the same may be changed from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Compliance Certificate .  See §7.4(e).

5




Consolidated or Combined .  With reference to any term defined herein, that term as applied to the accounts of a Person and its Subsidiaries, consolidated or combined in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Operating Cash Flow .  With respect to any period of a Person, an amount equal to the Operating Cash Flow of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period consolidated in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth . The amount by which Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value exceeds Consolidated Total Liabilities, and less the sum of:
(a) the total book value of all assets of a Person and its Subsidiaries properly classified as intangible assets under GAAP, including such items as good will, the purchase price of acquired assets in excess of the fair market value thereof, trademarks, trade names, service marks, brand names, copyrights, patents and licenses, and rights with respect to the foregoing; and
 
(b) all amounts representing any write-up in the book value of any assets of such Person or its Subsidiaries resulting from a revaluation thereof subsequent to the Balance Sheet Date; and
 
(c) all amounts representing minority interests as of such date which are applicable to third parties in Investments of the Borrower.
 
Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value .  With respect to any Person, the sum of all assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, provided that all Real Estate that is improved and not Under Development shall be valued at an amount equal to (A) the Operating Cash Flow of such Person and its Subsidiaries and Unconsolidated Affiliates described in §8.3(i) from such Real Estate for the period covered by the four previous consecutive fiscal quarters (treated as a single accounting period) divided by (B) the Capitalization Rate, provided that (i) prior to such time as the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or such Unconsolidated Affiliates has owned and operated any parcel of Real Estate for four full fiscal quarters, such Real Estate shall be valued at acquisition cost determined in accordance with GAAP, and provided further that (ii)(A) with respect to any Redevelopment Property that has been valued at cost as permitted below and has recommenced operations for less than four full fiscal quarters, the Operating Cash Flow for such Redevelopment Property for the number of full fiscal quarters which the Borrower or its Subsidiary or such Unconsolidated Affiliate has recommenced operations as annualized shall be utilized, and (B) the Operating Cash Flow for any Redevelopment Property that has recommenced operations without a full quarter of performance shall be annualized in such manner as the Agent shall approve, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, and (iii) to the extent that the capitalized Operating Cash Flow with respect to any parcel of Real Estate owned by an Unconsolidated Affiliate of such Person is included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value for such Person, such Person’s interest in the Unconsolidated Affiliate shall not be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value for such Person.  Real Estate that is Under Development and undeveloped Land shall be valued at its capitalized cost in accordance with GAAP.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may elect to value a Redevelopment Property at cost as determined in accordance with GAAP, as set forth in the first

6




sentence of this definition, for a period of up to twenty-four (24) months which twenty-four (24) month period shall commence upon the date which Agent receives written notice from Borrower of such election (including any notice provided prior to the date of this Agreement pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement).  The assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be adjusted to reflect the Borrower’s allocable share of such asset (including Borrower’s interest in any Unconsolidated Affiliate whose asset value is determined by application of the capitalization rate above), for the relevant period or as of the date of determination, taking into account (a) the relative proportion of each such item derived from assets directly owned by the Borrower and from assets owned by its respective Subsidiaries and Unconsolidated Affiliates, and (b) the Borrower’s respective ownership interest in its Subsidiaries and Unconsolidated Affiliates.
Consolidated Total Liabilities . All liabilities of a Person and its Subsidiaries determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and all Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries, whether or not so classified, including any liabilities arising in connection with sale and leaseback transactions, and shall include such Person’s pro rata share of the foregoing items of its Unconsolidated Affiliates.  Consolidated Total Liabilities shall not include Trust Preferred Equity or Subordinated Debt.  Amounts undrawn under this Agreement shall not be included in Indebtedness for purposes of this definition.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) Indebtedness (i) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries consisting of environmental indemnities and guarantees with respect to customary exceptions to exculpatory language with respect to Non-recourse Indebtedness and (ii) of Borrower with respect to the TIF Guaranty shall not be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Liabilities of Borrower and its Subsidiaries unless a claim shall have been made against Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower on account of any such guaranty or indemnity, and (b) Indebtedness of Borrower, the Trust and their Subsidiaries under completion guarantees shall equal the remaining costs to complete the applicable construction project in excess of construction loan or mezzanine loan proceeds available therefor and any equity deposited or invested for the payment of such costs.
Contribution Agreement .  That certain Contribution Agreement dated of even date herewith among the Borrower, the Trust and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
Conversion Request .  A notice given by the Borrower to the Agent of its election to convert or continue a Loan in accordance with §4.1.
Credit Rating .  As of any date of determination, the higher of the credit ratings (or their equivalents) then assigned to Trust’s long-term senior unsecured non-credit enhanced debt by any of the Rating Agencies.  A credit rating of BBB- from S&P or Fitch is equivalent to a credit rating of Baa3 from Moody’s and vice versa.  A credit rating of BBB from S&P or Fitch is equivalent to a credit rating of Baa2 from Moody’s and vice versa.  It is the intention of the parties that if Trust shall only obtain a credit rating from two of the Rating Agencies without seeking a credit rating from the third Rating Agency, the Borrower shall be entitled to the benefit of the Credit Rating Level for such credit rating.  If Trust shall have obtained a credit rating from at least two of the Rating Agencies, the highest of the obtained ratings shall control, provided that the next highest rating is only one level below that of the highest rating.  If the next highest rating is more than one

7




level below that of the highest credit rating, the operative rating would be deemed to be one rating level higher than the lower of the two ratings.  In the event that Trust shall have obtained a credit rating from at least two of the Rating Agencies and shall thereafter lose any of such ratings (whether as a result of a withdrawal, suspension, election to not obtain a rating, or otherwise) from the Rating Agencies such that Trust does not have a credit rating from at least two Rating Agencies, the Trust shall be deemed for the purposes hereof not to have a credit rating.  If at any time any of the Rating Agencies shall no longer perform the functions of a securities rating agency, then the Borrower and the Agent shall promptly negotiate in good faith to agree upon a substitute rating agency or agencies (and to correlate the system of ratings of each substitute rating agency with that of the rating agency being replaced), and pending such amendment, the Credit Rating of the other of the Rating Agencies, if one has been provided, shall continue to apply.
Credit Rating Level .  One of the following five pricing levels, as applicable, and provided, further, that, from and after the time that Agent receives written notice that Trust has first obtained an Investment Grade Rating from at least two Rating Agencies, during any period that the Trust has no Credit Rating Level, Credit Rating Level 5 shall be the applicable Credit Rating Level:
Credit Rating Level 1 ” means the Credit Rating Level which would be applicable for so long as the Credit Rating is greater than or equal to A- by S&P or Fitch, or A3 by Moody’s;
Credit Rating Level 2 ” means the Credit Rating Level which would be applicable for so long as the Credit Rating is greater than or equal to BBB+ by S&P or Fitch, or Baa1 by Moody’s and Credit Rating Level 1 is not applicable;
Credit Rating Level 3 ” means the Credit Rating Level which would be applicable for so long as the Credit Rating is greater than or equal to BBB by S&P or Fitch, or Baa2 by Moody’s and Credit Rating Levels 1 and 2 are not applicable;
Credit Rating Level 4 ” means the Credit Rating Level which would be applicable for so long as the Credit Rating is greater than or equal to BBB- by S&P or Fitch, or Baa3 by Moody’s and Credit Rating Levels 1, 2 and 3 are not applicable; and
Credit Rating Level 5 ” means the Credit Rating Level which would be applicable for so long as the Credit Rating is less than BBB- by S&P or Fitch, or Baa3 by Moody’s or there is no Credit Rating.
Debt Offering .  The issuance and sale by the Borrower or any Guarantor of any debt securities of the Borrower or such Guarantor.
Debt Service .  For any period, the sum of all interest, including capitalized interest not paid in cash, bond related expenses, and mandatory principal/sinking fund payments due and payable during such period excluding any balloon payments due upon maturity of any Indebtedness.  Any of the foregoing payable with respect to Subordinated Debt shall be included in the calculation of Debt Service.

8




Debt Service Coverage Amount .  At any time determined by the Agent, an amount equal to the maximum principal amount of all Unsecured Indebtedness of the Trust, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the Loans) which, when bearing interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the then-current annual yield on seven (7) year obligations issued by the United States Treasury most recently prior to the date of determination plus 2.50% payable based on a 30 year mortgage style amortization schedule (expressed as a mortgage constant percentage) and (b) 7.0%, would be payable by the monthly principal and interest payment amount resulting from dividing (a) the Operating Cash Flow from the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties for the preceding four fiscal quarters divided by 1.5 by (b) 12. With respect to any Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property which has not been owned by Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof for four (4) full fiscal quarters, then for the purposes of determining the Debt Service Coverage Amount, the historic Operating Cash Flow from such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property shall be used, or if such information is not available, then the Operating Cash Flow shall be the Borrower’s pro forma underwritten Operating Cash Flow for such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property for the next succeeding four (4) fiscal quarters as reasonably approved by Agent (provided, that the pro forma underwritten Operating Cash Flow for each of such four (4) fiscal quarters shall be replaced by the actual Operating Cash Flow for each fiscal quarter thereafter until such time as there are four (4) full fiscal quarters of operating results for the Borrower, and the pro forma underwritten Operating Cash Flow approved by Agent shall continue to be used for the fiscal quarters not yet occurred). The determination of the Debt Service Coverage Amount and the components thereof by the Agent shall, so long as the same shall be determined in good faith, be conclusive and binding absent manifest error.
Default .  See §12.1.
Defaulting Bank .  See §14.5(c).
Derivatives Contract .  Any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement.  Not in limitation of the foregoing, the term “Derivatives Contract” includes any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement of similar type, including any such obligations or liabilities under any such master agreement.
Derivatives Provider . The Agent, any Bank or any affiliate thereof which is the counterparty under any Derivatives Provider Contract.

9




Derivatives Provider Contract . Any Derivatives Contract entered into by the Borrower with the Agent, any Lender or any affiliate thereof with respect to the Loan.
Directions .  See §14.12.
Distribution .  With respect to any Person, the declaration or payment of any cash, cash flow, dividend or distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class of capital stock, partnership interest, membership interest or other beneficial interest of such Person other than that portion of any dividends or distributions payable in equity securities of such Person; the purchase, redemption, exchange or other retirement of any shares of any class of capital stock, partnership interest, membership interest or other beneficial interest of such Person, directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary of such Person or otherwise; the return of capital by such Person to its shareholders, partners, members or other owners as such; or any other distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class of capital stock or other beneficial interest of such Person.
Dollars or $ . Dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.
Domestic Lending Office .  Initially, the office of each Bank designated as such in Schedule 1.1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Bank, if any, located within the United States that will be making or maintaining Base Rate Loans.
Drawdown Date .  The date on which any Loan is made or is to be made, and the date on which any Loan which is made prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date is converted or combined in accordance with §4.1.
Eligible Real Estate.  Real Estate which meets the conditions set forth in § 7.19(a).
Employee Benefit Plan .  Any employee benefit plan within the meaning of §3(3) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, a Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate, other than a Multiemployer Plan.
Environmental Laws .  See §6.18(a).
Equity Offering .  The issuance and sale by the Borrower or any Guarantor of any equity securities of the Borrower or such Guarantor.
ERISA .  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and in effect from time to time, and all regulations and formal guidance issued thereunder.
ERISA Affiliate .  Any Person which is treated as a single employer with the Borrower or any Guarantor under §414 of the Code or §4001 of ERISA, or any predecessor entities of any of them.
ERISA Reportable Event .  A reportable event with respect to a Guaranteed Pension Plan within the meaning of §4043 of ERISA as to which the requirement of notice has not been waived or any other event with respect to which Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate could have liability under ERISA §§4062(e) or 4063.

10




Event of Default .  See §12.1.
Excluded FATCA Tax . Any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on a Bank under FATCA, to the extent applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, that would not have been imposed but for a failure by a Bank (or any financial institution through which any payment is made to such Bank) to comply with the requirements of FATCA.
Existing Credit Agreement .  Collectively, (a) the Third Amended and Restated Unsecured Master Loan Agreement dated July 19, 2012 entered into by the Borrower and KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent, (b) the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement dated May 16, 2013 entered into by the Borrower and Capital One, as administrative agent, (c) the Note Purchase Agreement dated June 27, 2013 among the Company, the Trust and each of the “Purchasers” listed on Schedule A attached thereto, and (d) the Note Purchase Agreement dated May 28, 2014 among the Company, the Trust, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and each of the “Purchasers” listed on Schedule A attached thereto, in each instance including any renewals, extensions, amendments, supplements, restatements, replacements or refinancing thereof.
FATCA . Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Federal Funds Effective Rate .  For any day, the rate per annum (rounded to the nearest one hundredth of one percent (1/100 of 1%)) announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on such day as being the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions arranged by federal funds brokers on the previous trading day, as computed and announced by such Federal Reserve Bank in substantially the same manner as such Federal Reserve Bank computes and announces the weighted average it refers to as the “Federal Funds Effective Rate”, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three (3) Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Agent.
Fitch .  Fitch, Inc. and any successor thereto.
Fixed Charges .  With respect to the Trust and its Subsidiaries for any fiscal period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Debt Service of the Trust and its Subsidiaries, plus (b) the Preferred Distributions of the Trust and its Subsidiaries, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Funds from Operations .  With respect to any Person for any fiscal period, the Net Income (or Deficit) of such Person computed in accordance with GAAP, excluding losses from sales of property and impairment charges, plus depreciation and amortization, and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures.  Adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures will be calculated to reflect funds from operations on the same basis.
GAAP .  Principles that are (a) consistent with the principles promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors, as in effect from time to time and (b) consistently applied with past financial statements of the Person adopting the same principles; provided that a certified public accountant would, insofar as the use of such accounting principles

11




is pertinent, be in a position to deliver an unqualified opinion (other than a qualification regarding changes in GAAP) as to financial statements in which such principles have been properly applied.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of the financial calculations hereunder, any amount otherwise included therein from a mark-up or mark-down of a derivative product of a Person shall be excluded.
Ground Lease .  A ground lease which is not subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or security deed as to which no default or event of default has occurred and containing the following terms and conditions:  (a) a remaining term (exclusive of any unexercised extension options) of forty (40) years or more from the Closing Date; (b) the right of the lessee to mortgage and encumber its interest in the leased property without the consent of the lessor; (c) the obligation of the lessor to give the holder of any mortgage lien on such leased property written notice of any defaults on the part of the lessee and agreement of such lessor that such lease will not be terminated until such holder has had a reasonable opportunity to cure or complete foreclosure, and fails to do so; (d) reasonable transferability of the lessee’s interest under such lease, including the ability to sublease; and (e) such other rights customarily required by mortgagees making a loan secured by the interest of the holder of the leasehold estate demised pursuant to a ground lease.
Guaranteed Pension Plan .  Any employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of §3(2) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate the benefits of which are guaranteed on termination in full or in part by the PBGC pursuant to Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.
Guarantors .  Collectively, the Trust and each Subsidiary Guarantor, and individually, any one such Guarantor.
Guaranty .  The Unconditional Guaranty of Payment and Performance dated of even date herewith made by the Guarantors in favor of the Agent and the Banks, as the same may be modified or amended, such Guaranty to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
Hazardous Substances .  See §6.18(b).
Indebtedness .  All obligations, contingent and otherwise, that in accordance with GAAP should be classified upon the obligor’s balance sheet as liabilities, or to which reference should be made by footnotes thereto, but without any double counting, including in any event and whether or not so classified: (a) all debt and similar monetary obligations, whether direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar debt instruments); (b) all liabilities secured by any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, charge or other encumbrance existing on property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the liability secured thereby shall have been assumed; (c) all guarantees, endorsements and other contingent obligations whether direct or indirect in respect of indebtedness of others, including any obligation to supply funds to or in any manner to invest directly or indirectly in a Person, to purchase indebtedness, or to assure the owner of indebtedness against loss through an agreement to purchase goods, supplies or services for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of the indebtedness held by such owner or otherwise; (d) any obligation as a lessee or obligor under a Capitalized Lease; (e) all subordinated debt, including, without limitation, Subordinated Debt (but

12




excluding Trust Preferred Equity); (f) all obligations to purchase under agreements to acquire (but excluding agreements which provide that the seller’s remedies thereunder are limited to market liquidated damages in the event the purchaser defaults thereunder), or otherwise to contribute money with respect to, properties under “development” within the meaning of §8.9; and (g) all obligations, contingent or deferred or otherwise, of any Person, including, without limitation, any such obligations as an account party under acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities including, without limitation, obligations to reimburse the issuer in respect of a letter of credit except for contingent obligations (but excluding any guarantees or similar obligations) that are not material and are incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition or obtaining commitments for financing of Real Estate.
Interest Payment Date .  As to each Base Rate Loan, the first day of each calendar month during the term of such Base Rate Loan and as to each LIBOR Rate Loan, the first day of each calendar month during the term of such LIBOR Rate Loan and the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto.
Interest Period .  With respect to each LIBOR Rate Loan (a) initially, the period commencing on the Drawdown Date of such Loan and ending on the last day of the subject month, (b) thereafter, each one, two or three months period commencing as of the first day of a calendar month and ending on the last day of one of the periods set forth above, as selected by the Borrower in a Conversion Request; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:
(i) if any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan would otherwise end on a day that is not a LIBOR Business Day, that Interest Period shall end and the next Interest Period shall commence on the next preceding or succeeding LIBOR Business Day as determined conclusively by the Agent in accordance with the then current bank practice in the London Interbank Market;
 
(ii) if the Borrower shall fail to give notice as provided in §4.1, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a conversion of the affected LIBOR Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; and
 
(iii) no Interest Period relating to any LIBOR Rate Loan shall extend beyond the Term Loan Maturity Date.
 
Interest Rate Contracts .  Interest rate swap, collar, cap or similar agreements providing interest rate protection.
Investment Grade Rating . A credit rating for long-term senior unsecured non-credit enhanced debt of BBB- or better by S&P or Fitch, or Baa3 or better by Moody’s.
Investments .  With respect to any Person, all shares of capital stock, evidences of Indebtedness and other securities issued by any other Person, all loans, advances, or extensions of credit to, or contributions to the capital of, any other Person, all purchases of the securities or business or integral part of the business of any other Person and commitments and options to make

13




such purchases, all interests in real property, and all other investments; provided , however , that the term “Investment” shall not include (i) equipment, inventory and other tangible personal property acquired in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) current trade and customer accounts receivable for services rendered in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary trade terms.  In determining the aggregate amount of Investments outstanding at any particular time: (a) the amount of any Investment represented as a guaranty shall be taken at not less than the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding; (b) there shall be included as an Investment all interest accrued with respect to Indebtedness constituting an Investment unless and until such interest is paid; (c) there shall be deducted in respect of each such Investment any amount received as a return of capital (but only by repurchase, redemption, retirement, repayment, liquidating dividend or liquidating distribution); (d) there shall not be deducted in respect of any Investment any amounts received as earnings on such Investment, whether as dividends, interest or otherwise, except that accrued interest included as provided in the foregoing clause (b) may be deducted when paid; and (e) there shall not be deducted from the aggregate amount of Investments any decrease in the value thereof.
Joinder Agreement .  The joinder agreement with respect to the Guaranty and the Contribution Agreement to be executed and delivered pursuant to §5.5 by any additional Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.
Leases .  Leases, licenses and agreements whether written or oral, relating to the use or occupation of space in or on any Building or on any Real Estate by persons other than the Borrower.
LIBOR Business Day .  Any day on which commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in London.
LIBOR Lending Office .  Initially, the office of each Bank designated as such in Schedule 1.1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Bank, if any, that shall be making or maintaining LIBOR Rate Loans.
LIBOR Rate .  For any LIBOR Rate Loan for any Interest Period, the average rate (rounded to the nearest 1/100th) as shown in Reuters Screen LIBOR 01 Page at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered by first class banks in the London Interbank Market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day that is two (2) LIBOR Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period with a maturity approximately equal to such Interest Period and in an amount approximately equal to the amount to which such Interest Period relates, adjusted for reserves and taxes if required by future regulations.  If such service no longer reports such rate or Agent determines in good faith that the rate so reported no longer accurately reflects the rate available to Agent in the London Interbank Market, Agent may select a replacement index.  For any period during which a Reserve Percentage shall apply, the LIBOR Rate with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans shall be equal to the amount determined above divided by an amount equal to 1 minus the Reserve Percentage.
LIBOR Rate Loans .  The Term LIBOR Rate Loans.
Lien .  See §8.2.

14




Loan Documents .  This Agreement, the Notes (if any), the Guaranty and all other documents, instruments or agreements now or  hereafter executed or delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Guarantors in connection with the Loans.
Loans .  The Term Loans.
Majority Banks .  As of any date, any Bank or collection of Banks whose aggregate Commitment Percentage is more than fifty percent (50%); provided, that, in determining said percentage at any given time, all then existing Defaulting Banks will be disregarded and excluded and the Commitment Percentages of the Banks shall be redetermined for voting purposes only, to exclude the Commitment Percentages of such Defaulting Banks.
Moody’s .  Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and any successor thereto.
Multiemployer Plan .  Any multiemployer plan within the meaning of §3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA or §414(f) of the Code maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, a Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate.
Net Income (or Deficit) .  With respect to any Person (or any asset of any Person) for any fiscal period, the net income (or deficit) of such Person (or attributable to such asset), after deduction of all expenses, taxes and other proper charges, determined in accordance with GAAP.
Net Offering Proceeds .  The gross cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Guarantor as a result of a Debt Offering or an Equity Offering less the customary and reasonable costs, fees, expenses, underwriting commissions and discounts incurred by the Borrower or such Guarantor in connection therewith.
Net Rentable Area .  With respect to any Real Estate, the floor area of any buildings, structures or improvements available (or to be available upon completion) for leasing to tenants determined in accordance with the Rent Roll for such Real Estate, the manner of such determination to be consistent for all Real Estate unless otherwise approved by the Agent.
Non-recourse Indebtedness .  Indebtedness of a Person which is secured solely by one or more parcels of Real Estate and related personal property and is not a general obligation of such Person, the holder of such Indebtedness having recourse solely to the parcels of Real Estate securing such Indebtedness, the Building and any leases thereon and the rents and profits thereof.
Non-Consenting Bank .  See §18.9.
Notes .  The Term Loan Notes.
Notice .  See §19.
Obligations .  All indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and the Guarantors to any of the Banks and the Agent, individually or collectively, under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in respect of any of the Loans or the Notes, or other instruments at any time evidencing any of the foregoing, whether existing on the date of this Agreement or arising or

15




incurred hereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise.
OFAC .  Office of Foreign Asset Control of the Department of the Treasury of the United States of America.
Operating Cash Flow .  With respect to any Person (or any asset of any Person) for any period, for the four (4) most recently completed consecutive fiscal quarters of such Person an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Net Income of such Person (or attributable to such asset) for such period (excluding from Net Income any base rents from tenants leasing 10,000 square feet or more (1) that are subject to any bankruptcy proceeding and that have not affirmed or assumed their respective lease or other occupancy agreement or (2) as to which a payment default has occurred under the applicable Lease for sixty (60) days or more beyond any applicable grace and cure period) plus (b) depreciation and amortization, interest expense, and any extraordinary or nonrecurring losses deducted in calculating such Net Income, minus (c) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gains included in calculating such Net Income, minus (d) the Capital Expenditure Reserve Amount, minus (e) to the extent not already deducted in calculating Net Income, a management fee of 3% of minimum rents attributable to any Real Estate of such Person , all as determined in accordance with GAAP, minus (f) any lease termination payments not received in the ordinary course of business.  Payments from Borrower or its Affiliates under leases shall be excluded from Operating Cash Flow.
Outstanding .  With respect to the Loans, the aggregate unpaid principal thereof as of any date of determination.
Participant Register . See §18.4.
Patriot Act .  The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as the same may be amended from time to time, and corresponding provisions of future laws.
PBGC .  The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by §4002 of ERISA and any successor entity or entities having similar responsibilities.
Permitted Liens .  Liens, security interests and other encumbrances permitted by §8.2.
Person .  Any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, business, or other legal entity, and any government or any governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.
Preferred Distributions .  For any period, the amount of any and all Distributions (but excluding any repurchase of Preferred Equity) paid, declared but not yet paid or otherwise due and payable to the holders of Preferred Equity.
Preferred Equity .  Any form of preferred stock or partnership interest (whether perpetual, convertible or otherwise) or other ownership or beneficial interest in the Trust or any Subsidiary of

16




the Trust (including any Trust Preferred Equity) that entitles the holders thereof to preferential payment or distribution priority with respect to dividends, distributions, assets or other payments over the holders of any other stock, partnership interest or other ownership or beneficial interest in such Person.
Prepayment Consideration .  See §3.3.
Rating Agencies .  S&P, Fitch and Moody’s, collectively, and “Rating Agency” means either S&P, Moody’s or Fitch.
Real Estate .  All real property at any time owned or leased (as lessee or sublessee) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
Record .  The grid attached to any Note, or the continuation of such grid, or any other similar record, including computer records, maintained by Agent with respect to any Loan referred to in such Note.
Recourse Indebtedness .  Any Indebtedness (whether secured or unsecured) that is recourse to the Borrower or the Trust.  Guaranties with respect to customary exceptions to Non-recourse Indebtedness of Borrower’s Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates shall not be deemed to be Recourse Indebtedness; provided that if a claim is made against Borrower or the Trust with respect thereto, the amount so claimed shall be considered Recourse Indebtedness.
Redevelopment Property .  Any Real Estate which is not Under Development and (1) is undergoing a significant Capital Improvement Project and (2) is designated as a Redevelopment Property by Borrower and approved by Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
Register .  See §18.2.
REIT Status .  With respect to the Trust, its status as a real estate investment trust as defined in §856(a) of the Code.
Related Fund .  With respect to any Bank which is a fund that invests in loans, any Affiliate of such Bank or any other fund that invests in loans that is managed by the same investment advisor as such Bank or by an Affiliate of such Bank or such investment advisor.
Release .  See §6.18(c)(iii).
Required Banks .  As of any date, any Bank or collection of Banks whose aggregate Commitment Percentage is equal to or greater than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66.66%); provided that in determining said percentage at any given time, all then existing Defaulting Banks will be disregarded and excluded and the Commitment Percentages of the Banks shall be redetermined for voting purposes only to exclude the Commitment Percentages of such Defaulting Banks.
Reserve Percentage .  For any day with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan, the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) at which any lender subject thereto would be required to maintain reserves

17




(including, without limitation, all base, supplemental, marginal and other reserves) under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor or similar regulations relating to such reserve requirements) against “Eurocurrency Liabilities” (as that term is used in Regulation D or any successor or similar regulation), if such liabilities were outstanding.  The Reserve Percentage shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Reserve Percentage.
S&P .  Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.
SEC .  The federal Securities and Exchange Commission.
Secured Indebtedness .  Indebtedness of a Person that is pursuant to a Capitalized Lease or is directly or indirectly secured by a Lien.
Secured Recourse Indebtedness .  Secured Indebtedness of a Person that is also Recourse Indebtedness.
Short-term Investments .  Investments described in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of §8.3.
State .  A state of the United States of America.
Subordinated Debt .  Any subordinated debt which is not Trust Preferred Equity issued by the Trust or the Borrower (or a subsidiary trust created to issue such subordinated debt) (a) which has a minimum remaining term of not less than five (5) years, (b) which is unsecured and which is not guaranteed by any other Person, (c) which imposes no financial tests or covenants or negative covenants of the type set forth in §8 or §9 of this Agreement or the Guaranty or §12.1(p) or (q) of this Agreement (or other covenants, representations or defaults which have the same practical effect thereof) on the Trust, the Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries other than those approved by Agent, (d) pursuant to which all claims and liabilities of the Trust, Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries with respect to the principal and any premium and interest thereon are subordinate to the payment of the principal and any premium and interest thereon of the Borrower, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries under this Agreement and other Indebtedness which by its terms is not subordinate to or pari passu with such Subordinated Debt on terms acceptable to the Agent, and as to which subordination provisions the Agent and the Banks shall be third party beneficiaries, and (e) which does not violate the terms of §8.11.
Subsidiary .  Any corporation, association, partnership, trust, or other business entity of which the designated parent shall at any time own directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries at least a majority (by number of votes or controlling interests) of the outstanding Voting Interests, and shall include all Persons the accounts of which are consolidated with those of such Person in accordance with GAAP.

18




Subsidiary Guarantor .   Collectively, Ramco Gaines LLC, Ramco Parkway LLC, Ramco Virginia Properties, L.L.C., and each Subsidiary of Borrower or the Trust which becomes a Guarantor pursuant to §5.5.
Tax Indemnity Agreement .  That certain Tax Agreement dated as of May 10, 1996 between Atlantic Realty Trust and RPS Realty Trust (now known as the Trust).
Term Base Rate Loans .  The Term Loans bearing interest by reference to the Base Rate.
Term LIBOR Rate Loans .  The Term Loans bearing interest by reference to the LIBOR Rate.
Term Loan or Term Loans .  An individual term loan or the aggregate term loans, as the case may be, in the maximum principal amount of $75,000,000.00 made by the Term Loan Banks hereunder pursuant to §2.2, as the same may be increased as provided in this Agreement.
Term Loan Banks .  Collectively, the Banks which have a Term Loan Commitment, the initial Term Loan Banks being identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto.
Term Loan Commitment .  As to each Term Loan Bank, the amount equal to such Term Loan Bank’s Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans from time to time outstanding to Borrower.
Term Loan Maturity Date .  May 29, 2021, or such earlier date on which the Loans shall become due and payable pursuant to the terms hereof.
Term Loan Note .  A promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Term Loan Bank in the principal face amount equal to such Term Loan Bank’s Term Loan Commitment, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto.
TIF Guaranty .  That certain Guaranty dated as of March 11, 2005 made by Borrower and the Trust in favor of the City of Jacksonville relating to the development by Ramco Jacksonville LLC.
Titled Agents .  The Arranger.
Total Commitment .  The sum of the Commitments of the Banks, as in effect from time to time.  As of the date of this Agreement, the Total Commitment is Seventy-Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($75,000,000.00).  The Total Commitment may increase in accordance with §2.8.
Total Leverage Ratio .  The ratio as of any determination date of Consolidated Total Liabilities to Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value.
Trust .  Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust.
Trust Preferred Equity .  Any preferred equity interest (and related note) issued by the Trust (or a subsidiary trust created to issue such securities) (a) which has a minimum remaining term of not less than five (5) years (b) which is unsecured and which is not guaranteed by any other Person,

19




(c) which imposes no financial or negative covenants (or other covenants, representations or defaults which have the same practical effect thereof) on the Trust, the Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries, (d) pursuant to which all claims and liabilities of the Trust, Borrower and its Subsidiary with respect thereto are subordinate to the payment of the Obligations of the Borrower, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries on terms acceptable to the Agent, and as to which subordination provisions the Agent and the Banks shall be third party beneficiaries, (e) which provides that, upon the non-payment of the note and any dividends or other distributions that are required to be paid or made with respect thereto, the only available remedies to the holders thereof or any trustee or agent acting on their behalf are (x) the assumption of one or more seats on the Board of the Trust and/or (y) the blockage of (A) payments of any dividends or other distributions to the holders of the common shares of the Trust or other securities ranking on a parity with or subordinate to such Trust Preferred Equity, or (B) payments of amounts in redemption of or to repurchase common shares of the Trust or other securities ranking on a parity with or subordinate to such Trust Preferred Equity, and (f) which does not violate the terms of §8.11.
Type .  As to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan.
Unconsolidated Affiliate .  As to any Person, any other Person in which it owns an interest which is not a Subsidiary.
Under Development .  Any Real Estate or phase of a development shall be considered under development until such time as (i) certificates of occupancy permitting occupancy have been obtained for all tenants open for business and in any event for not less than fifty percent (50%) of the gross leasable area of such development or phase (excluding outlots) (it being agreed that Borrower shall receive a credit against such occupancy requirement for any space to be occupied by an anchor that has been conveyed to such anchor) or the Borrower has delivered to the Agent other evidence satisfactory to the Agent indicating that such occupancy of such development is lawful, and (ii) the gross income from the operation of such Real Estate or phase on an accrual basis shall have equaled or exceeded operating costs on an accrual basis for three (3) months.
Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties .  Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties shall mean Eligible Real Estate which satisfies all of the conditions set forth in §7.19.  The initial properties designated by Borrower to be Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties are described on Schedule 6.31 hereto.
Unencumbered Pool Value .  The Unencumbered Pool Value shall be with respect to any Eligible Real Estate included in the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, the sum of (i) with respect to each Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property owned by Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries for at least the previous four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters, the aggregate Operating Cash Flow from Eligible Real Estate included in the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property divided by the Capitalization Rate and (ii) with respect to each Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property owned by Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries and acquired during the prior four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters, the acquisition cost of such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property determined in accordance with GAAP.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Unencumbered Pool Value for an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property that is a Redevelopment Property shall be the cost incurred for such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property as determined in accordance

20




with GAAP for a period of up to twenty-four (24) months, which period shall commence upon the date which Agent approves such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property as a Redevelopment Property.
Unsecured Indebtedness .  As of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the Indebtedness of the Borrower, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries outstanding at any time which is not Secured Indebtedness plus (b) the amount by which the portion of the aggregate Secured Recourse Indebtedness of the Borrower, the Trust and their Subsidiaries exceeds the lesser of (i) $150,000,000.00 and (ii) ten percent (10%) of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value.  For the purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent obligation of the type described in clause (c) of the definition of Indebtedness shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder), as determined by Borrower in good faith and reasonably approved by Agent.  Guaranties with respect to customary exceptions to Non-recourse Indebtedness of Borrower’s Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates shall not be deemed to be Unsecured Indebtedness; provided that if a claim is made against Borrower or the Trust with respect thereto, the amount so claimed shall be considered Unsecured Indebtedness.  Unsecured Indebtedness shall not include Subordinated Debt or accounts payable paid in the ordinary course of business.
Variable Rate Debt .  Indebtedness that is payable by reference to a rate of interest that may vary, float or change during the term of such Indebtedness (that is, a rate of interest that is not fixed for the entire term of such Indebtedness).
Voting Interests .  Stock or similar ownership interests, of any class or classes (however designated), the holders of which are at the time entitled, as such holders, (a) to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or persons performing similar functions) of the corporation, association, partnership, trust or other business entity involved, or (b) to control, manage, or conduct the business of the corporation, partnership, association, trust or other business entity involved.
Wholly Owned Subsidiary .  Any Subsidiary of Borrower or the Trust in which all of the equity interests (other than in the case of a corporation, director’s qualifying shares) are at the time directly or indirectly owned by Borrower or the Trust.
§1.2.      Rules of Interpretation .
(a)      A reference to any document or agreement shall include such document or agreement as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Agreement.
(b)      The singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.
(c)      A reference to any law includes any amendment or modification to such law.
(d)      A reference to any Person includes its permitted successors and permitted assigns.

21




(e)      Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them by GAAP applied on a consistent basis by the accounting entity to which they refer.
(f)      The words “include”, “includes” and “including” are not limiting.
(g)      The words “approval” and “approved”, as the context so determines, means an approval in writing given to the party seeking approval after full and fair disclosure to the party giving approval of all material facts necessary in order to determine whether approval should be granted.
(h)      All terms not specifically defined herein or by GAAP, which terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of  Michigan, have the meanings assigned to them therein.
(i)      Reference to a particular “§”, refers to that section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.
(j)      The words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and words of like import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section or subdivision of this Agreement.
(k)      In the event of any change in GAAP after the date hereof or any other change in accounting procedures pursuant to §7.3 which would affect the computation of any financial covenant, ratio or other requirement set forth in any Loan Document, then upon the request of the Borrower or Agent, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Agent and the Banks shall negotiate promptly, diligently and in good faith in order to amend the provisions of the Loan Documents such that such financial covenant, ratio or other requirement shall continue to provide substantially the same financial tests or restrictions of the Borrower and the Guarantors as in effect prior to such accounting change, as determined by the Required Banks in their good faith judgment.  Until such time as such amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Agent and the Required Banks, such financial covenants, ratio and other requirements, and all financial statements and other documents required to be delivered under the Loan Documents, shall be calculated and reported as if such change had not occurred.
(l)      Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of Trust or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value”, as defined therein, and (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described

22




therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof.
§2.      THE CREDIT FACILITY.
§2.1.      Intentionally Deleted .
§2.2.      Commitment to Lend Term Loan .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the Term Loan Banks severally agrees to lend to Borrower on the Closing Date such Term Loan Bank’s Term Loan Commitment.  Any additional Term Loans made as a result of any increase in the Total Commitment pursuant to §2.8 shall be made on the applicable Commitment Increase Date and each Bank which elects to increase its Term Loan Commitment pursuant to §2.8 severally and not jointly agrees to make a Term Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to (a) with respect to any existing Bank, the amount by which such Term Loan Bank’s Commitment increases on the applicable Commitment Increase Date and (b) with respect to any new Banks, the amount of such new Bank’s Term Loan Commitment.
§2.3.      Intentionally Deleted .
§2.4.      Interest on Loans .
(a)      Each Term Base Rate Loan shall bear interest for the period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the date on which such Term Base Rate Loan is repaid or is converted to a Term LIBOR Rate Loan at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin for Term Base Rate Loans plus the Base Rate.
(b)      Each Term LIBOR Rate Loan shall bear interest for the period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the date on which such Term LIBOR Rate Loan is repaid or is converted to a Term Base Rate Loan at the rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin for Term LIBOR Rate Loans plus the LIBOR Rate determined for such Interest Period.
(c)      The Borrower promises to pay interest on each Loan to it in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect thereto.
(d)      Base Rate Loans and LIBOR Rate Loans may be converted to Loans of the other Type as provided in §4.1.
§2.5.      Intentionally Deleted .
§2.6.      Funds for Loans.
(a)      Not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the proposed Drawdown Date of the Term Loans, each of the Term Loan Banks, as applicable, will make available to the Agent, at the Agent’s Head Office, in immediately available funds, the amount of such Bank’s Commitment Percentage of the amount of the requested Loans which may be disbursed pursuant to §2.2.  Upon receipt from each such Bank of such amount, and upon

23




receipt of the documents required by §10 and §11 and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth therein, to the extent applicable, the Agent will make available to the Borrower the aggregate amount of Term Loans, made available to the Agent by the Term Loan Banks, by crediting such amount to the account of the Borrower maintained at the Agent’s Head Office or by transferring such amount to an account designated by Borrower.  The failure or refusal of any Term Loan Bank to make available to the Agent at the aforesaid time and place on any Drawdown Date the amount of its Commitment Percentage of the requested Loans shall not relieve any other Term Loan Bank from its several obligation hereunder to make available to the Agent the amount of such other Bank’s Commitment Percentage of any requested Loans.  Agent shall notify each of the Term Loan Banks no later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed Drawdown Date of such Bank’s Commitment Percentage of the amount of the requested Loans which will be made available by such Bank to the Agent on the Drawdown Date.
(b)      Unless the Agent shall have been notified by any Bank prior to the applicable Drawdown Date that such Bank will not make available to the Agent such Bank’s pro rata share of a proposed Loan, the Agent may in its discretion assume that such Bank has made such share of the proposed Loan available to Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Agent may, if it chooses, in reliance upon such assumption make such Loan available to Borrower, and such Bank shall be liable to the Agent for the amount of such advance.  If such Bank does not pay such corresponding amount upon the Agent’s demand therefor, the Agent will promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower shall promptly pay such corresponding amount to the Agent.  The Agent shall also be entitled to recover from the Bank or the Borrower, as the case may be, interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Agent to the Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Agent at a per annum rate equal to (i) from the Borrower at the applicable rate for such Loan or (ii) from a Bank at the Federal Funds Effective Rate.
§2.7.      Intentionally Deleted .
§2.8.      Increase of Term Loan Commitment .
(a)      Provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, prior to May 29, 2017, the Borrower shall have the option, by giving written notice to the Agent (the “Increase Notice”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to increase the Total Commitment, each in increments of $5,000,000.00 by an aggregate amount of increases to the Total Commitment of up to $75,000,000 (the amount of the requested increase to be set forth in the Increase Notice) (which would result in a maximum Total Commitment of $150,000,000).  The execution and delivery of the Increase Notice by Borrower shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that all the conditions set forth in this §2.8 shall have been satisfied on the date of such Increase Notice.  Each advance of the additional Commitment shall be integrated into the Term Loan and shall be based on the same terms and conditions as the Term Loan as mutually agreed upon by Agent and Borrower.

24




(b)      The obligation of the Agent and the Term Loan Banks to increase the Total Commitment pursuant to this §2.8 shall be conditioned upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent which must be satisfied prior to the effectiveness of any increase of the Total Commitment.
(i)      Payment of Activation Fee.  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent those fees described in and contemplated by the Agreement Regarding Fees referred to in §4.2 with respect to the applicable increase and to the Agent such fees as Agent and the Term Loan Banks, acquiring such increase may require to increase the aggregate Term Loan Commitment, which fees shall, when paid, be fully earned and non-refundable under any circumstances.  The Agent shall pay to the Banks acquiring the increased Term Loan Commitment certain fees pursuant to their separate agreement; and
(ii)      No Default.  On the date such Increase Notice is given and on the date such increase becomes effective, both immediately before and after the Term Loan Commitment is increased, there shall exist no Default or Event of Default; and
(iii)      Representations and Warranties.  The representations and warranties made by the Borrower or Guarantors in the Loan Documents or otherwise made by or on behalf of the Borrower, Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection therewith or after the date thereof shall have been true and correct in all material respects, when made and shall also be true and correct in all material respects on the date of such Increase Notice and on the date the Term Loan Commitment is increased, both immediately before and after the Total Commitment is increased; and
(iv)      Additional Documents and Fees.  The Borrower shall also execute and deliver to Agent and the Banks such additional documents, instruments, certifications and opinions as the Agent may require in its sole and absolute discretion, including, without limitation, replacement Notes, any customary amendments to the Loan Documents as Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, and a Compliance Certificate, demonstrating compliance with all covenants, representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Documents after giving effect to the increase, as Agent may request (including demonstrating compliance with all covenants, representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Documents after giving effect to the increase).  The Banks authorize Agent to enter into on behalf of the Banks such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as Agent deems necessary or appropriate to document any increase in the Total Commitment (including, without limitation, such changes as may be necessary or appropriate to reflect the interest rate applicable to such increased portion of the Commitment); and
(v)      Assignments.  One or more Term Loan Banks, or potential assignees reasonably acceptable to Agent shall have agreed to acquire the portion of the Term Loan Commitment that Borrower desires to activate, provided, however, no Bank

25




(including, specifically, but without limitation, Capital One) shall be obligated to acquire such increase without the express written consent of such Bank, which consent may be withheld in such Bank’s sole and absolute discretion.  The allocation of any such increase shall be reasonably acceptable to the Agent; and
(vi)      Other.  The Borrower shall satisfy such other conditions to such increase as Agent may require in its reasonable discretion.
(c)      Upon satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth above, the amount set forth in the Increase Notice shall become part of the Term Loan Commitment and shall be funded by the Term Loan Bank or Banks acquiring such Term Loan Commitment to the Agent for disbursement to the Borrower.  The Agent may unilaterally amend Schedule 1.1 to reflect any such increase in the Total Commitment.
§2.9.      Intentionally Deleted.
§2.10.      Intentionally Deleted.
§2.11.      Evidence of Debt .  The indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from the Loans made by each Bank from time to time shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Bank and the Agent in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Bank from time to time hereunder.  The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes Agent and the Banks to make, or cause to be made, at or about the time of the Drawdown Date of any Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment thereof, an appropriate notation on Agent’s and the Bank’s records reflecting the making of such Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment.  The Agent shall maintain accounts or records in accordance with its usual practice in which it shall record:  (i) the date and the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type of Loan and, if appropriate, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Bank hereunder, and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Bank’s share thereof.  The accounts or records maintained by the Agent and each Bank shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the Obligations recorded therein and shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Banks to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon.  Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under the Notes, if any, to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Bank and the accounts and records of the Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.  The Borrower agrees that upon the request of any Bank made through the Agent (whether for purposes of pledge, enforcement or otherwise), the Borrower shall promptly execute and deliver to such Bank (through the Agent) a Term Loan Note payable to the order of such Bank, which shall evidence such Bank’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records.  Each Bank may attach schedules to its Notes and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.  All references to Notes in the Loan Documents shall mean Notes, if any, to the extent issued hereunder.

26




§3.      REPAYMENT OF THE LOANS.
§3.1.      Stated Maturity .  The Borrower promises to pay on the Term Loan Maturity Date and there shall become absolutely due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date all of the Term Loans Outstanding on such date, together with any and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.
§3.2.      Mandatory Prepayments .  If at any time the sum of the aggregate of the Outstanding Unsecured Indebtedness of the Trust, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the Outstanding Loans) exceed the Borrowing Base Availability, the Borrower shall immediately upon demand pay the amount of such excess, at its choice, either to reduce such Unsecured Indebtedness or to the Agent for the account of the Term Loan Banks for application to the Term Loans.
§3.3.      Optional Prepayments .  The Borrower shall have the right, at its election, to prepay the outstanding amount of the applicable Loans, as a whole or in part, at any time together with a prepayment premium in respect of the principal amount of such Loans so prepaid in an amount equal to (i) two percent (2%) of such principal amount for any prepayment made on or before May 29, 2015, and (ii) one percent (2%) of such principal amount for any prepayment made after May 29, 2015 and on or before on or before May 29, 2016 (the “Prepayment Consideration”).  No prepayment premium shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of any prepayment of such Loans made on or after May 29, 2016; provided, that if any full or partial prepayment of the outstanding amount of any LIBOR Rate Loan is made other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, such prepayment shall be accompanied by the payment of any amounts due pursuant to §4.8.  The Borrower shall give the Agent, no later than 10:00 a.m., New York time, at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice of any prepayment pursuant to this §3.3, in each case specifying the proposed date of payment of Loans and the principal amount to be paid.  Borrower acknowledges that the Prepayment Consideration is bargained for consideration and is not a penalty.  Borrower recognizes that Banks would incur substantial additional costs and expense in the event of a prepayment of the Loans and that the Prepayment Consideration compensates Banks for such costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the loss of Banks’ investment opportunity during the period from the prepayment date until the Term Loan Maturity Date).  Borrower agrees that Banks shall not, as a condition to receiving the Prepayment Consideration, be obligated to actually reinvest the amount prepaid in any obligation or in any other manner whatsoever.  If, following the occurrence of any Event of Default, Borrower shall tender payment of an amount sufficient to satisfy the Loans on or before May 29, 2016, such tender by Borrower shall be deemed to be a voluntary prepayment in the amount tendered and in such case Borrower shall also pay to Banks, with respect to the amount tendered, the applicable Prepayment Consideration.  Agent shall not be obligated to accept any such tender unless it is accompanied by all Prepayment Consideration due in connection therewith.
§3.4.      Partial Prepayments .  Each prepayment under §3.2 shall be applied to the Loans and, in the absence of instruction by the Borrower, first to the principal of Base Rate Loans and then to the principal of LIBOR Rate Loans.  Each partial prepayment of the Loans under §3.3 shall be in a minimum amount of $100,000, shall be accompanied by the payment of accrued interest on the principal prepaid to the date of payment and, after payment of such interest, shall be applied,

27




in the absence of instruction by the Borrower, first to the principal of the Base Rate Loans in accordance with each Bank’s Commitment Percentage of such Loans and then to the principal of the LIBOR Rate Loans in accordance with each Bank’s Commitment Percentage of such Loans.
§3.5.      Effect of Prepayments .  Any portion of the Term Loans that is repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.
§4.      CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS.
§4.1.      Conversion Options .
(a)      The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert any of its outstanding Term Loans from Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Rate Loans or vice versa and such Term Loan shall thereafter bear interest as a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan, as applicable; provided that (i) with respect to any such conversion of a LIBOR Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan, the Borrower shall give the Agent at least one (1) Business Day’s prior written notice of such election, and such conversion shall only be made on the last day of the Interest Period with respect to such LIBOR Rate Loan; (ii) with respect to any such conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan the Borrower shall give the Agent at least three (3) LIBOR Business Days’ prior written notice of such election and the Interest Period requested for such Loan, the principal amount of the Loan so converted shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $500,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and, after giving effect to the making of or conversion of such Loan there shall be no more than twelve (12) Term LIBOR Rate Loans outstanding at any one time; and (iii) no Loan may be converted into a LIBOR Rate Loan when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  All or any part of the outstanding Term Loans of any Type may be converted as provided herein, provided that no partial conversion shall result in a Term Base Rate Loan in an aggregate principal amount of less than $500,000 or a Term LIBOR Rate Loan in an aggregate principal amount of less than $500,000 and that the aggregate principal amount of each Loan shall be in an integral multiple of $100,000.  On the date on which such conversion is being made, each Bank shall take such action as is necessary to transfer its Commitment Percentage of such Loans to its Domestic Lending Office or its LIBOR Lending Office, as the case may be.  Each Conversion Request relating to the conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan shall be irrevocable by the Borrower.
(b)      Any Term Loan may be continued as such Type upon the expiration of an Interest Period with respect thereto by compliance by the Borrower with the terms of §4.1(a); provided that no LIBOR Rate Loan may be continued as such when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, but shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto ending during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default.
(c)      In the event that the Borrower does not notify the Agent of its election hereunder with respect to any Loan to it, such Loan shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan at the end of the applicable Interest Period.

28




§4.2.      Commitment and Syndication Fee .  The Borrower shall pay to Capital One and Arranger certain fees for services rendered or to be rendered in connection with the Loan as provided pursuant to the Agreement Regarding Fees dated of even date herewith between the Borrower and Capital One.
§4.3.      Agent’s Fee .  The Borrower will pay to Agent, for the Agent’s own account, an annual Agent’s Fee calculated at the rate, and payable at such times as are, set forth in the Agreement Regarding Fees referred to in §4.2.
§4.4.      Funds for Payments .
(a)      All payments of principal, interest, unused facility fees, Agent’s fees, closing fees and any other amounts due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made to the Agent, for the respective accounts of the Banks and the Agent, as the case may be, at the Agent’s Head Office, not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the day when due, in each case in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds.  The Agent is hereby authorized to charge the accounts of the Borrower with Capital One designated by the Borrower, on the dates when the amount thereof shall become due and payable, with the amounts of the principal of and interest on the Loans and all fees, charges, expenses and other amounts owing to the Agent and/or the Banks under the Loan Documents.
(b)      All payments by the Borrower hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and free and clear of and without deduction for any taxes (other than any Excluded FATCA Tax), levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings, compulsory loans, restrictions or conditions of any nature now or hereafter imposed or levied by any jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or taxing or other authority therein unless the Borrower is compelled by law to make such deduction or withholding.  If any such obligation is imposed upon the Borrower with respect to any amount payable by them hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, the Borrower will pay to the Agent, for the account of the Banks or (as the case may be) the Agent, on the date on which such amount is due and payable hereunder or under such other Loan Document, such additional amount in Dollars as shall be necessary to enable the Banks or the Agent to receive the same net amount which the Banks or the Agent would have received on such due date had no such obligation been imposed upon the Borrower.  The Borrower will deliver promptly to the Agent certificates or other valid vouchers for all taxes or other charges deducted from or paid with respect to payments made by the Borrower hereunder or under such other Loan Document.
(c)      Each Bank shall provide the Borrower and Agent with such duly executed form(s) or statement(s) which may, from time to time, be prescribed by law and, which, pursuant to applicable provisions of (i) an income tax treaty between the United States and the country of residence of such Bank, (ii) the Code, or (iii) any applicable rules or regulations in effect under (i) or (ii) above, indicates the withholding status of such Bank; provided that nothing herein (including without limitation the failure or inability to provide such form or statement) shall relieve the Borrower of its obligations under §4.4(b). Each

29




Bank shall deliver photocopies of such forms or other appropriate certifications on or before the date that any such form shall expire or become obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form delivered to the Borrower for the Agent. Any Bank which sells a participation in any of its Commitments shall be required to obtain such forms from any participant, and shall be required to withhold any amounts from such participant as required by the Code or Treasury Regulations issued pursuant thereto. If any governmental authority asserts that the Agent or Borrower (as to Borrower, with respect to Excluded FATCA Taxes only) did not properly withhold or backup withhold, as the case may be, any tax or other amount from payments made to or for the account of any Bank, such Bank shall indemnify the Agent and/or Borrower (as to Borrower, with respect to Excluded FATCA Taxes only) therefor, including all penalties and interest, any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Agent or by the Borrower (as to Borrower, with respect to Excluded FATCA Taxes only) under this section, and costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel and the allocated cost of internal legal services and all disbursements of internal counsel) of the Agent and Borrower (as to Borrower, with respect to Excluded FATCA Taxes only). The obligation of the Banks under this section shall survive the termination of the Commitments, repayment of all Obligations and all the resignation or replacement of the Agent. Without limitation of §4.4(b), if a payment made to a Bank under any Loan Document would be subject to United States federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Bank were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting and document provision requirements of FATCA (including those contained in § 1741(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Bank shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by either, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by § 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower and/or the Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Bank has or has not complied with such Bank obligations under FATCA and, as necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.
§4.5.      Computations .  
(a)      All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed.  All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year).  Except as otherwise provided in the definition of the term “Interest Period” with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans, whenever a payment hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents becomes due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date for such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and interest shall accrue during such extension.  The outstanding amount of the Loans as reflected on the records of the Agent from time to time shall be considered prima facie evidence of such amount.  Each determination by the Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

30




(b)      If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of Borrower or for any other reason, then the Borrower, the Agent, or the Lenders determine that (i) the ratio of Consolidated Total Liabilities to Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value as calculated by the Trust and the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate in any material respect and (ii) a proper calculation of the ratio of Consolidated Total Liabilities to Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, then Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders within three (3) Business Days after demand by Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Loan Party under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by Agent or any Lender), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of Agent or any Lender, as the case may be, under §4.12 or under Article XII.
§4.6.      Suspension of LIBOR Rate Loans .  In the event that, prior to the commencement of any Interest Period relating to any LIBOR Rate Loan, the Agent shall reasonably determine that adequate and reasonable methods do not exist for ascertaining the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period, or the Agent shall reasonably determine that the LIBOR Rate will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Banks of making or maintaining LIBOR Rate Loans for such Interest Period, the Agent shall forthwith give notice of such determination (which shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Banks) to the Borrower and the Banks.  In such event each LIBOR Rate Loan will automatically, on the last day of the then current Interest Period thereof, become a Base Rate Loan, and the obligations of the Banks to make LIBOR Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Agent determines that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, whereupon the Agent shall so notify the Borrower and the Banks.
§4.7.      Illegality .  Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, if any present or future law, regulation, treaty or directive or the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental authority having jurisdiction over a Bank or its LIBOR Lending Office shall assert that it is unlawful, for any Bank to make or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans, such Bank shall forthwith give notice of such circumstances to the Agent and the Borrower and thereupon (a) the commitment of the Banks to make LIBOR Rate Loans or convert Loans of another type to LIBOR Rate Loans shall forthwith be suspended and (b) the LIBOR Rate Loans then outstanding shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loans or within such earlier period as may be required by law.
§4.8.      Additional Interest .  If any LIBOR Rate Loan or any portion thereof is repaid, or converted to a Base Rate Loan for any reason on a date which is prior to the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan, or if repayment of the Loans has been accelerated as provided in §12.1, the Borrower will pay to the Agent upon demand for the account of the Banks in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages, in addition to any amounts of interest otherwise payable hereunder, any amounts required to compensate the Banks for any losses, costs

31




or expenses which may reasonably be incurred as a result of such payment, reapportionment or conversion.
§4.9.      Additional Costs, Etc .   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any present or future applicable law, or any amendment or modification of present applicable law, which expression, as used herein, includes statutes, rules and regulations thereunder and legally binding interpretations thereof by any competent court or by any governmental or other regulatory body or official with appropriate jurisdiction charged with the administration or the interpretation thereof and requests, directives, instructions and notices at any time or from time to time hereafter made upon or otherwise issued to any Bank or the Agent by any central bank or other fiscal, monetary or other authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall:
(a)      subject any Bank or the Agent to any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature with respect to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, such Bank’s Commitment, or the Loans (other than taxes based upon or measured by the income or profits or gross receipts of such Bank or the Agent), or
(b)      materially change the basis of taxation (except for changes in taxes on income or profits) of payments to any Bank of the principal of or the interest on any Loans or any other amounts payable to any Bank under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or
(c)      impose or increase or render applicable any special deposit, reserve, assessment, liquidity, capital adequacy or other similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law) against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, or loans by, or commitments of an office of any Bank, or
(d)      impose on any Bank or the Agent any other conditions or requirements with respect to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Loans, such Bank’s Commitment, or any class of loans or commitments of which any of the Loans or such Bank’s Commitment forms a part; and the result of any of the foregoing is
(i)      to increase the cost to any Bank of making, funding, issuing, renewing, extending or maintaining any of the Loans or such Bank’s Commitment, or
(ii)      to reduce the amount of principal, interest or other amount payable to such Bank or the Agent hereunder on account of such Bank’s Commitment or any of the Loans, or
(iii)      to require such Bank or the Agent to make any payment or to forego any interest or other sum payable hereunder, the amount of which payment or foregone interest or other sum is calculated by reference to the gross amount of any sum receivable or deemed received by such Bank or the Agent from the Borrower hereunder,

32




then, and in each such case, the Borrower will within fifteen (15) days after demand made by such Bank or (as the case may be) the Agent at any time and from time to time and as often as the occasion therefor may arise, pay to such Bank or the Agent such additional amounts as such Bank or the Agent shall determine in good faith to be sufficient to compensate such Bank or the Agent for such additional cost, reduction, payment or foregone interest or other sum.  Each Bank and the Agent in determining such amounts may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods, generally applied by such Bank or the Agent.  For purposes of §4.9 and §4.10, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, publications, orders, guidelines and directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to have been adopted and gone into effect after the date hereof regardless of when adopted, enacted or issued.

§4.10.      Capital Adequacy .  If after the date hereof any Bank determines that (a) the adoption of or change in any law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding capital requirements for banks or bank holding companies or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by any governmental authority charged with the administration thereof, or (b) compliance by such Bank or its parent bank holding company with any guideline, request or directive of any such entity regarding capital adequacy and liquidity (whether or not having the force of law), has the effect of reducing the return on such Bank’s or such holding company’s capital as a consequence of such Bank’s commitment to make Loans hereunder to a level below that which such Bank or holding company could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Bank’s or such holding company’s then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and assuming the full utilization of such entity’s capital) by any amount deemed by such Bank to be material, then such Bank may notify the Borrower thereof.  The Borrower agrees to pay to such Bank the amount of such reduction in the return on capital as and when such reduction is determined, upon presentation by such Bank of a statement of the amount and setting forth such Bank’s calculation thereof.  In determining such amount, such Bank may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.
§4.11.      Indemnity of Borrower .  The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank and to hold each Bank harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense that such Bank may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in payment of the principal amount of or any interest on any LIBOR Rate Loans as and when due and payable, including any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain its LIBOR Rate Loans, or (b) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing or conversion after the Borrower has given (or is deemed to have given) a Conversion Request.
§4.12.      Interest on Overdue Amounts; Late Charge .  Overdue principal on the Loans and all other overdue amounts payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents (other than interest on the Loans) shall, following the expiration of any applicable cure period expressly provided for in this Agreement, bear interest payable on demand at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2.0%) above the rate that would otherwise be applicable at such time until such amount shall be paid in full (after as well as before judgment).  Overdue interest on the Loans shall, following

33




the expiration of any applicable cure period expressly provided for in this Agreement, bear interest payable on demand at a rate equal to the lesser of (i) a per annum rate equal to two percent (2.0%) above the rate that would otherwise be applicable at such time or (ii) the maximum annual rate of interest permitted by applicable law until such amount shall be paid in full (after as well as before judgment), provided that in no event shall such rate exceed ten percent (10%) per annum.  In addition, the Borrower shall pay a late charge equal to four percent (4.0%) of any amount of interest and/or principal payable on the Loans or any other amounts payable hereunder or under the Loan Documents, which is not paid by the Borrower within fifteen (15) days after the same shall become due and payable.
§4.13.      Certificate .  A certificate setting forth any amounts payable pursuant to §4.8, §4.9, §4.10, §4.11 or §4.12 and a brief explanation of such amounts which are due, submitted by any Bank or the Agent to the Borrower, shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
§4.14.      Limitation on Interest .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, all agreements between the Borrower and the Banks and the Agent, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are hereby limited so that in no contingency, whether by reason of acceleration of the maturity of any of the Obligations or otherwise, shall the interest contracted for, charged or received by the Banks exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable law.  If, from any circumstance whatsoever, interest would otherwise be payable to the Banks in excess of the maximum lawful amount, the interest payable to the Banks shall be reduced to the maximum amount permitted under applicable law; and if from any circumstance the Banks shall ever receive anything of value deemed interest by applicable law in excess of the maximum lawful amount, an amount equal to any excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance of the Obligations of the Borrower and to the payment of interest or, if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of principal of the Obligations of the Borrower, such excess shall be refunded to the Borrower.  All interest paid or agreed to be paid to the Banks shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full period until payment in full of the principal of the Obligations of the Borrower (including the period of any renewal or extension thereof) so that the interest thereon for such full period shall not exceed the maximum amount permitted by applicable law.  This section shall control all agreements between the Borrower and the Banks and the Agent.
§4.15.      Intentionally Deleted .
§4.16.      Intentionally Deleted .
§5.      UNSECURED OBLIGATIONS; GUARANTY.
§5.1.      Unsecured Obligations .  The Banks have agreed to make the Loans to the Borrower for the account of the Borrower on an unsecured basis.  The Obligations shall be guaranteed pursuant to the terms of the Guaranty.
§5.2.      New Guarantors.

34




(a)      Requirement to Become Guarantor.  In the event that any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Borrower or the Trust, whether presently existing or hereafter formed or acquired, which is not a Guarantor at such time, shall own or be the lessee under a Ground Lease of an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property or otherwise have a leasehold or other interest in an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, then Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Agent each of the following items, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent:  (i) a Joinder Agreement and (ii) the items that would have been delivered under §10.2 through §10.5 if such Subsidiary had been a Guarantor as of the date hereof.  The organizational agreements of each such Subsidiary created after the Closing Date shall specifically authorize each such Subsidiary to guarantee the Obligations.
(b)      Release of a Guarantor.  The Borrower may request in writing that the Agent release, and upon receipt of such request the Agent shall release (subject to the terms hereof), a Guarantor from the Guaranty so long as:  (i) no Default or Event of Default shall then be in existence or would occur as a result of such release; (ii) the Agent shall have received such written request at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the requested date of release; (iii) Borrower shall deliver to Agent evidence reasonably satisfactory to Agent either that (A) the Trust and/or the Borrower has disposed of or simultaneously with such release will dispose of its entire interest in such Guarantor or that all of the assets of such Guarantor will be disposed of in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, and if such transaction involves the disposition by such Guarantor of all of its assets, the net cash proceeds from such disposition are being distributed to the Trust and/or the Borrower in connection with such disposition, (B) such Guarantor will be the borrower with respect to Secured Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement, which Indebtedness will be secured by a Lien on the assets of such Guarantor, or (C) the Trust and/or the Borrower has contributed or simultaneously with such release will contribute its entire direct or indirect interest in such Guarantor to an Unconsolidated Affiliate or a Subsidiary which is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or that such Guarantor will be contributing all of its assets to an Unconsolidated Affiliate or a Subsidiary which is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary in compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Delivery by the Borrower to the Agent of any such request for a release shall constitute a representation by the Borrower that the matters set forth in the preceding sentence (both as of the date of the giving of such request and as of the date of the effectiveness of such request) are true and correct with respect to such request.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing provisions shall not apply to the Trust, which may only be released upon the written approval of Agent and all of the Banks.
§6.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRUST AND THE BORROWER.
The Borrower and the Trust, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Agent and the Banks as follows.
 
§6.1.      Corporate Authority, Etc.

35




(c)      Incorporation; Good Standing.  The Borrower is a Delaware limited partnership duly organized pursuant to its first amended and restated limited partnership agreement dated May 10, 1996, as amended by amendments one through twenty-six, and a Certificate of Limited Partnership and amendments thereto filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Trust is a Maryland real estate investment trust duly organized pursuant to its trust declaration dated October 2, 1997, as amended and supplemented, and a Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of the State of Maryland and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland.  Each Subsidiary Guarantor is a limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective State of organization.  Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors (i) has all requisite power to own its respective property and conduct its respective business as now conducted and as presently contemplated, and (ii) as to the Borrower and the Guarantors are in good standing as a foreign entity and is duly authorized to do business in the jurisdictions where the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties are located and in each other jurisdiction where a failure to be so qualified in such other jurisdiction could have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of such Person.  The Trust is a real estate investment trust in full compliance with and entitled to the benefits of §856 of the Code, and has elected to be treated as a real estate investment trust pursuant to the Code.
(d)      Subsidiaries.  Each of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower and the Trust (i) is a corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust duly organized under the laws of its State of organization and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws thereof, (ii) has all requisite power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted and as presently contemplated and (iii) is in good standing and is duly authorized to do business in each jurisdiction where Real Estate held by it is located and in each other jurisdiction where a failure to be so qualified could have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower, the Trust, or such Subsidiary.
(e)      Authorization.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries is or is to become a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (i) are within the authority of such Person, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary proceedings on the part of such Person, (iii) do not and will not conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation to which such Person is subject or any judgment, order, writ, injunction, license or permit applicable to such Person, (iv) do not and will not conflict with or constitute a default (whether with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both) under any provision of the articles of incorporation, partnership agreement, declaration of trust or other charter documents or bylaws of, or any agreement or other instrument binding upon, such Person or any of its properties, and (v) do not and will not result in or require the imposition of any lien or other encumbrance on any of the properties, assets or rights of such Person.
(f)      Enforceability.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries is or is to become a party are valid and legally binding obligations of such Person enforceable in accordance

36




with the respective terms and provisions hereof and thereof, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and except to the extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
§6.2.      Governmental Approvals .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries is or is to become a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not require the approval or consent of, or filing with, any governmental agency or authority other than those already obtained.
§6.3.      Title to Properties; Lease .  The Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries own all of the assets reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Trust as of the Balance Sheet Date or acquired since that date (except property and assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business since that date), subject to no rights of others, including any mortgages, leases, conditional sales agreements, title retention agreements, liens or other encumbrances except Permitted Liens.
§6.4.      Financial Statements .  The Borrower has delivered to each of the Banks: (a) the consolidated balance sheet of the Trust and its respective Subsidiaries as of the Balance Sheet Date, and (b) certain other financial information relating to the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties and the Real Estate.  Such balance sheet and other information have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries as of such dates and the results of the operations of the Borrower, the Guarantors, their respective Subsidiaries and the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties for such periods.  There are no liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries involving material amounts not disclosed in said financial statements and the related notes thereto.
§6.5.      No Material Changes .  Since the Balance Sheet Date, there has occurred no materially adverse change in the financial condition or business of the Borrower, the Guarantors, and their respective Subsidiaries taken as a whole as shown on or reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Trust as of the Balance Sheet Date, or its consolidated statement of income or cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, other than changes in the ordinary course of business that have not had any materially adverse effect either individually or in the aggregate on the business or financial condition of such Person.  The Borrower hereby discloses that it is in the process of marketing the properties described on Schedule 6.5 hereto.
§6.6.      Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Etc .   The Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries possess all franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, service marks, licenses and permits, and rights in respect of the foregoing, adequate for the conduct of their business substantially as now conducted without known conflict with any rights of others.  Except as stated on Schedule 6.6 hereto, none of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties is owned or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries under or by reference to any trademark, trade name, service mark or logo.

37




§6.7.      Litigation .  Except as stated on Schedule 6.7 there are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations of any kind pending or to the knowledge of such person threatened against the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries before any court, tribunal, arbitrator, mediator or administrative agency or board that, if adversely determined, might, either in any case or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect the properties, assets, financial condition or business of such Person or materially impair the right of such Person to carry on business substantially as now conducted by it, or result in any liability not adequately covered by insurance, or for which adequate reserves are not maintained on the balance sheet of such Person, or which question the validity of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or thereto or any lien or security interest created or intended to be created pursuant hereto or thereto, or which will adversely affect the ability of the Borrower or the Guarantors to pay and perform the Obligations in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.7 , as of the date of this Agreement, there are no judgments outstanding against or adversely affecting any of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
§6.8.      No Materially Adverse Contracts, Etc .   None of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries is subject to any charter, corporate or other legal restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation that has or is expected in the future to have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of such Person.  None of the Borrower, the Guarantors nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party to any contract or agreement that has or is expected, in the judgment of the partners or officers of such Person, to have any materially adverse effect on the business of any of them.
§6.9.      Compliance with Other Instruments, Laws, Etc .   None of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries is in violation of any provision of its charter or other organizational documents, bylaws, or any agreement or instrument to which it may be subject or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or any decree, order, judgment, statute, license, rule or regulation, in any of the foregoing cases in a manner that could result in the imposition of substantial penalties or materially and adversely affect the financial condition, properties or business of such Person.
§6.10.      Tax Status .  The Borrower, the Guarantors and each of their respective Subsidiaries (a) has made or filed all federal and state income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject, (b) has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and (c) has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply.  Except as noted in item 3 on Schedule 6.7 hereto, there are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the partners or officers of such Person know of no basis for any such claim.  There are no audits pending or to the knowledge of the Borrower threatened with respect to any tax returns filed by the Borrower, any Guarantor or their respective Subsidiaries.

38




§6.11.      No Event of Default .  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
§6.12.      Investment Company Acts .  None of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries is or after giving effect to any Loan will be, subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or to any federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur indebtedness for borrowed money.
§6.13.      Absence of UCC Financing Statements, Etc .   Except with respect to Permitted Liens, there is no financing statement, security agreement, chattel mortgage, real estate mortgage or other document filed or recorded with any filing records, registry, or other public office, that purports to cover, affect or give notice of any present or possible future lien on, or security interest or security title in, any property of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries or rights thereunder.
§6.14.      Intentionally Deleted .
§6.15.      Certain Transactions .  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.15, none of the officers, trustees, directors, or employees of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party to any transaction with either or both of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, trustee, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the Guarantor, or any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any officer, trustee, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.
§6.16.      Employee Benefit Plans .  The Borrower, the Guarantors and each ERISA Affiliate have fulfilled their respective obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Guaranteed Pension Plan and is in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Guaranteed Pension Plan.  Neither the Borrower, the Guarantors nor any ERISA Affiliate has (a) sought a waiver of the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code in respect of any Employee Benefit Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Guaranteed Pension Plan, (b) failed to make any contribution or payment to any Employee Benefit Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Guaranteed Pension Plan, or made any amendment to any Employee Benefit Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Guaranteed Pension Plan, which has resulted or could result in the imposition of a lien or the posting of a bond or other security under ERISA or the Code, or (c) incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA.  None of the Real Estate constitutes a “plan asset” within the meaning of ERISA.
§6.17.      Regulations T, U and X .  No portion of any Loan is to be used for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin security” or “margin stock” as such terms are used in Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R.  Parts 220, 221 and 224.  Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor is engaged, and neither the Borrower

39




nor any Guarantor will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin security” or “margin stock” as such terms are used in Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 220, 221 and 224.
§6.18.      Environmental Compliance .  The Borrower and the Trust each has taken all commercially reasonable steps to investigate the past and present conditions and usage of the Real Estate and the operations conducted thereon and, based upon such investigation makes the following representations and warranties except as specifically set forth in the written environmental reports provided to the Agent on or before the date hereof or as set forth on Schedule 6.18 hereto.
(a)      With respect to the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties, and to the best of the Borrower’s and the Trust’s knowledge with respect to any other Real Estate, none of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries or any operator of the Real Estate, or any operations thereon is in violation, or alleged violation, in any material respect of any judgment, decree, order, law, license, rule or regulation pertaining to environmental matters, including, without limitation, those arising under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”), the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as amended (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (“SARA”), the Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, or any state or local statute, regulation, ordinance, order or decree relating to the environment (hereinafter “Environmental Laws”), which violation involves (i) any of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties or (ii) other Real Estate and would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
(b)      None of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries has received notice from any third party including, without limitation, any federal, state or local governmental authority, (i) that it has been identified by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA with respect to a site listed on the National Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 Appendix B (1986); (ii) that any hazardous waste, as defined by 42 U.S.C. §9601(5), any hazardous substances as defined by 42 U.S.C. §9601(14), any pollutant or contaminant as defined by 42 U.S.C. §9601(33) or any toxic substances, oil or hazardous materials or other chemicals or substances regulated by any Environmental Laws (“Hazardous Substances”) which it has generated, transported or disposed of have been found at any site at which a federal, state or local agency or other third party has conducted or has ordered that the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries conduct a remedial investigation, removal or other response action pursuant to any Environmental Law; or (iii) that it is or shall be a named party to any claim, action, cause of action, complaint, or legal or administrative proceeding (in each case, contingent or otherwise) arising out of any third party’s incurrence of costs, expenses, losses or damages of any kind whatsoever in connection with the release of Hazardous Substances.

40




(c)      With respect to the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties, and to the best of the Borrower’s and the Trust’s knowledge with respect to any other Real Estate, (i) no portion of the Real Estate has been used for the handling, processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances except in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws in all material respects, and no underground tank or other underground storage receptacle for Hazardous Substances is located on any portion of the Real Estate; (ii) in the course of any activities conducted by either the Borrower, the Guarantors, their Subsidiaries or the operators of its properties, no Hazardous Substances have been generated or are being used on the Real Estate except in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws in all material respects; (iii) there has been no past or present releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, disposing or dumping (a “Release”) or threatened Release of Hazardous Substances on, upon, into or from any of the Real Estate, or, to the best of the Borrower’s or the Trust’s knowledge, on, upon, into or from the other properties of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries, which Release would have a material adverse effect on the value of any of the Real Estate or adjacent properties or the environment; (iv) to the best of the Borrower’s or the Trust’s knowledge, there have been no Releases on, upon, from or into any real property in the vicinity of any of the Real Estate which through soil or groundwater contamination, may have come to be located on, and which would have a material adverse effect on the value of, the Real Estate; and (v) any Hazardous Substances that have been generated on any of the Real Estate have been transported off-site only by carriers having an identification number issued by the EPA or approved by a state or local environmental regulatory authority having jurisdiction regarding the transportation of such substance and treated or disposed of only by treatment or disposal facilities maintaining valid permits as required under all applicable Environmental Laws, which transporters and facilities have been and are, to the best of the Borrower’s or the Trust’s knowledge, operating in compliance with such permits and applicable Environmental Laws.
(d)      None of the Borrower, the Guarantors, their respective Subsidiaries, or the Real Estate is subject to any applicable Environmental Law requiring the performance of Hazardous Substances site assessments, or the removal or remediation of Hazardous Substances, or the giving of notice to any governmental agency or the recording or delivery to other Persons of an environmental disclosure document or statement by virtue of the transactions set forth herein and contemplated hereby.
§6.19.      Subsidiaries and Unconsolidated Affiliates .  Schedule 6.19 sets forth all of the Subsidiaries and Unconsolidated Affiliates of the Borrower and the Trust.  The form and jurisdiction of organization of each of the Subsidiaries and Unconsolidated Affiliates, and the Borrower’s and the Trust’s ownership interest therein, is set forth in said Schedule 6.19.
§6.20.      Loan Documents .  All of the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantors, and their respective Subsidiaries in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any document or instrument delivered to the Agent or the Banks pursuant to or in connection with any of such Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects, and

41




neither the Borrower, the Guarantors nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has failed to disclose such information as is necessary to make such representations and warranties not misleading.
§6.21.      Property .  All of the Borrower’s, the Guarantors’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ Real Estate is in good condition and working order subject to ordinary wear and tear, except where such failure would not individually or in the aggregate have any material adverse affect on the business or financial condition of the Borrower or any Guarantor.  There are no unpaid or outstanding real estate or other taxes or assessments on or against any property of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries which are payable by the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries (except only real estate or other taxes or assessments, that are not yet due and payable or are being protested as permitted by this Agreement).  There are no pending eminent domain proceedings against any property of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any part thereof, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, no such proceedings are presently threatened or contemplated by any taking authority which may individually or in the aggregate have any materially adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Borrower or any Guarantor.  None of the property of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries is now damaged as a result of any fire, explosion, accident, flood or other casualty in any manner which individually or in the aggregate would have any materially adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Borrower or any Guarantor.
§6.22.      Brokers .  None of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries has engaged or otherwise dealt with any broker, finder or similar entity in connection with this Agreement or the Loans contemplated hereunder.
§6.23.      Other Debt .  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.23 hereto, none of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries is in default of the payment of any Indebtedness or any other agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, security agreement, financing agreement, indenture or lease to which any of them is a party.  Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor is a party to or bound by any agreement, instrument or indenture that may require the subordination in right or time or payment of any of the Obligations to any other indebtedness or obligation of the Borrower or such Guarantor.  The Borrower, the Guarantor has provided to the Agent a schedule, and upon the request of the Agent will provide copies, of all agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, financing agreements or other material agreements binding upon the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective properties and entered into by the Borrower or any Guarantor as of the date of this Agreement with respect to any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor.
§6.24.      Solvency .  As of the Closing Date and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including all Loans made or to be made hereunder, neither the Borrower, the Guarantors nor any of their Subsidiaries is insolvent on a balance sheet basis such that the sum of such Person’s assets exceeds the sum of such Person’s liabilities, such Person is able to pay its debts as they become due, and such Person has sufficient capital to carry on its business.
§6.25.      Contribution Agreement .  Borrower has delivered to the Agent a true, correct and complete copy of the Contribution Agreement.  The Contribution Agreement is in full force

42




and effect in accordance with its terms, there are no material claims resulting from non-performance of the terms thereof or otherwise or any basis for a material claim by any party to the Contribution Agreement, nor has there been any waiver of any material terms thereunder.
§6.26.      No Fraudulent Intent .  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents nor the performance of any actions required hereunder or thereunder is being undertaken by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries with or as a result of any actual intent by any of such Persons to hinder, delay or defraud any entity to which any of such Persons is now or will hereafter become indebted.
§6.27.      Transaction in Best Interests of Borrower; Consideration .  The transaction evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents is in the best interests of the Borrower, the Guarantors, each of their respective Subsidiaries and the creditors of such Persons.  The direct and indirect benefits to inure to the Borrower, the Guarantors and each of their respective Subsidiaries  pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute substantially more than “reasonably equivalent value” (as such term is used in Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code) and “valuable consideration,” “fair value,” and “fair consideration,” (as such terms are used in any applicable state fraudulent conveyance law), in exchange for the benefits to be provided by the Borrower, the Guarantors and each of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and but for the willingness of the Guarantors to guaranty the Loan, Borrower would be unable to obtain the financing contemplated hereunder which financing will enable the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to have available financing to refinance existing indebtedness and to conduct and expand their business.
§6.28.      Partners and the Trust .  The Trust is the sole general partner of the Borrower and owns a 1% general partnership interest and as of the Closing Date not less than a 90% limited partnership interest in the Borrower.  The Trust owns no assets other than its interest in the Borrower as a general partner and limited partner, cash, Short-term Investments and the property described in Schedule 6.29 hereto.
§6.29.      Tax Indemnity Agreement .  The Tax Indemnity Agreement has not been voluntarily terminated by Borrower or the Trust and there has been no waiver of any material terms thereunder by Borrower or the Trust.
§6.30.      Embargoed Persons .  None of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries, are (and none of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries will be) a Person named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001 Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and is not and shall not engage in any dealings or transactions or otherwise be associated with such persons.  In addition, Borrower hereby agrees to provide to the Banks any additional information that a Bank deems reasonably necessary from time to time in order to ensure compliance with all applicable laws concerning money laundering and similar activities.

43




§6.31.      Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties .   As of the Closing Date, Schedule 6.31 is a correct and complete list of all Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties.  Each of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties included by the Borrower in calculation of the compliance of the covenants set forth in §9 satisfies all of the requirements contained in this Agreement for the same to be included therein.
§7.      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE TRUST AND THE BORROWER.
The Trust (to the extent hereinafter provided) and the Borrower covenant and agree that, so long as any Loan or Note is outstanding or any Bank has any obligation to make any Loans:
 
§7.1.      Punctual Payment .  The Borrower will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal and interest on the Loans and all interest and fees provided for in this Agreement, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes as well as all other sums owing pursuant to the Loan Documents.
§7.2.      Maintenance of Office .  The Borrower will maintain its chief executive office at 31500 Northwestern Highway, Suite 300, Farmington Hills, Michigan, 48334, or at such other place in the United States of America as the Borrower shall designate upon prior written notice to the Agent and the Banks, where notices, presentations and demands to or upon the Borrower in respect of the Loan Documents may be given or made.
§7.3.      Records and Accounts .  The Borrower and the Trust will (a) keep, and cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to keep, true and accurate records and books of account in which full, true and correct entries will be made in accordance with GAAP and (b) maintain adequate accounts and reserves for all taxes (including income taxes), depreciation and amortization of its properties and the properties of their respective Subsidiaries, contingencies and other reserves.  Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantors nor any of their respective Subsidiaries shall, without the prior written consent of the Majority Banks, (x) make any material changes to the accounting principles used by such Person in preparing the financial statements and other information described in §6.4 except as required by GAAP or (y) change its fiscal year.
§7.4.      Financial Statements, Certificates and Information .  The Borrower and the Trust will deliver or cause to be delivered to each of the Banks:
(a)      as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than one hundred (100) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Trust, the audited Consolidated balance sheet of the Trust and its Subsidiaries at the end of such year, and the related audited Consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholder’s equity and cash flows for such year, each setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year and all such statements to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by an auditor’s report prepared without qualification by Grant Thornton LLP, or by another nationally recognized accounting firm, the Form 10-K of the Trust filed with the SEC (unless the SEC has approved an extension, in which event the Trust will deliver to the Agent and each of the Banks a copy of the Form 10-K simultaneously with delivery to the SEC), and

44




any other information the Banks may need to complete a financial analysis of the Trust and its Subsidiaries;
(b)      as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than fifty-five (55) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of the Borrower and the Trust, respectively, copies of the unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Trust and its Subsidiaries, respectively, as at the end of such quarter, and the related unaudited Consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholder’s equity and cash flows for the portion of the Borrower’s and the Trust’s, respectively, fiscal year then elapsed, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP (which, as to the Trust, may be provided by inclusion in the Form 10-Q of the Trust for such period provided pursuant to subsection (c) below), together with a certification by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and the Trust, respectively, that the information contained in such financial statements fairly presents the financial position of such Person and its Subsidiaries on the date thereof (subject to year-end adjustments); provided, however, that unless otherwise requested by the Agent or the Majority Banks, the Borrower shall not be required to deliver the balance sheets, statements or other matters required by this §7.4(b) to the extent the same are incorporated in the balance sheets, statements and other matters delivered to the Banks by the Trust;
(c)      as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than fifty-five (55) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of the Trust in each year, copies of Form 10-Q filed with the SEC (unless the SEC has approved an extension in which event the Trust will deliver such copies of the Form 10-Q to the Agent and each of the Banks simultaneously with delivery to the SEC);
(d)      as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than fifty-five (55) days after the end of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of the Borrower, copies of a Consolidated statement of Operating Cash Flow for such fiscal quarter for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and a statement of Operating Cash Flow for such fiscal quarter for the Borrower and the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties, prepared on a basis consistent with the statement furnished pursuant to §6.4 together with a certification by the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the general partner of the Borrower, that the information contained in such statement fairly presents the Operating Cash Flow of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties for such period;
(e)      simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above, a statement (a “Compliance Certificate”) certified by the principal financial or accounting officer of Trust and of the general partner of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit I hereto (or in such other form as the Agent may approve from time to time) setting forth in reasonable detail computations evidencing compliance with the covenants contained in §8.1, §8.3, §8.7, §8.9, §9 and the other covenants described therein, and (if applicable) reconciliations to reflect changes in GAAP since the Balance Sheet Date.  With each Compliance Certificate, the Borrower shall also deliver a certificate (a “Borrowing Base Property Certificate”) executed by the chief financial officer of the general

45




partner of the Borrower that lists each of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties, and certifies that all Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties so listed fully qualify as such under the applicable criteria in this Agreement, lists any additions or removals of Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties during such accounting period, as appropriate, and includes such information as Agent may reasonably require to determine the economic and physical occupancy of said Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties and the aggregate Borrowing Base Availability and the Operating Cash Flow from such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties during such period;
(f)      contemporaneously with the filing or mailing thereof, copies of all material of a financial nature filed with the SEC or sent to the stockholders of the Trust or the partners of the Borrower;
(g)      [Intentionally Deleted];
(h)      [Intentionally Deleted];
(i)      [Intentionally Deleted];
(j)      [Intentionally Deleted];
(k)      within thirty (30) days of filing with the Internal Revenue Service, but in any event not later than October 15 of each year, copies of all annual federal income tax returns and amendments thereto of the Borrower and the Trust;
(l)      simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above, each of the following with respect to each acquisition of an interest in a Subsidiary: (i) the name and structure of the Subsidiary, (ii) a description of the property owned by such Subsidiary, and (iii) such other information as the Agent may reasonably request;
(m)      simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statement referred to in subsection (a) above, a statement (i) listing the Real Estate owned by the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries and Unconsolidated Affiliates (or in which the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries owns an interest) and stating the location thereof, the date acquired and the acquisition cost, (ii) listing the Indebtedness of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries and Unconsolidated Affiliates (excluding Indebtedness of the type described in §8.1(b)-(e)), which statement shall include, without limitation, a statement of the original principal amount of such Indebtedness and the current amount outstanding, the holder thereof, the maturity date and any extension options, the interest rate, the collateral provided for such Indebtedness and whether such Indebtedness is recourse or non-recourse, and (iii) listing the properties of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates which are under “development” (as used in §8.9) and providing a brief summary of the status of such development;

46




(n)      as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than one hundred (100) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the end of such year, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholder’s equity and cash flows for such year, each setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year and all such statements to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by a certification by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Borrower that the information contained in such financial statements fairly presents the financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date thereof (provided, however, at the Agent’s determination, the Borrower shall not be required to provide such statements in the event that such statements would be substantially similar to the consolidated statements provided by the Trust);
(o)      from time to time such other financial data and information in the possession of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries (including without limitation auditors’ management letters, property inspection and environmental reports and other legal and regulatory changes affecting the Borrower or the Guarantors) as the Agent may reasonably request; and
(p)      promptly upon becoming aware of a change in any credit rating (including the Credit Rating) given by a Rating Agency or any announcement that any rating is “under review” or that such rating has been placed on a watch list or that any similar action has been taken by a Rating Agency, written notice to Agent of such change, announcement or action.
Any material to be delivered pursuant to this §7.4 may be delivered electronically directly to Agent and the Banks provided that such material is in a format reasonably acceptable to Agent, and such material shall be deemed to have been delivered to Agent and the Banks upon Agent’s receipt thereof.  Upon the request of Agent, Borrower and the Trust shall deliver paper copies thereof to Agent and the Banks.  Borrower and the Trust authorize Agent and Arranger to disseminate any such materials through the use of Intralinks, SyndTrak or any other electronic information dissemination system, and the Borrower and the Trust release Agent and the Banks from any liability in connection therewith.
 
§7.5.      Notices .
(a)      Defaults .  The Borrower will promptly notify the Agent in writing of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.  If any Person shall give any notice or take any other action in respect of a claimed default (whether or not constituting an Event of Default) under this Agreement or under any note, evidence of indebtedness, indenture or other obligation to which or with respect to which the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party or obligor, whether as principal or surety, and such default would permit the holder of such note or obligation or other evidence of indebtedness to accelerate the maturity thereof, which acceleration would either cause a Default or Event of Default or would have a material adverse effect on the Borrower or any Guarantor or any

47




of their respective Subsidiaries, the Borrower shall forthwith give written notice thereof to the Agent and each of the Banks, describing the notice or action and the nature of the claimed default.
(b)      Environmental Events .  The Borrower will promptly give notice to the Agent (i) upon the Borrower obtaining knowledge of any potential or known Release of any Hazardous Substances at or from any Real Estate; (ii) of any violation of any Environmental Law that the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries reports in writing or is reportable by such Person in writing (or for which any written report supplemental to any oral report is made) to any federal, state or local environmental agency and (iii) upon becoming aware thereof, of any inquiry, proceeding, investigation, or other action, including a notice from any agency of potential environmental liability, of any federal, state or local environmental agency or board, that in either case involves any Real Estate or has the potential to materially affect the assets, liabilities, financial conditions or operations of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary.
(c)      [Intentionally Deleted];
(d)      Notice of Litigation and Judgments .  The Borrower will give notice to the Agent in writing within fifteen (15) days of becoming aware of any litigation or proceedings threatened in writing or any pending litigation and proceedings affecting the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries or to which the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries is or is to become a party involving an uninsured claim against the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect on the Borrower or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries and stating the nature and status of such litigation or proceedings.  The Borrower will give notice to the Agent, in writing, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent and each of the Banks, within ten (10) days of any judgment not covered by insurance, whether final or otherwise, against the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries in an amount in excess of $10,000,000.
(e)      Notification of Banks .  Promptly after receiving any notice under this §7.5, the Agent will forward a copy thereof to each of the Banks, together with copies of any  certificates or other written information that accompanied such notice.
§7.6.      Existence; Maintenance of Properties .
(e)      The Borrower will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a Delaware limited partnership.  The Trust will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a Maryland real estate investment trust.  The Borrower and the Trust will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence.  The Borrower and the Guarantors will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force all of their respective rights and franchises and those of their Subsidiaries.  The Borrower

48




and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, continue to engage primarily in the businesses now conducted by it and in related businesses.
(f)      The Borrower and the Trust (i) will cause all of their properties and those of their respective Subsidiaries used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment, and (ii) will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof in all cases in which the failure so to do the foregoing pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) would have a material adverse effect on the condition of the applicable Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property or on the financial condition, assets or operations of the Borrower, any Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries.
(g)      The common stock of the Trust shall at all times be listed for trading and be traded on the New York Stock Exchange.
§7.7.      Insurance .
(a)      The Borrower will procure and maintain or cause to be procured and maintained insurance covering the Borrower and the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries and their respective properties (the cost of such insurance to be borne by the insured thereunder) in such amounts and against such risks and casualties as are customary for properties of similar character and location, due regard being given to the type of improvements thereon, their construction, location, use and occupancy.
§7.8.      Taxes .  The Borrower, the Guarantors and each of their respective Subsidiaries will duly pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged, before the same shall become overdue, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed upon it and upon the Real Estate, sales and activities, or any part thereof, or upon the income or profits therefrom as well as all claims for labor, materials, or supplies that if unpaid might by law become a lien or charge upon any of its property; provided that any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim need not be paid if the validity or amount thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and if the Borrower, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto; and provided , further that forthwith upon the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any lien that may have attached as security therefor, the Borrower, the Guarantor or such Subsidiary either (i) will provide a bond issued by a surety reasonably acceptable to the Agent and sufficient to stay all such proceedings or (ii) if no such bond is provided, will pay each such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim.
§7.9.      Inspection of Properties and Books .  The Borrower and the Trust shall permit the Banks at such Bank’s expense to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, and at the Borrower’s expense to examine the books of account of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries (and to make copies thereof and extracts therefrom) and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries with, and to be advised as to the same by, its officers, all at such reasonable times and intervals as the Agent or any Bank may

49




reasonably request, provided that so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall not be required to pay for such examinations more often than once in any twelve (12) month period.  The Banks shall use good faith efforts to coordinate such visits and inspections so as to minimize the interference with and disruption to the Borrower’s normal business operations.
§7.10.      Compliance with Laws, Contracts, Licenses, and Permits .  The Borrower and the Trust will comply with, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to comply in all respects with, (i) all applicable laws and regulations now or hereafter in effect wherever its business is conducted, including all Environmental Laws, (ii) the provisions of its corporate charter, partnership agreement or declaration of trust, as the case may be, and other charter documents and bylaws, (iii) all agreements and instruments to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, (iv) all applicable decrees, orders, and judgments, and (v) all licenses and permits required by applicable laws and regulations for the conduct of its business or the ownership, use or operation of its properties.  If at any time while any Loan or Note is outstanding or the Banks have any obligation to make Loans hereunder, any authorization, consent, approval, permit or license from any officer, agency or instrumentality of any government shall become necessary or required in order that the Borrower or the Guarantors may fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, the Borrower will immediately take or cause to be taken all steps necessary to obtain or cause such Guarantor or Subsidiary to obtain such authorization, consent, approval, permit or license and furnish the Agent and the Banks with evidence thereof.
§7.11.      Use of Proceeds .  Subject to the terms, covenants and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans to the Borrower solely to (a) finance tenant improvements, acquisition, development and redevelopment of Real Estate as permitted in this Agreement, capital expenditures and leasing commissions, bridge debt financing and refinance “gap” funding, (b) provide financing for general corporate purposes including working capital, and (c) repay outstanding Indebtedness (but specifically excluding the payment, prepayment, purchase, redemption or other retirement of the principal of any Subordinated Debt).
§7.12.      Further Assurances .  Each of the Borrower and the Trust will cooperate with, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to cooperate with the Agent and the Banks and execute such further instruments and documents as the Banks or the Agent shall reasonably request to carry out to their satisfaction the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
§7.13.      Compliance .  The Borrower and the Trust shall operate their respective businesses, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to operate its business, in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  The Trust shall at all times comply with all requirements of applicable laws necessary to maintain REIT Status, shall elect to be treated as a real estate investment trust and shall operate its business in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
§7.14.      Limiting Agreements .

50




(a)      Neither Borrower, the Guarantors nor any of their respective Subsidiaries shall enter into, any agreement, instrument or transaction which has or may have the effect of prohibiting or limiting Borrower’s, the Guarantors’ or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ ability to pledge to Agent any Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties as security for the Loans.  Borrower shall take, and shall cause the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries to take, such actions as are necessary to preserve the right and ability of Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries to pledge such assets as security for the Loans without any such pledge after the date hereof causing or permitting the acceleration (after the giving of notice or the passage of time, or otherwise) of any other Indebtedness of Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries; provided, however the foregoing shall not prevent the Borrower from utilizing the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties to support other unsecured financings and the Guarantors from providing unsecured guaranties in connection with such unsecured financings.
(b)      Borrower shall, upon demand, provide to the Agent such evidence as the Agent may reasonably require to evidence compliance with this §7.14, which evidence shall include, without limitation, copies of any agreements or instruments which would in any way restrict or limit the Borrower’s, any Guarantor’s or any Subsidiary’s ability to pledge Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties as security for Indebtedness, or which provide for the occurrence of a default (after the giving of notice or the passage of time, or otherwise) if Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties are pledged in the future as security for Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor.
§7.15.      Ownership of Real Estate .  Without the prior written consent of the Majority Banks, which consent may be withheld by the Majority Banks in their sole discretion, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Loan Documents, all interests (whether direct or indirect) of the Borrower or the Trust in real estate assets acquired after the date hereof shall be owned directly by the Borrower; provided, however, subject to the restrictions in §8.3, the Borrower shall be permitted to own Real Estate through Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates.
§7.16.      More Restrictive Agreements .  Should the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries enter into or modify any agreements or documents pertaining to any existing or future Indebtedness, Debt Offering or Equity Offering, which agreements or documents include covenants, whether affirmative or negative (or any other provision which may have the same practical effect as any of the foregoing), which are individually or in the aggregate more restrictive against the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries than those set forth in §8 and §9 of this Agreement or the Guaranty, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent and, if requested by the Majority Banks, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Agent and the Majority Banks shall promptly amend this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to include some or all of such more restrictive provisions as determined by the Majority Banks in their sole discretion.  Each of the Borrower and Guarantors agree to deliver to the Agent copies of any agreements or documents (or modifications thereof) pertaining to existing or future Indebtedness, Debt Offering or Equity Offering of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries as the Agent from time to time may request.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this §7.16 shall not apply to covenants contained in any agreements or documents evidencing or securing Non-recourse Indebtedness or

51




covenants in agreements or documents relating to Recourse Indebtedness that relate only to specific Real Estate that is collateral for such Indebtedness.
§7.17.      Trust Restrictions .  The Borrower and Trust covenant and agree that:  the Trust will at all times (a) be the sole general partner of the Borrower, (b) own not less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the partnership interests in the Borrower, and in any event the largest percentage interest of any partner in the Borrower and (c) be responsible for making all major and day-to-day operational and management decisions to be made by the Borrower in the conduct of its business.  Without the prior written consent of Agent, the Trust shall not own any assets other than its interest in the Borrower as a general partner and a limited partner, cash, Short-term Investments and the property described on Schedule 6.29 hereto.
§7.18.      Interest Rate Contract(s) .  The Borrower shall at all times from and after the date of this Agreement maintain in full force and effect, an Interest Rate Contract(s) in form and substance satisfactory to Agent in an amount necessary to ensure that the outstanding “Debt” (as hereinafter defined) of Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries that is Variable Rate Debt does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Borrower.  The Interest Rate Contract(s) shall be provided by any Bank which is a party to this Agreement or a bank or other financial institution that has unsecured, uninsured and unguaranteed long-term debt which is rated at least A-3 by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. or at least A- by Standard & Poor’s Corporation.  The Borrower shall upon the request of the Agent provide to the Agent evidence that the Interest Rate Contract(s) is in effect.  For the purposes of this §7.18, the term “Debt” shall mean any indebtedness of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any their respective Subsidiaries, whether or not contingent, and without duplication, in respect of (i) borrowed money evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or (ii) indebtedness secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, encumbrance or any security interest existing on property owned by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, to the extent that any such items would appear as a liability on the balance sheet of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, and also includes, to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise (other than for purposes of collection in the ordinary course of business), indebtedness of another Person (other than the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries) (it being understood that Debt shall be deemed to be incurred by the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries whenever the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall create, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect thereof).
§7.19.      Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties .
(a)      The Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties shall at all times satisfy all of the following conditions:
(i)      each of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties shall be owned 100% in fee simple or leased under a Ground Lease by the Borrower or, subject to the terms of this Agreement, a Subsidiary Guarantor, free and clear of all Liens other than the Liens permitted in §8.2(ii) and (v), and such Unencumbered Borrowing

52




Base Property does not have applicable to it any restriction on the pledge, transfer, mortgage or assignment of such property (including any restrictions contained in any applicable organizational documents).  If such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property is owned or leased by a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall not be a borrower or guarantor with respect to any other Secured Indebtedness;
(ii)      none of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties shall have any material title, survey, environmental, structural or other defects that would give rise to a materially adverse effect as to the value, use of or ability to sell or refinance such property;
(iii)      such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property is managed by the Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, or a third party manager approved by the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld;
(iv)      prior to inclusion of Real Estate within the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties, Borrower shall have delivered to Agent a physical description of the Real Estate and current rent rolls, operating statements and an operating and capital expenditure budget for such Real Estate reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, and such information as Agent may reasonably require to determine the value attributable to such Real Estate for the purposes of §9.5 and compliance with this §7.19;
(v)      each of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties shall consist solely of Real Estate (A) which is located within the contiguous 48 states of the continental United States, (B) which is utilized principally for a shopping center or a retail facility or a use ancillary thereto (including, with respect to Borrower’s Aquia development only, an office component) and is consistent with Borrower’s business strategy on the date of this Agreement, (C) which contains improvements that are in operating condition and available for occupancy, and (D) except with respect to properties temporarily removed from the occupancy calculation pursuant to §7.19(a)(ix), with respect to which valid certificates of occupancy or the equivalent for all buildings thereon have been issued and are in full force and effect;
(vi)      no Person other than Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor has any direct or indirect ownership of any equity interest or other Voting Interest in such Subsidiary Guarantor if such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property is owned or leased under a Ground Lease by a Subsidiary Guarantor (it being understood that no such Person shall be deemed to have any such ownership interest for purposes of this provision solely by virtue of owning any equity interest in the Trust or owning any limited partnership interest in the Borrower, and if such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property is owned (or leased) by a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Borrower’s direct and indirect interest in such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be free and clear of all Liens);

53




(vii)      such Real Estate has been designated as an “Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property” on Schedule 6.31 hereto or in a Borrowing Base Property Certificate in accordance with §7.4(e) or delivered pursuant to this §7.19, and in any event has not been removed as an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property pursuant to §7.19(d) or §7.19(e);
(viii)      the number of properties included within the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties shall not be less than ten (10) and shall provide Borrowing Base Availability of not less than $200,000,000.00 ;
(ix)      the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties shall consist solely of Real Estate which has (A) an aggregate occupancy level of tenants (excluding the Borrower or any of its Affiliates) in possession (but not any tenant having under lease 25,000 square feet or more on a holdover or month-to-month basis), operating, paying rent and which are not otherwise in default of at least eighty percent (80%) of the Net Rentable Area within such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties for the previous fiscal quarter of the Borrower based on bona fide arms-length tenant leases requiring current rental payments and which are in full force and effect (provided, however, with respect to the calculations set forth in this §7.19(a)(ix)(A) the Net Rentable Area for any tenants which have more than 10,000 square feet under lease and which have vacated their space shall be excluded from the total Net Rentable Area of the applicable Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property when making such calculation), and (B) an aggregate level of tenants (excluding the Borrower or any of its Affiliates) under leases in such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties (but not any tenant having under lease 25,000 square feet or more on a holdover or month-to-month basis) which are paying rent and which are not in default of at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Net Rentable Area within such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties for the previous fiscal quarter of the Borrower based on bona fide arms-length tenant leases requiring current rental payments and which are in full force and effect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may temporarily remove an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property from the foregoing occupancy calculations with respect to an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property (x) that is a Redevelopment Property, (y) which is being voluntarily redeveloped by Borrower to reposition such property and (z) which Agent has approved in writing as a property that can be excluded from such calculation.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Agent shall not be required to approve the removal of such property from the foregoing calculation if redevelopment is as a result of a default, insolvency, lease termination or other act or circumstance affecting a tenant of such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property.  Such property shall be excluded from the foregoing occupancy calculations until the date that is twenty-four (24) months following the initial approval of such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property as a Redevelopment Property for the purposes of this §7.19;

54




(x)      no more than ten percent (10%) of the Borrowing Base Availability of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties shall be properties leased by Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor as the lessee or tenant under a Ground Lease; and
(xi)      other than with respect to the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property commonly known as Tel-Twelve located in Southfield, Michigan, no Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property shall contribute more than ten percent (10%) of the Borrowing Base Availability of all of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties.
(b)      In the event that all or any material portion of any Real Estate within the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties shall be damaged or taken by condemnation, then such Real Estate shall no longer be a part of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties unless and until (i) any damage to such Real Estate is repaired or restored, such Real Estate becomes fully operational and the Agent shall receive evidence satisfactory to the Agent of the Operating Cash Flow of such Real Estate following such repair or restoration (both at such time and prospectively) or (ii) Agent shall receive evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Operating Cash Flow of such Real Estate (both at such time and prospectively) shall not be materially adversely affected by such damage or condemnation.
(c)      In the event that any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Guarantor owns Real Estate which would otherwise qualify as an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property and the Borrower desires for the same to become an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, then such property may become an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property but only in the event that all of the terms and conditions of this §7.19(c) and §5.2 are satisfied:
(i)      Such Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor;
(ii)      The organizational agreements of such Subsidiary or such other resolutions or consents satisfactory to Agent shall specifically authorize such Subsidiary to guaranty the Obligations and to pledge the assets of such Subsidiary as security for the Obligations and the Borrower shall certify to the Agent that applicable law does not preclude such Subsidiary from executing such guaranty or pledging its assets to secure the Obligations;
(iii)      All covenants, agreements, and representations in the Loan Documents herein of the Borrower and the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries shall be true and correct with respect to such Subsidiary Guarantor;
(iv)      No Default or Event of Default shall exist or might exist in the event that such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor or acquires such assets; and
(v)      The Real Estate assets acquired or owned by such Subsidiary Guarantor shall qualify as Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties hereunder.

55




(d)      Upon any Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property ceasing to qualify as an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property shall no longer be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base Availability nor shall the Operating Cash Flow from such property be included for the purposes of §9.5.  Within five (5) Business Days after any such disqualification, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a certificate reflecting such disqualification, together with the identity of the disqualified Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, a statement as to whether any Default or Event of Default arises as a result of such disqualification, and a calculation of the Borrowing Base Availability attributable to such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property.  Simultaneously with the delivery of the items required pursuant above, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating, after giving effect to such removal, replacement or disqualification, compliance with the covenants contained in §7.19 and §9.5.
(e)      In addition, the Borrower may voluntarily remove any Real Estate from the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties by delivering to the Agent, no later than five (5) Business Days prior to date on which such removal is to be effected, notice of such removal, together with a statement that no Default or Event of Default then exists or would, upon the occurrence of such event or with passage of time, result from such removal, and the identity of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property being removed, and a calculation of the Borrowing Base Availability attributable to such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property.  Simultaneously with the delivery of the items required above, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating, after giving effect to such removal, replacement or disqualification, compliance with the covenants contained in §7.19 and §9.5.
§8.      CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE TRUST AND THE BORROWER.
The Borrower and the Trust, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that, so long as any Loan or Note is outstanding or any of the Banks has any obligation to make any Loans:
 
§8.1.      Restrictions on Indebtedness .  Except as permitted in §8.1(f) below, the Trust will not (other than solely as a result of its status as a general partner of the Borrower) create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise with respect to any Indebtedness other than the Obligations and any Indebtedness of the Borrower permitted under the terms of this §8.1.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any Indebtedness other than:
(a)      Indebtedness to the Banks arising under any of the Loan Documents, and Indebtedness and obligations in respect of the Interest Rate Contract(s) required pursuant to §7.18 and §7.20;
(b)      current liabilities of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business but not incurred through (i) the borrowing of money, or (ii) the obtaining

56




of credit except for credit on an open account basis customarily extended and in fact extended in connection with normal purchases of goods and services;
(c)      Indebtedness in respect of taxes, assessments, governmental charges or levies and claims for labor, materials and supplies to the extent that payment therefor shall not at the time be required to be made in accordance with the provisions of §7.8;
(d)      Indebtedness in respect of judgments or awards the existence of which does not create an Event of Default;
(e)      endorsements for collection, deposit or negotiation and warranties of products or services, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(f)      subject to the provisions of §9, (i) Non-recourse Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiary Guarantors), and (ii) Indebtedness of Borrower, the Trust or any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiary Guarantors) under environmental indemnities and guarantees with respect to customary exceptions to exculpatory language with respect to Non-recourse Indebtedness of Borrower’s Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates permitted pursuant to §8.3(i) (it being agreed that any such indemnity or guaranty shall not cause such Non-recourse Indebtedness to be deemed to be Recourse Indebtedness and provided that in the event any claim is made against Borrower, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries with respect to such indemnities, guarantees or exceptions, the amount so claimed shall be considered a recourse liability of such Person);
(g)      Indebtedness in respect of reverse repurchase agreements having a term of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days with respect to Investments described in §8.3(d) or (e);
(h)      subject to the provisions of §9, other Recourse Indebtedness (whether secured or unsecured) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries provided that in no event shall Secured Recourse Indebtedness of Borrower in the aggregate exceed fifteen percent (15%) of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value (provided that the liability under any completion guaranty shall equal the remaining costs to complete the applicable construction project in excess of construction loan or mezzanine loan proceeds available therefor and any equity deposited or invested for the payment of such costs; and provided further that Indebtedness of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the TIF Guaranty and any other guaranty obligation which the Majority Banks may in their sole discretion approve in writing shall not be included for the purposes of §8.1(h) unless (i) a claim shall have been made against the Trust, Borrower or a Subsidiary of either of them on account of such guaranty or (ii) with respect to any other guaranty obligation which the Majority Banks may in their sole discretion approve in writing to not be included for the purposes of §8.1(h), the occurrence of such other events with respect thereto as the Majority Banks may require in connection with their approval of such obligation).  The Subsidiary Guarantors may be liable with respect to Unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower but not Secured Indebtedness; and

57




(i)      Indebtedness in respect of purchase money financing for equipment, computers and vehicles acquired in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business not exceeding $5,000,000.00.
§8.2.      Restrictions on Liens Etc .   Neither the Trust nor the Borrower will, nor will either of them permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, (a) create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist any lien, encumbrance, mortgage, pledge, charge, restriction or other security interest of any kind upon any of its property or assets of any character whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon the income or profits therefrom; (b) transfer any of its property or assets or the income or profits therefrom for the purpose of subjecting the same to the payment of Indebtedness or performance of any other obligation in priority to payment of its general creditors; (c) acquire, or agree or have an option to acquire, any property or assets upon conditional sale or other title retention or purchase money security agreement, device or arrangement; (d) suffer to exist for a period of more than thirty (30) days after the same shall have been incurred any Indebtedness or claim or demand against it that if unpaid might by law or upon bankruptcy or insolvency, or otherwise, be given any priority whatsoever over its general creditors; (e) sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer any accounts, contract rights, general intangibles, chattel paper or instruments, with or without recourse; or (f) incur or maintain any obligation which prohibits the creation or maintenance of any lien securing the Obligations (collectively, “Liens”); provided that the Borrower, the Guarantors and any Subsidiary of any of them may create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist:
(i)      liens in favor of the Borrower or the Trust on all or part of the assets of Subsidiaries of such Person (but excluding any Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any direct or indirect interest therein) securing Indebtedness owing by Subsidiaries of such Person to such Person;
(ii)      liens on properties to secure taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or claims for labor, material or supplies in respect of obligations not overdue or which are being contested as permitted by §7.8;
(iii)      deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions or other social security obligations;
(iv)      liens on properties or any interest therein (including the rents, issues and profits therefrom) (but excluding any Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any direct or indirect interest therein) in respect of judgments or awards, the Indebtedness with respect to which is permitted by §8.1(d);
(v)      encumbrances on properties consisting of easements, rights of way, zoning restrictions, leases and other occupancy agreements, restrictions on the use of real property and defects and irregularities in the title thereto, landlord’s or lessor’s liens under leases to which the Borrower, a Guarantor or a Subsidiary of such Person is a party, and other minor non-monetary liens or encumbrances none of which

58




interferes materially with the use of the property affected in the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Subsidiaries, which defects do not individually or in the aggregate have a materially adverse effect on the business of the Borrower or any Guarantor individually or of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis;
(vi)      liens on the specific personal property acquired by Indebtedness permitted by §8.1(i); and
(vii)      liens on properties or interests therein (but excluding any Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any direct or indirect interest therein) to secure Indebtedness permitted by §8.1(f) and §8.1(h) (including purchase money debt).
Without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower and the Trust shall not, and shall not permit any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur, permit or suffer to exist any Lien on any Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property or any direct or indirect ownership interest of the Borrower in any Subsidiary Guarantor other than the Liens permitted in §8.2(ii) and §8.2(v).
 
§8.3.      Restrictions on Investments .  Neither the Borrower nor the Trust will, nor will either of them permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist or to remain outstanding any Investment except Investments in:
(a)      marketable direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States of America that mature within one (1) year from the date of purchase by the Borrower or its Subsidiary;
(b)      marketable direct obligations of any of the following: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Student Loan Marketing Association, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal National Mortgage Association, Government National Mortgage Association, Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Financing Banks, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Federal Land Banks, or any other agency or instrumentality of the United States of America;
(c)      demand deposits, certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances and time deposits of United States banks having total assets in excess of $100,000,000; provided, however , that the aggregate amount at any time so invested with any single bank having total assets of less than $1,000,000,000 will not exceed $200,000;
(d)      [Intentionally Deleted];
(e)      [Intentionally Deleted];
(f)      repurchase agreements having a term not greater than ninety (90) days and fully secured by securities described in the foregoing subsection (a), (b) or (e) with banks described in the foregoing subsection (c) or with financial institutions or other corporations having total assets in excess of $500,000,000;

59




(g)      shares of so-called “money market funds” registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 which maintain a level per-share value, invest principally in investments described in the foregoing subsections (a) through (f) and have total assets in excess of $50,000,000;
(h)      the acquisition of fee interests by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in Real Estate which is utilized principally for shopping centers, and, subject to the restrictions set forth in §8.3 and §8.9 for development of new shopping centers, the acquisition of undeveloped Real Estate;
(i)      Subsidiaries of the Borrower or the Trust that are not one hundred percent (100%) owned by the Borrower or the Trust or in Unconsolidated Affiliates, which Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates are engaged in the ownership of Real Estate or development activity pursuant to §8.3 or §8.9, provided that in no event shall such Investments exceed fifteen percent (15%) of Borrower’s Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value in the aggregate without the prior written consent of the Required Banks;
(j)      (i) in any preferred stock issued by Trust which has been repurchased solely with the proceeds of a new issue of common or preferred stock issued by Trust, or (ii) in any common stock issued by Trust which has been repurchased by the Trust, Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, provided that in no event shall such Investments pursuant to clause (ii) exceed in the aggregate $50,000,000.00 (calculated based upon the consideration given for such stock);
(k)      subject to the restrictions set forth in §8.9, (i) in securities of real estate investment trusts which own real property which is used principally for fee interests in Real Estate utilized principally for shopping centers located within the United States, and (ii) in mortgages and notes receivables, provided that in no event shall the aggregate costs of all Investments pursuant to this §8.3(k) exceed five percent (5%) of Borrower’s Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value in the aggregate.  For the purposes of this §8.3(k)(ii) only, notes receivable shall be valued at the lesser of face value (subject to reduction as a result of payments thereon) or book value determined in accordance with GAAP;
(l)      whether directly or through a Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate, in development permitted by §8.9 which at any time has a total cost (including acquisition, construction and other costs), whether such total costs are incurred directly by the Borrower, the Trust or such Subsidiary or through an Investment in an Unconsolidated Affiliate permitted under this Agreement, individually for each development project that is not in excess of ten percent (10%) of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Borrower, and in the aggregate for all development projects that is not in excess of fifteen percent (15%) of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Borrower.  For the purposes of calculating the cost of developments by Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates, the cost of such developments shall be based upon the Borrower’s interest in such Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates.  For purposes of this §8.3(l) and §8.9, the term “total cost” shall not include (i) costs specifically reimbursable by tenants or shadow anchors (other than through rent or a gross up of rent), (ii) capitalized general and administrative expenses,

60




or (iii) operating expenses and interest to the extent of operating income received from the applicable development property;
(m)      whether directly or through a Subsidiary or an Unconsolidated Affiliate, in undeveloped parcels of Real Estate which in the aggregate do not exceed five percent (5%) of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Borrower, provided that the acquisition or holding of any outlots or property adjacent to any Real Estate owned by the Borrower (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or any Subsidiary thereof shall not be deemed to be an undeveloped parcel of Real Estate for this purpose and options and purchase agreements to acquire any property shall not be deemed an acquisition or holding of such property; and
(n)      subsidiaries that are one hundred percent (100%) owned by the Borrower.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or §8.9, in no event shall the aggregate Investments of the Borrower, the Trust and their Subsidiaries in the Investments described in §8.3(i), (k), (l) and (m) exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of Borrower’s Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value at any time.

§8.4.      Merger, Consolidation .  Neither the Borrower nor the Trust will, nor will either of them permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become a party to any merger, consolidation or other business combination or disposition of all or substantially all of its assets except (a) the merger or consolidation of one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower with and into the Borrower or (b) the merger or consolidation of two or more Subsidiaries of the Borrower.
§8.5.      Conduct of Business .  Neither the Borrower nor the Trust will conduct any of its business operations other than through the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that subject to §8.3(i) and §8.9, ownership of Real Estate and development activities may be conducted through Unconsolidated Affiliates of the Borrower as provided therein.  No reorganizations, spin-offs or new business lines shall be established or occur without the prior written consent of the Majority Banks.
§8.6.      Compliance with Environmental Laws .  Neither the Borrower nor the Trust will, nor will either of them permit any of its Subsidiaries, to do any of the following: (a) use any of the Real Estate or any portion thereof as a facility for the handling, processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances, except for such quantities of Hazardous Substances as are appropriate for a retail shopping center and used in the ordinary course of business and in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, (b) cause or permit to be located on any of the Real Estate any underground tank or other underground storage receptacle for Hazardous Substances except in material compliance with Environmental Laws, (c) generate any Hazardous Substances on any of the Real Estate except in material compliance with Environmental Laws, (d) conduct any activity at any Real Estate or use any Real Estate in any manner so as to cause a Release of Hazardous Substances on, upon or into the Real Estate or any surrounding properties or any threatened Release of Hazardous Substances in any material amount which might give rise to liability under CERCLA or any other Environmental Law, or (e) directly or indirectly transport or arrange for the transport of any Hazardous Substances (except in material compliance with all

61




Environmental Laws); provided that with respect to the foregoing clauses (a)-(e), with respect to Real Estate other than the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties, the Borrower and the Trust shall comply with the foregoing except to the extent such failure could not individually or in the aggregate have any material adverse effect upon the business or financial condition of the Borrower or the Trust.
The Borrower shall:
(i)      in the event of any change in Environmental Laws governing the assessment, release or removal of Hazardous Substances, which change would lead a prudent lender to require additional testing to avail itself of any statutory insurance or limited liability, take all action (including, without limitation, the conducting of engineering tests at the sole expense of the Borrower) to confirm that no Hazardous Substances are or ever were Released or disposed of on the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties; and
(ii)      if any Release or disposal of Hazardous Substances shall occur or shall have occurred on the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties (including without limitation any such Release or disposal occurring prior to the acquisition of such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties by the Borrower), cause the prompt containment and removal of such Hazardous Substances and remediation of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties to the extent required by and in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Majority Banks; provided , that the Borrower shall be deemed to be in compliance with Environmental Laws for the purpose of this clause (ii) so long as it or a responsible third party with sufficient financial resources is taking reasonable action to remediate or manage any event of noncompliance to the reasonable satisfaction of the Majority Banks and no action shall have been commenced by any enforcement agency.  The Majority Banks may engage their own environmental consultant to review the environmental assessments and the Borrower’s compliance with the covenants contained herein.
At any time after an Event of Default shall have occurred hereunder, or, whether or not an Event of Default shall have occurred, at any time that the Agent or the Majority Banks shall have reasonable grounds to believe that a Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Substances may have occurred, relating to any Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, or that any of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties is not in compliance with the Environmental Laws, the Agent may at its election (and will at the request of the Majority Banks) obtain such environmental assessments of such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property prepared by an Environmental Engineer as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of evaluating or confirming (i) whether any Hazardous Substances are present in the soil or water at or adjacent to such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property and (ii) whether the use and operation of such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property comply with all Environmental Laws.  Environmental assessments may include detailed visual inspections of such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property including, without limitation, any and all storage areas, storage tanks, drains, dry wells and leaching areas, and the

62




taking of soil samples, as well as such other investigations or analyses as are necessary or appropriate for a complete determination of the compliance of such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property and the use and operation thereof with all applicable Environmental Laws.  All such environmental assessments shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower.
§8.7.      Distributions .  Neither the Borrower nor the Trust shall make any Distributions which would cause it to violate any of the following covenants:
(a)      [Intentionally Deleted];
(b)      The Borrower and the Trust shall not make any Distribution if such Distribution is in excess of the amount which, when added to the amount of all other Distributions paid in the same fiscal quarter and the preceding three (3) fiscal quarters would exceed ninety-five percent (95%) of their respective Funds from Operations for the four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the quarter in which such Distribution is paid; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing in this §8.7(b), Borrower and the Trust may, subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement (including specifically, but without limitation, those contained in §8.7(b)) (i) redeem existing Preferred Equity with proceeds from an issuance of common equity or Preferred Equity of the Borrower or the Trust and (ii) repurchase common stock issued by the Trust in an amount not exceeding the limit set forth in §8.3(j)(ii), so long as in either case (A) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of any such repurchase or redemption, (B) no Default or Event of Default shall occur as a result of any such repurchase or redemption, and (C)  with respect to any repurchase of common stock pursuant to §8.7(b)(ii), prior to any such repurchase Borrower shall have delivered to Agent pro forma evidence reasonably satisfactory to Agent that the ratio of Consolidated Total Liabilities to Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value (after giving effect to such repurchase) shall be less than fifty percent (50%).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may pay a Distribution to its partners of sums received by it pursuant to the Tax Indemnity Agreement;
(c)      In the event that an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, neither the Borrower nor the Trust shall make any Distributions other than the minimum Distributions by the Borrower to the Trust and by the Trust required under the Code to maintain the REIT Status of the Trust, as evidenced by a certification of the principal financial or accounting officer of the Trust containing calculations in reasonable detail satisfactory in form and substance to Agent; provided, however, that neither Borrower nor the Trust shall be entitled to make any Distributions in connection with the repurchase of common or preferred stock of the Trust at any time after an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(d)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and the maturity of the Obligations has been accelerated, neither the Borrower nor the Trust shall make any Distributions whatsoever, directly or indirectly.
§8.8.      Asset Sales .  Neither the Borrower, the Trust nor any Subsidiary thereof shall sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any individual Real Estate having a sales price in excess of

63




$75,000,000.00 unless there shall have been delivered to the Agent a statement that no Default or Event of Default exists immediately prior to such sale, transfer or other disposition or would exist after giving effect to such sale, transfer or other disposition.
§8.9.      Development Activity .  Neither the Borrower, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries shall engage, directly or indirectly, in any development except as expressly provided in §8.3(l) and (m) and this §8.9.  The Borrower, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries may engage, either directly or, in the case of the Borrower, through any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate of the Borrower, an Investment in which is permitted under §8.3(l), in the development of property to be used principally for retail shopping centers or a use ancillary thereto(except for the development commonly referred to as Aquia) which at any time has a total cost in excess of the limit set forth in §8.3(l), without the prior written consent of the Majority Banks.  For purposes of this §8.9, the term “development” shall include the new construction of a shopping center complex or the substantial renovation of improvements to real property which materially change the character or size thereof, but shall not include the addition of amenities or other related facilities to existing Real Estate which is already used principally for shopping centers; provided, however , that the term “development” shall not include demolition of existing structures performed by Borrower or the addition of an anchor store to an existing shopping center project provided that the construction of such improvements is performed by the tenant, and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or its respective Subsidiary, as applicable, is only obligated to reimburse such tenant for a fixed amount with respect to the cost of such construction upon completion of such construction by such tenant.  The Borrower and the Trust each acknowledges that the decision of the Majority Banks to grant or withhold such consent shall be based on such factors as the Majority Banks deem relevant in their sole discretion, including without limitation, evidence of sufficient funds both from borrowings and equity to complete such development and evidence that the Borrower (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or either of its Subsidiaries has the resources and expertise necessary to complete such project.  Nothing herein shall prohibit the Borrower, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries thereof from entering into an agreement to acquire Real Estate which has been developed and initially leased by another Person.  Neither the Borrower (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust nor any Subsidiary thereof shall acquire or hold any number of undeveloped parcels of Real Estate which in the aggregate exceed the limit set forth in §8.3(m) without the prior written consent of the Majority Banks, provided that the acquisition or holding of any outlots or property adjacent to any Real Estate owned by the Borrower (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or any Subsidiary thereof shall not be deemed to be an undeveloped parcel of Real Estate for this purpose and options and purchase agreements to acquire any property shall not be deemed an acquisition or holding of such property.  The undeveloped projects of the Borrower, the Trust and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date are set forth on Schedule 8.9 hereto.  Further, any new development project permitted under the terms of this §8.9 engaged in by the Borrower (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or any Subsidiary thereof, before any vertical construction commences on any phase of such project, shall be either (i) at least fifty percent (50%) pre-leased (based on the gross leasable area of the improvements to the development, or the phase of the development project being developed if the Borrower submits and the Agent agrees that the development consists of more than one (1) phase, excluding outlots), including all anchors in such phase (it being agreed that Borrower shall

64




receive a credit against such occupancy requirement for any space to be occupied by an anchor that has been conveyed to such anchor), or under a purchase agreement to sell and all construction bids shall be in place, and any such development shall continue to be deemed an undeveloped parcel until such time as construction commences, or (ii) sufficiently pre-leased such that based on such leases the gross income from such leases upon completion of such project shall equal or exceed projected operating expenses (including reserves for expenses not paid on a monthly basis).  For purposes of this §8.9, property shall be deemed to be in development at all times that it is Under Development.
§8.10.      Intentionally Deleted .
§8.11.      Trust Preferred Equity and Subordinated Debt .   The Borrower and the Trust shall not permit (a) the Trust Preferred Equity to exceed $50,000,000.00, or (b) the sum of the Trust Preferred Equity and Subordinated Debt to exceed in the aggregate $150,000,000 (provided that to the extent any such Trust Preferred Equity and Subordinated Debt exceeds such limits, such excess shall be considered Indebtedness for the purposes of this Agreement).  The Borrower and the Trust will not make or permit any amendment or modification to the indenture, note or other agreements evidencing or governing any Trust Preferred Equity or Subordinated Debt without Agent’s prior written approval, or directly or indirectly pay, prepay, defease or in substance defease, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire any Trust Preferred Equity or Subordinated Debt.
§9.      FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE TRUST AND THE BORROWER .
The Borrower and the Trust, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that, so long as any Loan or Note is outstanding or any Bank has any obligation to make any Loans, each of them will comply with the following:
§9.1.      Liabilities to Assets Ratio .  Each of the Borrower and the Trust will not permit the ratio of its Consolidated Total Liabilities to Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value to exceed 60%.
§9.2.      Fixed Charges Coverage .  The Borrower will not permit the Borrower’s Consolidated Operating Cash Flow for the period covered by the four (4) previous consecutive fiscal quarters (treated as a single accounting period) to be less than 1.50 times the Fixed Charges of the Borrower and the Trust for such period; provided , however , that for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, prior to such time as the Borrower has owned and operated a parcel of Real Estate for four (4) full fiscal quarters, the Operating Cash Flow with respect to such parcel of Real Estate for the number of full fiscal quarters which the Borrower has owned and operated such parcel of Real Estate as annualized shall be utilized.  Additionally, for the purposes of calculating Consolidated Operating Cash Flow under this §9.2, Operating Cash Flow attributable to any Redevelopment Property shall be included even if such Redevelopment Property is then being valued at cost for the purposes of calculating Borrower’s Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value.  For the purposes of this §9.2, the Operating Cash Flow and Debt Service attributable to any Real Estate and the principal indebtedness repaid as a part of such sale shall be excluded from the calculations when such Real Estate is sold.

65




§9.3.      Consolidated Tangible Net Worth . The Borrower will not permit its Consolidated Tangible Net Worth to be less than $625,000,000.00 plus seventy-five percent (75%) of any Net Offering Proceeds from Equity Offerings received by the Borrower or the Trust after December 31, 2011 (except to the extent of any of such Net Offering Proceeds from an issuance of common equity or Preferred Equity of the Borrower or the Trust which are used to retire an existing issue of preferred equity of Borrower or the Trust, respectively).
§9.4.      Secured Indebtedness .  The Borrower will not permit the Secured Indebtedness of the Borrower, Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries to exceed forty percent (40%) of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Borrower.
§9.5.      Borrowing Base Test .   The Borrower shall not at any time permit (i) the aggregate Unsecured Indebtedness of the Trust, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the Outstanding Loans) to exceed (ii) the Borrowing Base Availability.
§10.      CLOSING CONDITIONS .
The obligations of the Agent and the Banks to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following:
§10.1.      Loan Documents .  Each of the Loan Documents shall have been duly executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto, shall be in full force and effect and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.  The Agent shall have received a fully executed copy of each such document, except that each Bank shall have received a fully executed counterpart of its Note, if any.
§10.2.      Certified Copies of Organizational Documents .  The Agent shall have received from the Borrower a copy, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate officer of each State in which the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, is organized or in which the Real Estate is located and a duly authorized partner, member or officer of such Person, as applicable, to be true and complete, of the partnership agreement, corporate charter, declaration of trust or other organizational documents of the Borrower, the Guarantors, or any Subsidiary, as applicable, or its qualification to do business, as applicable, as in effect on such date of certification.
§10.3.      Resolutions .  All action on the part of the Borrower, the Guarantors, or any of their respective Subsidiaries as applicable, necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by such Person of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Person is or is to become a party shall have been duly and effectively taken, and evidence thereof satisfactory to the Agent shall have been provided to the Agent.  The Agent shall have received from the Trust true copies of the resolutions adopted by its board of directors authorizing the transactions described herein, each certified by its secretary as of a recent date to be true and complete.
§10.4.      Incumbency Certificate; Authorized Signers .  The Agent shall have received incumbency certificates, dated as of the date of this Agreement, signed by a duly authorized officer of the Trust (with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantors) and giving the name and bearing a

66




specimen signature of each individual who shall be authorized to sign, in the name and on behalf of the Borrower and the Guarantors, each of the Loan Documents to which such Person is or is to become a party.  The Agent shall have also received from the Borrower a certificate, dated as of the date of this Agreement, signed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower and giving the name and specimen signature of each individual who shall be authorized to make Loan and Conversion Requests, and to give notices and to take other action on behalf of the Borrower under the Loan Documents.
§10.5.      Opinion of Counsel .  The Agent shall have received a favorable opinion addressed to the Banks and the Agent and dated as of the date of this Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks and the Agent, from counsel of the Borrower and the Guarantors as to such matters as the Agent shall reasonably request.
§10.6.      Payment of Fees .  The Borrower shall have paid to Capital One the fees required to be paid at closing pursuant to §4.2.
§10.7.      Performance; No Default .  The Borrower and Guarantors shall have performed and complied with all terms and conditions herein required to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date, and on the Closing Date there shall exist no Default or Event of Default.
§10.8.      Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties made by the Borrower, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries in the Loan Documents or otherwise made by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection therewith or after the date thereof shall have been true and correct in all material respects when made and shall also be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date.
§10.9.      Proceedings and Documents .  All proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Agent’s Special Counsel in form and substance, and the Agent shall have received all information and such counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents and such other certificates, opinions or documents as the Agent and the Agent’s Special Counsel may reasonably require.
§10.10.      Stockholder and Partner Consents .  The Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Agent that all necessary stockholder, member and partner consents required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been obtained.
§10.11.      Compliance Certificate .  A Compliance Certificate dated as of the date of this Agreement demonstrating compliance with each of the covenants calculated therein as of the most recent fiscal quarter end for which the Borrower or the Trust has provided financial statements under §6.4, adjusted in the best good faith estimate of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as applicable, dated as of the date of this Agreement shall have been delivered to the Agent.

67




§10.12.      Contribution Agreement .  The Agent shall have received a fully executed counterpart of the Contribution Agreement.
§10.13.      No Legal Impediment .  No change shall have occurred in any law or regulations thereunder or interpretations thereof that in the reasonable opinion of any Bank would make it illegal for such Bank to make such Loan.
§10.14.      Governmental Regulation .  Each Bank shall have received such statements in substance and form reasonably satisfactory to such Bank as such Bank shall require for the purpose of compliance with any applicable regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§10.15.      Intentionally Deleted.
§10.16.      Other .  The Agent shall have reviewed such other documents, instruments, certificates, opinions, assurances, consents and approvals as the Agent or the Agent’s Special Counsel may reasonably have requested.
§11.      CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS .
The obligations of the Banks to make any Loan, whether on or after the date of this Agreement, shall also be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
§11.1.      Prior Conditions Satisfied .  All conditions set forth in §10 shall continue to be satisfied as of the date upon which any Loan is to be made.
§11.2.      Representations True; No Default .  Each of the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries contained in this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or in any document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement shall be true as of the date as of which they were made and shall also be true at and as of the time of the making of such Loan with the same effect as if made at and as of that time (except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or permitted by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse, and except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date) and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  The Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower and the Trust signed by an authorized officer of the Borrower and the Trust to such effect.
§11.3.      Intentionally Deleted.
§12.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC .
§12.1.      Events of Default and Acceleration .  If any of the following events (“Events of Default” or, if the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both is required, then, prior to such notice or lapse of time, “Defaults”) shall occur:

68




(a)      the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any of the Loans after the same shall become due and payable, whether at the stated date of maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or at any other date fixed for payment;
(b)      the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on the Loans, or any other fees or sums due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, within ten (10) days after the same shall become due and payable, whether at the stated date of maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or at any other date fixed for payment;
(c)      the Borrower or the Trust shall fail to comply with any covenant contained in §9, and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Agent; provided, however, that in the event that Borrower or the Trust shall fail to comply with §9.5, then the same shall not constitute a Default hereunder in the event that Borrower prepays the Loans or provides additional Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in an amount sufficient such that Borrower and the Trust would be fully in compliance with the covenant set forth in §9.5 within five (5) days of the earlier to occur of (i) Borrower obtaining knowledge of such noncompliance, (ii) Borrower reporting any such noncompliance, or (iii) receipt by Borrower of written notice of such noncompliance from Agent; and provided further, that during any period in which Borrower or the Trust shall fail to be in compliance of any covenant in §9.5, then the Banks shall have no obligation to make Loans;
(d)      the Borrower or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall fail to perform any other term, covenant or agreement contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents (other than those specified in this §12), and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Agent; provided , however , that in the event that such failure shall be a failure to comply with the terms of §8.7(b), the Borrower shall be afforded a period of one (1) fiscal quarter to cure such failure provided that the Distribution which caused such failure was historically consistent with prior dividends; provided , further that no cure period shall be available with respect to a failure to comply with the terms of §7.5(a) or §8.4;
(e)      any representation or warranty made by or on behalf of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or in any report, certificate, financial statement, request for a Loan, or in any other document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, any advance of a Loan or any of the other Loan Documents shall prove to have been false in any material respect upon the date when made or deemed to have been made or repeated;
(f)      the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall fail to pay at maturity, or within any applicable period of grace, any obligation for borrowed money or credit received or other Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any Derivatives Contract), or fail to observe or perform any material term, covenant or agreement contained in any agreement by which it is bound, evidencing or securing any such borrowed money or credit received or other Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any

69




Derivatives Contract)for such period of time as would permit (assuming the giving of appropriate notice if required) the holder or holders thereof or of any obligations issued thereunder to accelerate the maturity thereof or require the prepayment or purchase thereof, provided that the events described in this §12.1(f) shall not constitute an Event of Default unless such failure to perform, together with other failures to perform as described in this §12.1(f), involve singly or in the aggregate obligations for Recourse Indebtedness totaling in excess of $10,000,000.00 or Non-recourse Indebtedness totaling in excess of $30,000,000.00;
(g)      the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (i) shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admit in writing its general inability to pay or generally fail to pay its debts as they mature or become due, or shall petition or apply for the appointment of a trustee or other custodian, liquidator or receiver of any such Person or of any substantial part of the assets of any thereof, (ii) shall commence any case or other proceeding relating to any such Person under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction, now or hereafter in effect, or (iii) shall take any action to authorize or in furtherance of any of the foregoing;
(h)      a petition or application shall be filed for the appointment of a trustee or other custodian, liquidator or receiver of any of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any substantial part of the assets of any thereof, or a case or other proceeding shall be commenced against any such Person under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction, now or hereafter in effect, and any such Person shall indicate its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein or such petition, application, case or proceeding shall not have been dismissed within sixty (60) days following the filing or commencement thereof;
(i)      a decree or order is entered appointing any trustee, custodian, liquidator or receiver or adjudicating any of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition in any such case or other proceeding, or a decree or order for relief is entered in respect of any such Person in an involuntary case under federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter constituted;
(j)      there shall remain in force, undischarged, unsatisfied and unstayed, for more than sixty (60) days, whether or not consecutive, any uninsured final judgment against any of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries that, with other outstanding uninsured final judgments, undischarged, against such Persons exceeds in the aggregate $10,000,000.00;
(k)      any of the Loan Documents or the Contribution Agreement shall be canceled, terminated, revoked or rescinded otherwise than in accordance with the terms thereof or with the express prior written agreement, consent or approval of the Banks, or any action at law, suit in equity or other legal proceeding to cancel, revoke or rescind any of the Loan Documents or the Contribution Agreement shall be commenced by or on behalf of the

70




Borrower, any Guarantor, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective holders of Voting Interests, or any court or any other governmental or regulatory authority or agency of competent jurisdiction shall make a determination that, or issue a judgment, order, decree or ruling to the effect that, any one or more of the Loan Documents or the Contribution Agreement is illegal, invalid or unenforceable in accordance with the terms thereof;
(l)      any dissolution, termination, partial or complete liquidation, merger or consolidation of the Borrower or the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any sale, transfer or other disposition of the assets of the Borrower, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries other than as permitted under the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;
(m)      any suit or proceeding shall be filed against the Borrower or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets which in the good faith business judgment of the Majority Banks after giving consideration to the likelihood of success of such suit or proceeding and the availability of insurance to cover any judgment with respect thereto and based on the information available to them if adversely determined, would have a materially adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries to perform each and every one of its obligations under and by virtue of the Loan Documents and such suit or proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days following the filing or commencement thereof;
(n)      the Borrower, any Guarantor, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Person so connected with them shall be indicted for a federal crime, a punishment for which could include the forfeiture of any assets of Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, including the Real Estate;
(o)      with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan, an ERISA Reportable Event shall have occurred and the Majority Banks shall have determined in their reasonable discretion that such event reasonably could be expected to result in liability of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries to the PBGC or such Guaranteed Pension Plan in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000 and such event in the circumstances occurring reasonably could constitute grounds for the termination of such Guaranteed Pension Plan by the PBGC or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer such Guaranteed Pension Plan; or a trustee shall have been appointed by the United States District Court to administer such Plan or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings to terminate such Guaranteed Pension Plan;
(p)      a Change of Control shall occur;
(q)      Dennis Gershenson shall cease to be active on a daily basis in the management of the Trust and the Borrower and a competent and experienced successor for such Person shall not be approved by the Majority Banks within six (6) months of such event, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld;

71




(r)      any Event of Default (as defined in any of the other Loan Documents) shall occur; or
(s)      The Borrower and the Guarantor and any of their respective Subsidiaries shall fail to pay at maturity, or within any applicable period of grace, any Subordinated Debt, or fail to observe or perform any material term, covenant or agreement contained in any agreement by which it is bound, evidencing or securing any such Subordinated Debt for such period of time as would permit (assuming the giving of appropriate notice if required) the holder or holders thereof or of any obligations issued thereunder to accelerate the maturity thereof or require a redemption, retirement, prepayment, purchase or defeasance thereof;
then, and in any such event, the Agent may, and upon the request of the Majority Banks shall, by notice in writing to the Borrower (in addition to the rights afforded under §12.3) declare all amounts owing with respect to this Agreement, the Notes, and the other Loan Documents to be, and they shall thereupon forthwith become, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.  In the event of any Event of Default specified in §12.1(g), §12.1(h) or §12.1(i), all such amounts shall become immediately due and payable automatically without any requirement of presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind from any of the Banks or the Agent.

§12.2.      Limitation of Cure Periods .  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (b), (c) and (d) of §12.1, the cure periods provided therein shall not be allowed and the occurrence of a Default thereunder immediately shall constitute an Event of Default for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents if, within the period of twelve (12) months immediately preceding the occurrence of such Default, there shall have occurred two (2) periods of cure or portions thereof under any one or more than one of said subsections.
§12.3.      Intentionally Deleted .
§12.4.      Remedies .  In case any one or more of the Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not the Banks shall have accelerated the maturity of the Loans pursuant to §12.1, the Agent on behalf of the Banks may, with the consent of the Majority Banks but not otherwise, and upon the direction of the Majority Banks shall, proceed to protect and enforce their rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any instrument pursuant to which the Obligations are evidenced, including to the full extent permitted by applicable law the obtaining of the ex parte appointment of a receiver, and, if such amount shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right.  No remedy herein conferred upon the Agent or the holder of any of the Obligations is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of law.  In the event that all or any portion of the Obligations is collected by or through an attorney-at-law, the Borrower shall pay all costs of collection including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

72




§12.5.      Distribution of Proceeds .  In the event that, following the occurrence or during the continuance of any Event of Default, any monies are received in connection with the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or otherwise with respect to the realization upon any of the assets of the Borrower or the Guarantors, such monies shall be distributed for application as follows:
(a)      First, to the payment of, or (as the case may be) the reimbursement of, the Agent for or in respect of all reasonable costs, expenses, disbursements and losses which shall have been incurred or sustained by the Agent in connection with the collection of such monies by the Agent, for the exercise, protection or enforcement by the Agent of all or any of the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in support of any provision of adequate indemnity to the Agent against any taxes or liens which by law shall have, or may have, priority over the rights of the Agent to such monies;
(b)      Second, pari passu to (1) all other Obligations in such order or preference as the Majority Banks shall determine and (2) to any Derivatives Provider in respect of all amounts due to such Derivatives Provider under any Derivatives Provider Contract; provided, however, that (i) distributions in respect of such Obligations shall be made pari passu among Obligations with respect to the Agent’s fee payable pursuant to §4.3 and all other Obligations, (ii) in the event that any Bank shall have wrongfully failed or refused to make an advance under §2.6 and such failure or refusal shall be continuing, advances made by other Banks during the pendency of such failure or refusal shall be entitled to be repaid as to principal and accrued interest in priority to the other Obligations described in this subsection (b), (iii) Obligations owing to the Banks with respect to each type of Obligation such as interest, principal, fees and expenses, shall be made among the Banks pro rata , and (iv) amounts received or realized from the Borrower shall be applied against the Obligations of the Borrower; and provided, further that the Majority Banks may in their discretion make proper allowance to take into account any Obligations not then due and payable; and
(c)      Third, the excess, if any, shall be returned to the Borrower or to such other Persons as are entitled thereto.
§13.      SETOFF.
Regardless of the adequacy of any collateral, during the continuance of any Event of Default, any deposits (general or specific, time or demand, provisional or final, regardless of currency, maturity, or the branch of where such deposits are held) or other sums credited by or due from any of the Banks to the Borrower or any Guarantor and any securities or other property of the Borrower or any Guarantor in the possession of such Bank may be applied to or set off against the payment of Obligations of such Person and any and all other liabilities, direct, or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, of such Person to such Bank; provided that no Bank shall exercise such right of setoff without the prior approval of the Agent.  Each of the Banks agrees with each other Bank that if such Bank shall receive from the Borrower or any Guarantor, whether by voluntary payment, exercise of the right of setoff, or otherwise, and shall retain and apply to the payment of the Obligations owed to such Bank any amount in excess of its ratable portion of the payments received by all of the Banks with respect to

73




the Obligations held by all of the Banks, such Bank will make such disposition and arrangements with the other Banks with respect to such excess, either by way of distribution, pro tanto assignment of claims, subrogation or otherwise as shall result in each Bank receiving in respect of the Obligations held by it its proportionate payment as contemplated by this Agreement; provided that if all or any part of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such Bank, such disposition and arrangements shall be rescinded and the amount restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
§14.      THE AGENT.
§14.1.      Authorization .  The Agent is authorized to take such action on behalf of each of the Banks and to exercise all such powers as are hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents and any related documents delegated to the Agent, together with such powers as are reasonably incident thereto, provided that no duties or responsibilities not expressly assumed herein or therein shall be implied to have been assumed by the Agent.  The obligations of the Agent hereunder are primarily administrative in nature, and nothing contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be construed to constitute the Agent as a trustee for any Bank or to create any agency or fiduciary relationship.  Agent shall act as the contractual representative of the Banks hereunder, and notwithstanding the use of the term “Agent” it is understood and agreed that Agent shall not have any fiduciary duties or responsibilities to any Bank or by reason of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and is acting as an independent contractor, the rights and duties of which are limited to those expressly set forth in this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  The Borrower and any other Person shall be entitled to conclusively rely on a statement from the Agent that it has the authority to act for and bind the Banks pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
§14.2.      Employees and Agents .  The Agent may exercise its powers and execute its duties by or through employees or agents and shall be entitled to take, and to rely on, advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to its rights and duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  The Agent may utilize the services of such Persons as the Agent may reasonably determine, and all reasonable fees and expenses of any such Persons shall be paid by the Borrower.
§14.3.      No Liability .  Neither the Agent nor any of its shareholders, directors, officers or employees nor any other Person assisting them in their duties nor any agent, or employee thereof, shall be liable to any of the Banks for any waiver, consent or approval given or any action taken, or omitted to be taken, in good faith by it or them hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, or in connection herewith or therewith, or be responsible for the consequences of any oversight or error of judgment whatsoever, except that the Agent or such other Person, as the case may be, may be liable for losses due to its willful misconduct or gross negligence.  The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Agent for the account of the Banks, unless the Agent has received notice from a Bank or the Borrower referring to the Loan Documents and describing with reasonable specificity such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”.

74




§14.4.      No Representations .  The Agent shall not be responsible for the execution or validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Notes, any of the other Loan Documents or any instrument at any time constituting, or intended to constitute, collateral security for the Obligations, or for the value of any such collateral security or for the validity, enforceability or collectability of any such amounts owing with respect to the Obligations, or for any recitals or statements, warranties or representations made herein or any agreement, instrument or certificate delivered in connection therewith or in any of the other Loan Documents or in any certificate or instrument hereafter furnished to it by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements herein or in any other of the Loan Documents.  The Agent shall not be bound to ascertain whether any notice, consent, waiver or request delivered to it by the Borrower, the Guarantor, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any holder of any of the Obligations shall have been duly authorized or is true, accurate and complete.  The Agent has not made nor does it now make any representations or warranties, express or implied, nor does it assume any liability to the Banks, with respect to the creditworthiness or financial condition of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries or the value of any of the other assets of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries.  Each Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based upon such information and documents as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, based upon such information and documents as it deems appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Agent’s Special Counsel has only represented Agent and Capital One in connection with the Loan Documents and the only attorney-client relationship or duty of care is between Agent’s Special Counsel and Agent or Capital One.  Each Bank has been independently represented by separate counsel on all matters regarding the Loan Documents.
§14.5.      Payments .
(a)      A payment by the Borrower or the Guarantors to the Agent hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents for the account of any Bank shall constitute a payment to such Bank.  The Agent agrees to distribute to each Bank not later than one Business Day after the Agent’s receipt of good funds, determined in accordance with the Agent’s customary practices, such Bank’s pro rata share of payments received by the Agent for the account of the Banks except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any of the other Loan Documents.  In the event the Borrower makes payments to Agent in immediately available funds on or before the time required in this Agreement for such payment, and Agent fails to distribute such amounts on the same Business Day as received, the Agent shall pay interest on such amount at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect.
(b)      If in the opinion of the Agent the distribution of any amount received by it in such capacity hereunder, under the Notes or under any of the other Loan Documents might involve it in liability, it may refrain from making distribution until its right to make

75




distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction.  If a court of competent jurisdiction shall adjudge that any amount received and distributed by the Agent is to be repaid, each Person to whom any such distribution shall have been made shall either repay to the Agent its proportionate share of the amount so adjudged to be repaid or shall pay over the same in such manner and to such Persons as shall be determined by such court.  In the event that the Agent shall refrain from making any distribution of any amount received by it as provided in this §14.5(b), the Agent shall endeavor to hold such amounts in an interest bearing account and at such time as such amounts may be distributed to the Banks, the Agent shall distribute to each Bank, based on their respective Commitment Percentages, its pro rata share of the interest or other earnings from such deposited amount.
(c)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any Bank that fails (i) to make available to the Agent its pro rata share of any Loan, (ii) to comply with the provisions of §13 with respect to making dispositions and arrangements with the other Banks, where such Bank’s share of any payment received, whether by setoff or otherwise, is in excess of its pro rata share of such payments due and payable to all of the Banks, in each case as, when and to the full extent required by the provisions of this Agreement, or (iii) to perform any other obligation within the time period specified for performance, or if no time period is specified, if such failure continues for a period of five (5) Business Days after notice from the Agent, shall be deemed a defaulting Bank (a “Defaulting Bank”) and shall be deemed a Defaulting Bank until such time as such delinquency is satisfied provided that a Bank shall not be a Defaulting Bank if such Bank notifies the Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Bank’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied.  In addition to the rights and remedies that may be available to the Agent at law and in equity, a Defaulting Bank’s right to participate in the administration of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, any rights to consent to or direct any action or inaction of the Agent pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, or to be taken into account in the calculation of Required Banks, Majority Banks or any matter requiring approval of all of the Banks, shall be suspended while such Bank is a Defaulting Bank; provided that a consent of a Defaulting Bank shall be required for any increase of its Commitment.  A Defaulting Bank shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments due to it from the Borrower and the Guarantors, whether on account of outstanding Loans, interest, fees or otherwise, to the remaining non-defaulting Banks for application to, and reduction of, their respective pro rata shares of all outstanding Loans.  The Defaulting Bank hereby authorizes the Agent to distribute such payments to the non-defaulting Banks in proportion to their respective pro rata shares of all outstanding Loans.  The provisions of this Section shall apply and be effective regardless of whether an Event of Default occurs and is then continuing, and notwithstanding (i) any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary or (ii) any instruction of Borrower as to its desired application of payments.  The Agent shall be entitled to (i) withhold or set off, and to apply to the payment of the obligations of any Defaulting Bank any amounts to be paid to such Defaulting Bank under this Agreement, (ii) to collect interest from such Bank for the period from the date on which the payment was due at the rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus two

76




percent (2%), for each day during such period, and (iii) bring an action or suit against such Defaulting Bank in a court of competent jurisdiction to recover the defaulted obligations of such Defaulting Bank.  A Defaulting Bank shall be deemed to have satisfied in full a delinquency when and if, as a result of application of the assigned payments to all outstanding Loans of the non-defaulting Banks or as a result of other payments by the Defaulting Banks to the non-defaulting Banks, the Banks’ respective pro rata shares of all outstanding Loans have returned to those in effect immediately prior to such delinquency and without giving effect to the nonpayment causing such delinquency.
§14.6.      Holders of Notes .  Subject to the terms of Article 18, the Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Obligation and any Note as the absolute owner or purchaser thereof for all purposes hereof until it shall have been furnished in writing with a different name by such payee or by a subsequent holder, assignee or transferee.
§14.7.      Indemnity .  The Banks ratably hereby agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent from and against any and all claims, actions and suits (whether groundless or otherwise), losses, damages, costs, expenses (including any expenses for which the Agent has not been reimbursed by the Borrower as required by § 15), and liabilities of every nature and character arising out of or related to this Agreement, the Notes, or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated or evidenced hereby or thereby, or the Agent’s actions taken hereunder or thereunder, except to the extent that any of the same shall be directly caused by the Agent’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.
§14.8.      Agent as Bank .  In its individual capacity, the Bank or any Derivatives Provider acting as the Agent shall have the same obligations and the same rights, powers and privileges in respect to its Commitment and the Loans made by it, and as the holder of any of the Obligations and the Notes as it would have were it not also the Agent.
§14.9.      Resignation .  The Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof to the Banks and the Borrower.  The Majority Banks may remove the Agent from its capacity as Agent in the event of the Agent’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.  The Commitment Percentage of the Bank which is acting as Agent shall not be taken into account in the calculation of Majority Banks for the purposes of removing Agent in the event of the Agent’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.  Upon any such resignation, the Majority Banks shall have the right to appoint as a successor Agent, any Bank or any bank whose senior debt obligations are rated not less than “A” or its equivalent by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or not less than “A” or its equivalent by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group Inc. and which has a net worth of not less than $500,000,000.  Unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such successor Agent shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower.  If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Banks and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Agent’s giving of notice of resignation or the Majority Bank’s removal of the Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Banks, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be any Bank or a bank whose debt obligations are rated not less than “A” or its equivalent by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or not less than “A” or its equivalent by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group Inc. and which has a net worth of not less than $500,000,000.  Upon the acceptance of any

77




appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Agent and the retiring or removed Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder as Agent.  After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal, the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent.
§14.10.      Duties in the Case of Enforcement .  In case one or more Events of Default have occurred and shall be continuing, and whether or not acceleration of the Obligations shall have occurred, the Agent may, and if so requested by the Majority Banks and the Bank s have provided to the Agent such additional indemnities and assurances in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages against expenses and liabilities as the Agent may reasonably request, shall proceed to exercise all or any legal and equitable and other rights or remedies as it may have.  The Majority Banks may direct the Agent in writing as to the method and the extent of any such exercise, the Banks hereby agreeing to indemnify and hold the Agent harmless in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages from all liabilities incurred in respect of all actions taken or omitted in accordance with such directions, provided that the Agent need not comply with any such direction to the extent that the Agent reasonably believes the Agent’s compliance with such direction to be unlawful or commercially unreasonable in any applicable jurisdiction.
§14.11.      Bankruptcy .  In the event a bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding is commenced by or against Borrower or any Guarantor with respect to the Obligations, the Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right to file and pursue a joint proof claim on behalf of all Banks.  Any votes with respect to such claims or otherwise with respect to such proceedings shall be subject to the vote of the Majority Banks, the Required Banks or all of the Banks as required by this Agreement.  Each Bank irrevocably waives its right to file or pursue a separate proof of claim in any such proceedings unless Agent fails to file such claim within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from the Banks requesting that Agent file such proof of claim.
§14.12.      Approvals .  If consent is required for some action under this Agreement, or except as otherwise provided herein an approval of the Banks, the Required Banks or the Majority Banks is required or permitted under this Agreement, each Bank agrees to give the Agent, within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of the request for action together with all reasonably requested information related thereto (or such lesser period of time required by the terms of the Loan Documents), notice in writing of  approval or disapproval (collectively “Directions”) in respect of any action requested or proposed in writing pursuant to the terms hereof.  If consent is required for the requested action, any Bank’s failure to respond to a request for Directions within the required time period shall be deemed to constitute a Direction to take such requested action.  In the event that any recommendation is not approved by the requisite number of Banks and a subsequent approval on the same subject matter is requested by Agent, then for the purposes of this paragraph each Bank shall be required to respond to a request for Directions within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such request.  Agent and each Bank shall be entitled to assume that any officer of the other Banks delivering any notice, consent, certificate or other writing is authorized to give such notice, consent, certificate or other writing unless Agent and such other Banks have otherwise been notified in writing.

78




§14.13.      Borrower not Beneficiary .  Except for the provisions of §14.9 relating to the appointment of a successor Agent, the provisions of this §14 are solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, may not be enforced by Borrower or any Guarantor, and except for the provisions of §14.9, may be modified or waived without the approval or consent of Borrower and Guarantors.
§15.      EXPENSES.
The Borrower agrees to pay (a) the reasonable costs of producing and reproducing this  Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other agreements and instruments mentioned herein, (b) any taxes (including any interest and penalties in respect thereto) payable by the Agent or any of the Banks (other than taxes based upon the Agent’s or any Bank’s gross or net income, except that the Agent and the Banks shall be entitled to indemnification for any and all amounts paid by them in respect of taxes based on income or other taxes (other than pursuant to the Michigan Business Tax, M.C.L. §§208.1101 et seq., if any) on or with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including any such taxes payable by the Agent or any of the Banks after the Closing Date (the Borrower hereby agreeing to indemnify the Agent and each Bank with respect thereto), (c) the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the counsel to the Agent and any local counsel to the Agent incurred in connection with the preparation, administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned herein (excluding, however, the preparation of agreements evidencing participation granted under §18.4), each closing hereunder, and amendments, modifications, approvals, consents or waivers hereto or hereunder, (d) the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Agent incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation or interpretation of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned herein, and the making of each advance hereunder, (e) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, which attorneys may be employees of any Bank or the Agent and the fees and costs of appraisers, engineers, investment bankers or other experts retained by any Bank or the Agent) incurred by any Bank or the Agent in connection with (i) the enforcement of or preservation of rights under any of the Loan Documents against the Borrower or the Guarantors or the administration thereof after the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default and (ii) any litigation, proceeding or dispute whether arising hereunder or otherwise, in any way related to the Agent’s or any of the Bank’s relationship with the Borrower or the Guarantors, (f) all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Agent incurred in connection with UCC searches, UCC filings, title rundowns or title searches, (g) all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) which may be incurred by Capital One and the Agent in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (h) all reasonable fees and expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs), not to exceed $5,000.00 in the aggregate, which may be incurred by Capital One in connection with each and every assignment of interests in the Loans pursuant to §18.1, and (i) all expenses relating to the use of Intralinks, SyndTrak or any other similar system for the dissemination and sharing of documents and information in connection with the syndication of the Loans.  The covenants of this §15 shall survive payment or satisfaction of payment of the Obligations.
§16.      INDEMNIFICATION.

79




The Borrower and the Trust, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, the Banks and the Arranger and each director, officer, employee, agent and Person who controls the Agent or any Bank from and against any and all claims, actions and suits, whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages and expenses of every nature and character arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby including, without limitation (a) any brokerage, finders or similar fees asserted against any Person indemnified under this §16 based upon any agreement, arrangement or action made or taken, or alleged to have been made or taken, by the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (b) any condition of the Real Estate, (c) any actual or proposed use by the Borrower or the Guarantors of the proceeds of any of the Loans, (d) any actual or alleged infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark, service mark or similar right of any of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (e) the Borrower entering into or performing this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (f) any actual or alleged violation of any law, ordinance, code, order, rule, regulation, approval, consent, permit or license relating to the Real Estate, (g) with respect to the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries and their respective properties and assets, the violation of any Environmental Law, the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Substances or any action, suit, proceeding or investigation brought or threatened with respect to any Hazardous Substances (including, but not limited to, claims with respect to wrongful death, personal injury or damage to property), and (h) any use of Intralinks, SyndTrak or any other system for the dissemination and sharing of documents and information (other than any ongoing usage fees following the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement), in each case including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and allocated costs of internal counsel incurred in connection with any such investigation, litigation or other proceeding; provided, however , that neither the Borrower nor the Trust shall be obligated under this §16 to indemnify any Person for liabilities arising from such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction, any loss suffered solely to the extent they arise from violation of any such Person’s internal policies or from a violation of laws, rules or regulations applicable to such Person’s operations as determined in a non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction, and with respect to matters described in §16(b), (f) or (g), any loss attributable to events, acts or circumstances first occurring after the period Agent and the Banks acquired a direct ownership interest (and not a Lien) in such Real Estate.  The immediately preceding proviso shall not be construed to require any Person to disclose confidential or proprietary information unless on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to such Person.  In litigation, or the preparation therefor, the Banks, the Agent and the Arranger shall be entitled to select a single nationally recognized law firm as their own counsel and, in addition to the foregoing indemnity, the Borrower and the Trust agree to pay promptly the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  If, and to the extent that the obligations of the Borrower and the Trust under this §16 are unenforceable for any reason, the Borrower and the Trust hereby agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment in satisfaction of such obligations which is permissible under applicable law.  The provisions of this §16 shall survive any assignment by a Bank of its Commitment, the repayment of the Loans and the termination of the obligations of the Banks hereunder.
§17.      SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC.

80




All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein, in the Notes, in any of the other Loan Documents or in any documents or other papers delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant hereto or thereto shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Banks and the Agent, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by any of them, and shall survive the making by the Banks of any of the Loans, as herein contemplated, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any amount due under this Agreement or the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents remains outstanding or any Bank has any obligation to make any Loans.  The indemnification obligations of the Borrower and the Trust provided herein and the other Loan Documents shall survive the full repayment of amounts due and the termination of the obligations of the Banks hereunder and thereunder to the extent provided herein and therein.  All statements contained in any certificate or other paper delivered to any Bank or the Agent at any time by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall constitute representations and warranties by such Person hereunder.
§18.      ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION.
§18.1.      Conditions to Assignment by Banks .  Except as provided herein, each Bank may assign to one or more banks or other entities all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment Percentage and Commitment and the same portion of the Loans at the time owing to it, and the Notes held by it); provided that (a) the Agent shall have given its prior written consent to such assignment, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided that such consent shall not be required for any assignment to another Bank, to a Related Fund of such Bank, to a bank which is under common control with the assigning Bank or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Bank provided that such assignee shall remain a wholly-owned Subsidiary or Related Fund of such Bank), (b) each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of all of the assigning Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Term Loan Commitment in the event an interest in the Term Loan is assigned, (c) the parties to such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for recording in the Register (as hereinafter defined), an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement (an “Assignment and Acceptance Agreement”) in the form of Exhibit J hereto, together with any Notes subject to such assignment, (d) in no event shall any assignment be to any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with, or which is not otherwise free from influence or control by, any of the Borrower or the Guarantors, (e) such assignee shall acquire an interest in the Term Loans of not less than $5,000,000 unless such assignment is to another Bank or a Related Fund or unless such requirement is waived by the Borrower and the Agent, and (f) the assignor shall assign its entire interest in the Loans or retain an interest in the Loans of not less than $5,000,000 unless otherwise approved by Agent and Borrower.  Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, of such notice of assignment, (i) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and all other Loan Documents executed by the Banks and, to the extent provided in such assignment, have the rights and obligations of a Bank hereunder, and (ii) the assigning Bank shall, to the extent provided in such assignment and upon payment to the Agent of the registration fee referred to in §18.2, be released from its obligations under this Agreement.  In connection with each assignment, the assignee shall represent and warrant to the Agent, the assignor and each other Bank as to whether such assignee is controlling, controlled by, under common control with or is not

81




otherwise free from influence or control by, the Borrower or the Guarantors.  Upon any such assignment, the Agent may unilaterally amend Schedule 1.1 to reflect any such assignment.
§18.2.      Register .  The Agent for itself and on behalf of the Borrower shall maintain a copy of each assignment delivered to it and a register or similar list (the “Register”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Banks and the Commitment Percentages of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to the Banks from time to time.  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent and the Banks may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Bank hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and the Banks at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  Upon each such recordation, the assigning Bank agrees to pay to the Agent a registration fee in the sum of $3,500.  Contemporaneous assignments by a Bank to multiple Related Funds will be treated as a single assignment for the purposes of such registration fee.
§18.3.      New Notes .  Upon its receipt of an assignment executed by the parties to such assignment, together with each Note, if any, subject to such assignment, the Agent shall (a) record the information contained therein in the Register, and (b) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower and the Banks (other than the assigning Bank).  Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall if requested execute and deliver to the Agent, in exchange for each surrendered Note, a new Note to the order of such assignee in an amount equal to the amount assumed by such assignee pursuant to such assignment and, if the assigning Bank has retained some portion of its obligations hereunder, a new Note to the order of the assigning Bank in an amount equal to the amount retained by it hereunder.  Such new Notes shall provide that they are replacements for the surrendered Notes, shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the surrendered Notes, shall be dated the effective date of such assignment and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of the assigned Notes.  The surrendered Notes shall be canceled and returned to the Borrower.
§18.4.      Participations .  Each Bank may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities in all or a portion of such Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that (a) any such sale or participation shall not affect the rights and duties of the selling Bank hereunder to the Borrower, (b) such participation shall not entitle such participant to any rights or privileges under this Agreement or any Loan Documents, including without limitation, the right to approve waivers, amendments or modifications, (c) such participant shall have no direct rights against the Borrower or the Guarantors except the rights granted to the Banks pursuant to §13, (d) such sale is effected in accordance with all applicable laws, and (e) such participant shall not be a Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with, or which is not otherwise free from influence or control by the Borrower or the Guarantors. Each Bank that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Bank shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations

82




under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Bank shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Credit Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
§18.5.      Pledge by Bank .  Any Bank may at any time pledge all or any portion of its interest and rights under this Agreement (including all or any portion of its Note) to any of the twelve Federal Reserve Banks organized under §4 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. §341 or, with Agent’s prior written approval, to another Person.  No such pledge or the enforcement thereof shall release the pledgor Bank from its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.  Any Term Loan Bank may with the consent of the Agent pledge all or any portion of its rights and interests under this Agreement (including all or any portion of its Term Loan Note) to a Person approved by Agent.
§18.6.      No Assignment by Borrower or the Trust .  Neither the Borrower nor the Trust shall assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under any of the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of each of the Banks.
§18.7.      Disclosure .  The Borrower and the Trust each agrees that in addition to disclosures made in accordance with standard banking practices any Bank may disclose  information obtained by such Bank pursuant to this Agreement to assignees or participants and potential assignees or participants hereunder.  In addition, the Banks may make disclosure of such information to any contractual counterparty in swap agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisors.
§18.8.      Amendments to Loan Documents .  Upon any such assignment or participation, the Borrower and the Trust shall, upon the request of the Agent, enter into such documents as may be reasonably required by the Agent to modify the Loan Documents to reflect such assignment or participation.
§18.9.      Mandatory Assignment .  In the event Borrower requests that certain amendments, modifications or waivers be made to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents which request is approved by Agent but is not approved by one or more of the Banks (any such non-consenting Bank shall hereafter be referred to as the “Non-Consenting Bank”), then, within thirty (30) days after Borrower’s receipt of notice of such disapproval by such Non-Consenting Bank, Borrower shall have the right as to such Non-Consenting Bank, to be exercised by delivery of written notice delivered to the Agent and the Non-Consenting Bank within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice, to elect to cause the Non-Consenting Bank to transfer its entire Commitment.  The Agent shall promptly notify the remaining Banks that each of such Banks shall have the right, but not the obligation, to acquire a portion of the Commitment, pro rata based upon their relevant Commitment Percentages, of the Non-Consenting Bank (or if any of such Banks does not elect to purchase its pro rata share, then to such remaining Banks in such proportion as approved

83




by the Agent).  In the event that the Banks do not elect to acquire all of the Non-Consenting Bank’s Commitment, then the Agent shall endeavor to find a new Bank or Banks to acquire such remaining Commitment.  Upon any such purchase of the Commitment of the Non-Consenting Bank, the Non-Consenting Bank’s interests in the Obligations and its rights hereunder and under the Loan Documents shall terminate at the date of purchase, and the Non-Consenting Bank shall promptly execute and deliver any and all documents reasonably requested by Agent to surrender and transfer such interest, including, without limitation, an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement and such Non-Consenting Bank’s original Note.  Notwithstanding anything in this §18.9 to the contrary, any Bank or other Bank assignee acquiring some or all of the assigned Commitment of the Non-Consenting Bank must consent to the proposed amendment, modification or waiver.  The purchase price to be paid by the acquiring Banks for the Non-Consenting Bank’s Commitment shall equal the principal owed to such Non-Consenting Bank, and the Borrower shall pay to such Non-Consenting Bank in addition thereto and as a condition to such sale any and all other amounts outstanding and owed by Borrower to the Non-Consenting Bank hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, including all accrued and unpaid interest or fees which would be owed to such Non-Consenting Bank hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents if the Loans were to be repaid in full on the date of such purchase of the Non-Consenting Bank’s Commitment.  No registration fee under §18.2 shall be required in connection with such assignment.
§18.10.      Titled Agents.   The Titled Agents shall not have any additional rights or obligations under the Loan Documents, except for those rights, if any, as a Bank.
§19.      NOTICES.
Each notice, demand, election or request provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement (hereinafter in this §19 referred to as “Notice”) must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly given or served by personal delivery or by sending same by overnight courier or by depositing same in the United States Mail, postpaid and registered or certified, return receipt requested, or as expressly permitted herein, by telegraph, telecopy, telefax or telex, and addressed as follows:
 

84




 
If to the Agent or Capital One:
 
 
 
 
 
Capital One, National Association
 
 
1680 Capital One Drive
 
 
McLean, Virginia 22102
 
 
Attn:  Frederick H. Denecke
 
 
Telecopy No.:  (703) 720-2023
 
 
 
 
 
and
 
 
 
 
 
Capital One, National Association
 
 
1680 Capital One Drive
 
 
McLean, Virginia 22102
 
 
Attn:  Jessica W. Schneickert
 
 
Telecopy No.:  (703) 720-2023

 
With a copy to:
 
 
 
 
 
Riemer & Braunstein LLP
 
 
Three Center Plaza
 
 
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
 
 
Attn:  Kevin J. Lyons, Esq.
 
 
Telecopy No.:  (617) 692-3433
 
 
 
 
If to the Borrower or the Guarantor:
 
 
 
 
 
Ramco-Gershenson Properties, L.P.
 
 
Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust
 
 
Suite 300
 
 
31500 Northwestern Highway
 
 
Farmington Hills, Michigan  48334
 
 
Attn:  Chief Financial Officer
 
 
Telecopy No.:  (248) 350-9925
 
 
 
 
With a copy to:
 
 
 
 
 
Honigman Miller Schwartz & Cohn LLP
 
 
Suite 101
 
 
39400 Woodward Avenue
 
 
Bloomfield Hills, Michigan  48304-5048
 
 
Attn:  Jill S. Schloff
 
 
Telecopy No.:  (248) 566-8579
 

85




to each other Bank a party hereto at the address for such party set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto for such Bank, and to each other Bank which may hereafter become a party to this Agreement at such address as may be designated by such Bank.  Each Notice shall be effective upon being personally delivered or upon being sent by overnight courier or upon being deposited in the United States Mail as aforesaid, or if transmitted by facsimile, upon being sent and confirmation of receipt.  The time period in which a response to such Notice must be given or any action taken with respect thereto (if any), however, shall commence to run from the date of receipt if personally delivered or sent by overnight courier, or if so deposited in the United States Mail, the earlier of three (3) Business Days following such deposit or the date of receipt as disclosed on the return receipt, or if sent by facsimile, upon receipt or the next Business Day if received after 5:00 p.m. (New York time) or on a day that is not a Business Day.  Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address for which no notice was given shall be deemed to be receipt of the Notice sent.  By giving at least fifteen (15) days prior Notice thereof, the Borrower, the Trust, a Bank or Agent shall have the right from time to time and at any time during the term of this Agreement to change their respective addresses and each shall have the right to specify as its address any other address within the United States of America.

§20.      RELATIONSHIP.
Neither the Agent nor any Bank has any fiduciary relationship with or fiduciary duty to the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, and the relationship between each Bank and the Borrower is solely that of a lender and borrower, and nothing contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents shall in any manner be construed as making the parties hereto partners, joint venturers or any other relationship other than lender and borrower.
§21.      GOVERNING LAW: CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE.
THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED THEREIN, ARE CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MICHIGAN AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW).  THE BORROWER AND THE TRUST EACH AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF OHIO OR THE STATE OF MICHIGAN OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENT TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT AND THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWER OR THE TRUST BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN §19.  THE BORROWER AND THE TRUST EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT.

86




§22.      HEADINGS.
The captions in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.
§23.      COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement and any amendment hereof may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.  In proving this Agreement it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.
§24.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC.
The Loan Documents and any other documents executed in connection herewith or therewith express the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.  Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except as provided in §27.
§25.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL AND CERTAIN DAMAGE CLAIMS.
EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE TRUST, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY NOTE OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS.  EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT EXPRESSLY PROHIBITED BY LAW, THE BORROWER AND THE TRUST EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY SUCH LITIGATION ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES.  THE BORROWER AND THE TRUST EACH (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY BANK OR THE AGENT HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH BANK OR THE AGENT WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE AGENT AND THE BANKS HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS TO WHICH THEY ARE PARTIES BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED IN THIS §25.
§26.      DEALINGS WITH THE BORROWER OR THE GUARANTORS.
The Agent, the Banks and their affiliates may accept deposits from, extend credit to, invest in, act as trustee under indentures of, serve as financial advisor of, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective

87




Subsidiaries or any of their affiliates regardless of the capacity of the Agent or the Bank hereunder.  The Banks acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, the Agent, a Bank or its affiliates may receive information regarding such Persons (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Person) and acknowledge that the Agent or such Bank, as applicable, shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them.
§27.      CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any consent or approval required or permitted by this Agreement may be given and any term of this Agreement or of any other instrument related hereto or mentioned herein may be amended, and the performance or observance by the Borrower or the Guarantors of any terms of this Agreement or such other instrument or the continuance of any Default or Event of Default may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with, but only with, the written consent of the Majority Banks.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) none of the following may occur without the written consent of each Bank or Derivatives Provider (as to clause (vi) affected thereby:  (i) a decrease in the rate of interest on the Loans (except as contemplated in §2.8); (ii) an increase or a non-pro rata reduction in the amount of the Commitments of the Banks except pursuant to §2.8 or §18.1; (iii) a forgiveness, reduction or waiver of the principal of any unpaid Loan or any interest thereon; (iv) the postponement of any date fixed for any payment of principal of or interest on the Loans; (v) a decrease of the amount of any fee (other than late fees) payable to a Bank hereunder; (vi) the release of the Borrower or any Guarantor except as otherwise provided herein; (vii) a change in the manner of distribution of any payments to the Banks or the Agent; (viii) an amendment of the definition of Majority Banks or Required Banks or of any requirement for consent by the Majority Banks, the Required Banks or all of the Banks; or (ix) an amendment of this §27, and (b) the provisions of §9 and any of the definitions used therein may not be modified, amended or waived without the written consent of the Required Banks.  Any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to any Loan Document that (i) diminishes the rights of a Derivatives Provider in a manner or to an extent dissimilar to that affecting the Lenders or (ii) increases the liabilities or obligations of a Derivatives Provider shall, in addition to the Banks required hereinabove to take such action, require the consent of the Bank that is (or having an Affiliate that is) such Derivatives Provider. The amount of the Agent’s fee payable for the Agent’s account and the provisions of §14 may not be amended or waived without the written consent of the Agent.  The Borrower and the Guarantors each agrees to enter into such modifications or amendments of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents as may be reasonably requested by Capital One in connection with the acquisition by each Bank acquiring all or a portion of the Commitment, provided that no such amendment or modification materially affects or increases any of the obligations of the Borrower or the Guarantors hereunder.  No waiver shall extend to or affect any obligation not expressly waived or impair any right consequent thereon.  No course of dealing or delay or omission on the part of the Agent or any Bank in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise be prejudicial thereto.  No notice to or demand upon the Borrower or the Guarantors shall entitle the Borrower and the Guarantors to other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.


88




§28.      SEVERABILITY.
The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any one clause or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction, and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any other clause or provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction.
§29.      TIME OF THE ESSENCE.
Time is of the essence with respect to each and every covenant, agreement and obligation of the Borrower or the Trust under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
§30.      NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS.
THE WRITTEN LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.  ANY ADDITIONAL TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES ARE SET FORTH BELOW.
§31.      REPLACEMENT OF NOTES.
Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Borrower of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory to Borrower or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of the applicable Note, Borrower will execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a replacement Note, identical in form and substance to the applicable Note and dated as of the date of the applicable Note and upon such execution and delivery all references in the Loan Documents to such Note shall be deemed to refer to such replacement Note.
§32.      TRUST EXCULPATION.
Subject to the terms of this paragraph, all persons having a claim against the Trust (as a Guarantor or general partner of Borrower), the general partner of the Borrower whose signature is affixed hereto as said general partner, hereunder or in connection with any matter that is the subject hereof, shall look solely to (i) the Trust’s interest and rights in the Borrower (as a general partner or limited partner), (ii) the amount of any Net Offering Proceeds not contributed to the Borrower, (iii) all accounts receivable, including the amount of any Distributions received by the Trust from the Borrower and not distributed to shareholders of the Trust as permitted by this Agreement, (iv) all rights and claims (including amounts paid under) the Tax Indemnity Agreement, (v) all cash and Short-term Investments in an amount in excess of $500,000.00, (vi) any other assets which the Trust may now own or hereafter acquire with the consent of Agent pursuant to §7.17, (vii) all documents and agreements in favor of the Trust in connection with any of the foregoing, (viii) all claims and causes of action arising from or otherwise related to any of the foregoing, and all rights and judgments

89




related to any legal actions in connection with such claims or causes of action, and (ix) all extensions, additions, renewals and replacements, substitutions, products or proceeds of any of the foregoing (the “Attachable Assets”), and in no event shall the obligation of the Trust be enforceable against any shareholder, trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust personally.  In no event shall any person have any claim against:  (i) the cash, Short-term Investments of the Trust and the property described in Schedule 6.29 hereto, all under the heading of “Other Permitted Assets”, (ii) all documents and agreements in favor of the Trust in connection with any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims and causes of action arising from or otherwise related to any of the foregoing, and all rights and judgments related to any legal actions in connection with such claims or causes of action, and (iv) all extensions, additions, renewals and replacements, substitutions, products or proceeds of any of the foregoing (the “Other Permitted Assets”).  The Agent and the Banks have agreed to the terms of this §32 solely based upon the representation and covenant of Borrower and the Trust that the Trust does not and will not own any assets other than the Attachable Assets and the Other Permitted Assets.  Notwithstanding anything in this §32 to the contrary, the foregoing limitation on liability and recourse to the Trust (as a Guarantor or general partner of Borrower) shall be null and void and of no force and effect, and Agent and the Banks shall have full recourse against the Trust, individually as a Guarantor and in its capacity as general partner of Borrower, and to all of its assets (including, without limitation, the Other Permitted Assets) in the event that the Trust shall now or at any time hereafter own any asset other than or in addition to the Other Permitted Assets and the Attachable Assets.  Nothing herein shall limit the rights of the Agent and the Banks against the Borrower.
§33.      PATRIOT ACT.
Each Bank and the Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Bank) hereby notifies the Borrower and Guarantors that, pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries, which information includes names and addresses and other information that will allow such Bank or the Agent, as applicable, to identify Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries in accordance with the Patriot Act.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


90




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date first set forth above.
 
 
TRUST:
 
 
 
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES
TRUST , a Maryland real estate investment trust
 
 
 
By:____________________________
 
Name: Dennis Gershenson
 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BORROWER:
 
 
 
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P. ,
a Delaware limited partnership
 
 
 
 
By:
Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust, a
Maryland real estate investment trust, its
General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
By:____________________________
 
 
Name: Dennis Gershenson
 
 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 

 


[Signature Page to Unsecured Term Loan Agreement]





 
 
 
BANKS:
 
 
 
CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
 
individually and as Agent
 
 
 
By:____________________________
 
Name: _________________________
 
Title: __________________________
 
 
 




[Signature Page to Unsecured Term Loan Agreement]



Exhibit 12.1

 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
 
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
(In thousands, except ratio computation)
 
Pretax gain from continuing operations before adjustment for noncontrolling interest
 
$1,119
 
$4,079
 
$3,897
 
$8,949
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Add back:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges
 
8,557

 
7,830

 
16,993

 
14,640

 
 
Distributed income of equity investees
 
570

 
762

 
1,353

 
3,485

 
 
Equity in loss of equity investees
 

 

 
791

 
5,414

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deduct:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in earnings of equity investees
 
(816
)
 
(260
)
 

 

 
 
Capitalized interest
 
(503
)
 
(132
)
 
(884
)
 
(457
)
 
Earnings as Defined
 
$8,927
 
$12,279
 
$22,150
 
$32,031
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense including amortization of deferred financing fees
 
$8,002
 
$7,642
 
$16,004
 
$14,056
 
 
Capitalized interest
 
503

 
132

 
884

 
457

 
 
Interest portion of rent expense
 
52

 
56

 
105

 
127

 
Fixed Charges
 
8,557

 
7,830

 
16,993

 
14,640

 
 
Preferred share dividends
 
1,813

 
1,813

 
3,625

 
3,625

 
Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends
 
$10,370
 
$9,643
 
$20,618
 
$18,265
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends
 
(a)
 
1.27

 
1.07

 
1.75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
For the three months ended June 30, 2014, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. We would have needed to generate additional earnings of $1.4 million to achieve a coverage of 1:1 for the period.





Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Dennis Gershenson, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining  disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness  of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any changes in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: July 30, 2014
By:/s/ DENNIS GERSHENSON
Dennis Gershenson
President and Chief Executive Officer




Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION
I, Gregory R. Andrews, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining  disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness  of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any changes in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: July 30, 2014
By: /s/ GREGORY R. ANDREWS
Gregory R. Andrews
Chief Financial Officer




Exhibit 32.1
Certification
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

In connection with the quarterly report of Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2014 , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Dennis Gershenson, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that:

(1)
The report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: July 30, 2014
By:/s/ DENNIS GERSHENSON
Dennis Gershenson
President and Chief Executive Officer




Exhibit 32.2
Certification
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

In connection with the quarterly report of Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2014 , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Gregory R. Andrews, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that:

(1)
The report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: July 30, 2014
By: /s/ GREGORY R. ANDREWS
Gregory R. Andrews
Chief Financial Officer